New CH.com Forum
http://www.clusterheadaches.com/cgi-bin/yabb2/YaBB.pl
Cluster Headache Help and Support >> Medications,  Treatments,  Therapies >> Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
http://www.clusterheadaches.com/cgi-bin/yabb2/YaBB.pl?num=1212882305

Message started by Pinkfloyd on Jun 7th, 2008 at 7:45pm

Title: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Pinkfloyd on Jun 7th, 2008 at 7:45pm
Ya know, I look at the list of subject headers here and I see people extolling the virtues of Imitrex, Depakote, Lithium, Clomid, Lidocaine, Verapamil, Sansert, Suboccipital injections, and surgery. Worried about side effects, not being able to afford them because of a lack of insurance, their meds stopping to work at all, etc.

None of these things, including Imitrex and oxygen, have the success of psychedelics in the treatment of clusters. You can believe me or not. Believe the dozens of people that have testified to their effectiveness, or not. They've been talked about here for YEARS and the effectiveness remains the same....75-80% of people using them, BREAK their cycles early. People that have been chronic for years, are now episodic and happy about it. Episodes they can control or eliminate.

Do you want to treat one attack out of the 1000 you'll be having this cycle? Inject some imitrex. Want to treat those 1000 attacks with oxygen......fine, order 20 M tanks. Considering to permanently sever some nerves? Even that has a lower percentage of success than psychedelics.

You may have another option.

Have you been taking Lithium and Verapamil every day for the last 20 years and still need an 02 tank? Have you been taking depakote or topamax or imitrex every day for the last 15 years?
Still in pain every day but thankful to the medical profession for lessening that pain by 50%?

You may have another option.

Some of you have valid reasons (if you have a reason, it's valid to me) for not trying them. I understand. Fine. I wish you well all the same and hope that whatever you try works well. We all have to be satisfied with the choices we make. If you choose a more conventional route, fine.

For those considering the options at clusterbusters.com, please consider this....

Over the last 6 years, I've had two cycles. Not the usual 12 (2 per year) That's 10 cycles eliminated.....not the usual 3-4 months of clusters, 4-5 attacks a day. Gone...never started.
That's approximately (minimum) 3600 attacks eliminated....3600 attacks that I didn't have to feel happy about only lasting 15 minutes thanks to 02.

I think it's time for everyone else that has found help with psychedelics, to let everyone here know about it. Maybe it'll help to keep a thread on page one for a while so new people can read about this option. For those that can't step forward, for any reason, that's fine. I understand. For those that can, and have in the past, please stand up and be counted.

Bobw
P.S. Yes, the 20% that haven't been helped are more than welcome to let us know. (except BobP because he just didn't do it right)  ;)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by nani on Jun 7th, 2008 at 7:49pm

Pinkfloyd wrote on Jun 7th, 2008 at 7:45pm:
I think it's time for everyone else that has found help with psychedelics, to let everyone here know about it.


Ooh...ooh.... ME!!!
[smiley=vrolijk_26.gif]

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by mezza on Jun 7th, 2008 at 9:34pm
i am planning to give a whirl for next cycle- My husband and i have read details on the clusterbusters site-    i want to try to rc seeds.  However- i may be pm you for details on how and when to dose soon-  Are you up for helping a newbie to clusterbusting?


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Pinkfloyd on Jun 7th, 2008 at 10:38pm

mezza wrote on Jun 7th, 2008 at 9:34pm:
 Are you up for helping a newbie to clusterbusting?


Always happy to help.

Bobw

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Pinkfloyd on Jun 7th, 2008 at 10:43pm

nani wrote on Jun 7th, 2008 at 7:49pm:
Ooh...ooh.... ME!!!
[smiley=vrolijk_26.gif]


So I see!  ;)

START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by WPWaterrose on Jun 8th, 2008 at 12:06am
Bob,
 This is the first thread that has made me take a serious look at psychedelics. Thank you for your pasionate post.

William

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by wildhaus on Jun 8th, 2008 at 5:45am
Hi

I am very offended by what you posted, what you posted is rude and  degrading,
and in many ways claiming you and only you have the “miraculous”
answer to our common malady!

This is not only unacceptable, it is beyond any  proper
behaviour with any group with a common interest!

You might possess some knowledge, you might possess a possible answer,
but you cannot imply that the only ones using the “CB” way are the ones
that have seen the light, this reminds me of a different kind of fundamentalism…

The research (or being part of a research group) some of us, (hopefully for all of us)
do, is to find an answer, an answer we all (most of us) can share.

I did point out more than once that the “CB” way could (and seems to be)
a good way to reduce and even eliminate our pains, and not only once
I have pointed it out in my country and in other places, the potential of using
“CB”, with some good reasaults, interest, and curiosity.

but  IT IS ILLEGAL!!!!

and therefore it is out of the question for some of us, whether for  ideological reasons
or simply for practical reasons.

I cannot use the “CB” ways!!  I like my job, I need my job!  and I have the age where
losing my job will jeopardize my future, as well as all what is dear to me.
And this thought, or better said alternative, is worse than having  “CH”!!!!

I am invited to a Pain and Anaesthesiology Meeting in Switzerland,
and I was going to talk about CH and also about the “CB” alternative, as a very good
alternative (if legalized), but now after reading your last posting I have the distinct feeling
that I will drop the CB part, and most likely not attend the meeting, posts like this turn me off,
to try and promote our cause, it makes me rethink my commitment to the CH world,
and its needs

YOUR WAY (even so it might be a good way)  IS NOT THE ONLY WAY!!!!

Michael

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by tommyD on Jun 8th, 2008 at 7:03am
I don't think Bob meant clusterbusting is the only way.  I, for one, don't think so.  There are many valid reasons an individual shouldn't or might not want to use psychedelics. But 'busting' sure does work, and it isn't mentioned as much as prescription treatments - again, perhaps for valid reasons.

Now and then there is a thread about RC seeds here (and they usually end with the beast on the run) but most threads are about imitrex, verap, prednisone...

So when you look at these discussions, you begin to wonder why people seem to struggle with the same old meds, dealing with the side effects and celebrating when they get even a minor foothold...

Now folks here are dedicated to supporting others in their battle with the beast, and whatever treatment someone is trying, we want it to work for them. So it may seem rude to step up and say, "Look, the verap might not be the best way to go," when someone's verap isn't working so well.

But that's the kind of rude treatment I would want people to show me...

-tommyD

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Annette on Jun 8th, 2008 at 8:07am

BobW, would you be so kind as to post:

1- The benefits of psychedelic therapy.
2- The side effects of psychedelic therapy.
3- The contraindication of psychedelic therapy : who should use it and who shouldnt and why.
4- The fact that psychedelic substance is currently deemed illegal and what are the risk involved with law enforcement.
5- The long term side effects of psychedelic therapy.
6- The list of what you recommend can be used : RC seeds, magic mushrooms, LSD.
7- Any research, study results available up to date on psychedelic therapy.
8- For the 20% that failed psychedelic treatment, what would be the reason why ?
9- Why the need to detox completely before trying psychedelic and why no med ( such as imitrex ) should be used in while on psychedelic treatment.

I think that would really help the people making an informed decision to try or not to try psychedelic substance for CH.

Thank you very much.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Bob P on Jun 8th, 2008 at 8:09am

Quote:
(except BobP because he just didn't do it right)


I'll have you know that I have a bag of RC seeds sitting right here and when my next cluster starts I'm going to grind them up, mix them with peanut butter and pack it in my armpits just like you're supposed to!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by George_J on Jun 8th, 2008 at 8:36am
Some time ago, I recall reading that there was a randomized, placebo-controlled study on either psilocybin or LSA in the works.  (Can't recall which it was.)

Any word?

Best,

George

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by AlienSpaceGuy on Jun 8th, 2008 at 8:51am

wildhaus wrote on Jun 8th, 2008 at 5:45am:
Hi

I am very offended by what you posted, what you posted is rude and  degrading,
and in many ways claiming you and only you have the “miraculous”
answer to our common malady!

This is not only unacceptable, it is beyond any  proper
behaviour with any group with a common interest! ...  
Michael, brush up your English! Bob didn't write anything similar to what you read.



Quote:
but  IT IS ILLEGAL!!!!
As you might know, in Switzerland you can collect almost anywhere any mushrooms you like, you don't need any certificate of qualification to do so.
Come August you can probably find within 10 minutes from you home lots of Psilocybe semilanceata (Liberty caps, in German: Spitzkegliger Kahlkopf. They look like this:


START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE




Quote:
I like my job, I need my job!
If you where (almost) CH-free, and not constantly in a haze from prescription drugs, you could perform even better at your job.



                 [smiley=smokin.gif]



Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by wildhaus on Jun 8th, 2008 at 11:27am
I have posted this morning, (my time) answering Bobs post,
I have had a long conversation with Alien space guy…….
and I take this opportunity to make it clear that I in no way
intended to attack Bob, nor do I question his (good) intentions,
All I try to say is that I perceived his post as he (and other CB’s) is the “only
one” that has seen the light, and the ones that don’t use the CB way
are to be sorry for, because they have not seen the light……

I do apologize to you Bob, I did not once said your way could
be a plausible way, but as long as it is on the ILLEGAL list I can
not use it for practical reasons, nor can I promote it (full harted)
for ethical reasons….. but I do mention it as an alternative, and
point your CB website where ever I can

Michael

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by nani on Jun 8th, 2008 at 11:31am

wildhaus wrote on Jun 8th, 2008 at 5:45am:
I am invited to a Pain and Anaesthesiology Meeting in Switzerland,
and I was going to talk about CH and also about the “CB” alternative, as a very good
alternative (if legalized), but now after reading your last posting I have the distinct feeling
that I will drop the CB part, and most likely not attend the meeting, posts like this turn me off,
to try and promote our cause, it makes me rethink my commitment to the CH world,and its needs


Why would a post you don't agree with on a message board make you rethink your commitment to CHers?



wrote on Jun 8th, 2008 at 8:07am:
BobW, would you be so kind as to post:

1- The benefits of psychedelic therapy.
2- The side effects of psychedelic therapy.
3- The contraindication of psychedelic therapy : who should use it and who shouldnt and why.
4- The fact that psychedelic substance is currently deemed illegal and what are the risk involved with law enforcement.
5- The long term side effects of psychedelic therapy.
6- The list of what you recommend can be used : RC seeds, magic mushrooms, LSD.
7- Any research, study results available up to date on psychedelic therapy.
8- For the 20% that failed psychedelic treatment, what would be the reason why ?
9- Why the need to detox completely before trying psychedelic and why no med ( such as imitrex ) should be used in while on psychedelic treatment.

I think that would really help the people making an informed decision to try or not to try psychedelic substance for CH.

Thank you very much.



The answers to everyone's questions can be found at START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE[/url]


Bob P wrote on Jun 8th, 2008 at 8:09am:

Quote:
(except BobP because he just didn't do it right)


I'll have you know that I have a bag of RC seeds sitting right here and when my next cluster starts I'm going to grind them up, mix them with peanut butter and pack it in my armpits just like you're supposed to!


LMAO   ;D

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by icedragon on Jun 8th, 2008 at 11:42am
I find this topic very interesting.  I am wondering if any of the ClusterBusters have tried other psychedelics such as peyote, ayuasca, or salvia?  Salvia is actually still legal in some states...

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by AussieBrian on Jun 8th, 2008 at 12:09pm
I'm with you on this one, Wildhaus.  I, too, took exception to the tone of the original post.  And before you jump down my throat, Pinkfloyd, I have no problem with those who seek or get relief from 'alternative' therapies.

Goodness knows which 'alternative' therapy is going to turn out to be our cure but it's just that many ClusterBusters come on a bit strong. As our good friend says, "AlienSpaceGuy believes only in scientifically sound methods and hates snake oil vendors".

Like some others, I couldn't even consider such a thing due to its legality but I still dips me lid to those doing the research and 'playing the guinea pig'.

Let the information flow, friends, for knowlege is our greatest defence against a common enemy.  Just let's keep it all within context.





Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Jun 8th, 2008 at 12:15pm
I use methysergide judiciously, which is a legal psychedelic alternative. Not without its nasty side effects, which is why I use it judiciously, but legal nonetheless.

I still like my job, too.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by wildhaus on Jun 8th, 2008 at 12:17pm

nani wrote on Jun 8th, 2008 at 11:31am:
[quote author=312F2A222E273335460 link=1212882305/0#6 date=1212918323]

Why would a post you don't agree with on a message board make you rethink your commitment to CHers?


Nani,

its the way, the use of words......

The post makes me feel that the hard work (and money) some of us put, in the search for
answers are diminished by the post!


Michael

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by midwestbeth on Jun 8th, 2008 at 12:50pm
You can count me Bobw!!

I was chronic from the day the beast showed up. Like many others, I went from Dr. to Dr. trying to figure out was the hell was happening to me, all the while terrified and hiding the pain I was in from my family.  Only after finding this site was I properly diagnosed.

I tried the traditional ch meds Rx by my Dr. and although they did provide relief from ch, I still did not have my life back due to the severe side effects I experienced.  I cannot take other ch meds such as Lithium due to a non-ch health issue.  Steroid tapers are no longer an option for me either.  Triptans are not a reasonable option beause I was getting hit 3+ times a day, everyday.  I did research each med before taking because I want to know what, if any side effects I may experience and with ch drugs there are many to look out for.

Only after trying the traditional meds and not finding relief did I consider the aternatives.  I was not going to give up the fight and because I was in so much pain, I was willing to try anything.  I first started with Kudzu and Taurine.  After 3 months, I was still in pain and only then did I consider RC seeds.

I've been "busting" for 6 months now and they have been mostly pf.  I still get the occasional Kip 7 and some minor hits, but most of them are taken care of by 02.  I never have experiened any "psychedelic" effects after ingesting the RC seeds.

I now have my life back!!!  RC seeds and 02 combined have helped  me when everything else I tried failed.  

This is my experience, YMMV.

Beth  :)


Michael,  I read and re-read Bobw's post several times and I fail to read anything rude or offensive.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Racer1_NC on Jun 8th, 2008 at 1:22pm
I tried RC seeds as my last high cycle was ramping up. Varied amounts, methods, etc. It wasn't my magic bullet, but they did APPEAR to lessen the amount of hits, thus delaying high cycle. I missed a week and high cycle came in with a roar. Conventional meds knocked it back down.

I fully support medical research. That means both unconventional and conventional medications. Chances are a new, mainstream treatment will come from a blend of both.

I'll use what ever works to fight my CH. Right now, it appears that conventional meds do the trick. Will I use seeds in the late fall as my high cycle starts.......yes, but more for experimentation than any thing else. I have an open mind, but I'm going to do what works for me. IMHO, everyone else should do the same. Do what works for you.

You'll find no judgements on your treatment plan from me. I'll just be glad it works.

Bill

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Sandy_C on Jun 8th, 2008 at 1:49pm
Count me in, Bob!  Rc seeds and O2 work for me!

I don't think Bob (Pinkfloyd) meant anything whatsoever in the way that busting was the ONLY way to combat CH pain.  I thought his post was very relevant and informational.  At no point did he say that anyone HAD to try it or was stupid if they did not.

Whether you are chronic or episodic, the pain of a CH attack is debilitating to each and every one of us.  Many suffers have great success with the traditional treatments, yet many do not.  Having the option of trying alternative treatments is just another tool in the arsenal against CH, and should be looked upon that way.  As Bob said, busting may not be right for everyone for whatever reason, but that is an individual decision to be made.

This site, as well as the Clusterbuster site is devoted to supporting other clusterheads, and sharing information with others as to what works or does not work for us as individuals.  By the words "sharing information", I mean ALL information.  If even one person is helped by reading information about psychedelic  alternatives, then what's wrong with that?

Keep up the great work Pink!  Thanks

Sandy

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Linda_Howell on Jun 8th, 2008 at 1:57pm


If Bob Wold and others say that it has helped 75 to 80% of people who have used it, and I see no reason to doubt their findings as they are in my opinion very thorough..then I have to say bravo.  To all it has helped I couldn't be happier.  Nope.  No judgements from me either.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by alienspacebabe on Jun 8th, 2008 at 2:00pm
Very first dose completely killed my CPH (episodic). No more 6 months on, 6 months off. NOTHING!!!

After the 5th or 6th dose, my 2 1/2 year long cycles no longer arrive. I have short cycles with short, relatively mild hits - that's about it, other than rogue hits (and the sympathy hits I get at all CH gatherings).

Ooh... did I forget to mention that I last dosed in.... 2002 or 2003?

Lizzie


edited to add: I use Zomig nasal to deal with the few rough hits that *do* come now.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by icedragon on Jun 8th, 2008 at 2:12pm
Lizzie,
Did you also use the seeds?

Thomas

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Pinkfloyd on Jun 8th, 2008 at 2:27pm
First of all, let me say that if I offended anyone, I am sorry as that was
NOT my intention. If I was looking for lighting a fire under anyone, it
would be those that have changed their lives with one of the psychedelic treatments, wanting them to let others know.  
Again, it was never my intent to offend, only start a healthy and productive discussion.

I do have an attitude (opinion) about this treatment, it is born of frustration as I watch people suffer with this condition. It is an opinion I have shared with the medical community. I do appreciate all the people that that have put their time and effort into finding solutions.
The quest for answers is the basis of medical advances in treatment of any condition

Yes, myself and other CBers have been know to coming off "strong".
Passion is a strong emotion and I am passionate about this Cluster Headache treatment. My passion also extends to cases where when people show up here after suffering with clusters for 15 years and not ever had oxygen prescribed. This, IMHO, is needless and only prolongs their suffering.  
Evidently others feel the same when it comes to oxygen treatments, their posts could be called strong. It's a similar frustration that we feel.
If you have something that you feel will help people out of their pain...how vocal are you supposed to be? I don't apologize for passion, I admire it in others.

The legality is an understandable dilemma for many, it's this and other "roadblocks" that may keep a sufferer from trying this treatment.
I respect everyone's and anyone's choices, choices are based on their need, on their situation and their understanding.
One of the goals of ClusterBusters is to remove these barriers.  It's these roadblocks that may keep someone that wants to try
it, from trying it, that makes me so passionate, and frustrated. I'm not frustrated "at" those people that can't try it, I'm frustrated
"for" these people.

In all honesty, we are out here advocating specifically for those that have these roadblocks. I've spent a good part of my life the last 6 years, fighting to remove these roadblocks so that everyone can make an informed decision, based upon their own health concerns. So have a lot of other people. Many have put their own liberty at risk. Did Nani appear in that article because it would help her? no.

This research is going off many directions. (3 institutions in the US and Europe) The goals at Clusterbusters are simple. Find something that works better than what is currently available, where ever that may lead. "Polite" doesn't always get you there, though I try to be polite I may unintentionally not always come across that way.
When you've received hundreds of emails from people that have had their lives changed because of a treatment...any treatment, you need to tell others.  I'm sorry if I've lost all patience but my passion grows each day as another email arrives in my inbox.

Bobw
P.S. BobP....try crunchy this time  ;)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by dougW on Jun 8th, 2008 at 3:00pm
I'll be counted in.

Brief background:  episodic for 33 years, usually 2 cycle a year (May and October) for 8 to 10 weeks each time.
O2 responsive, using ergotamines only when I cant get to the O2.

IMO, I've successfully aborted 4 or 5 cycles with entheogens, the "best" was in 4 days.  For me this was unbelievable, better than I could have hoped for.  The last attempt at busting a cycle was in January this year, for some reason nothing was effective.
I've now begun an attempt at prevention, treating just prior to my expected May cycle, it's now June and so far it would seem I've avoided the expected return.

At this stage, this treatment may not be for everyone, due to medical and/or personal issues.  I respect the choices anyone makes for themselves.  Life is a choice, treatment is a choice.  Make yours for yourself based on information and what is right for you.

Over the last 5 or so years I've been rather quiet about my treatments publicly. (my medical doctor is well aware of my choices and has offered his support and understanding)
I've declined newspaper and TV interviews on this treatment for "personal and professional reasons", yet I admire greatly those that are able to and do speak out.

Where will this treatment go?  Who knows.  
Science and medical advances arise from observation, then asking the question "why and how".
We don't have the answers right now, we only have case studies and observational reports.  It's a start and in my opinion a damn good start.

Often when dealing in medications, the answers to how and why are unknown, the human body and it's response are varied and irregular, in most any condition and often in CH.

Just for fun, I looked up acetaminophen (tylenol) or rx.list.com, how does it work and why does it work.  
Their answer to that: "Although the exact site and mechanism of analgesic action is not clearly defined, acetaminophen appears to produce analgesia by elevation of the pain threshold"

Appears to.  How???  Observational evidence only.  
I don't raise this to perpetuate the argumentative potential of this thread, I wish to stop that before it develops.
Instead, lets ask the question "how and why" the entheogen treatment   works and continue to gather the evidence as it arises.  Going forward in search of the answers.

The American Heritage Dictionary defines Science (in part) as:
  1. The observation, identification, description, experimental investigation, and theoretical explanation of phenomena.
  2. Such activities restricted to a class of natural phenomena.
  3. Such activities applied to an object of inquiry or study.

Those than have and are able to join in this search for the science of entheogenic treatment of cluster headache are to be commended, as are those that are also unable to do so for whatever reason.

We're all in this together and together we may find the answers.
Questions, with respect and caring.  
And always honor the choices that other make for themselves.

Regards
Doug


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by AussieBrian on Jun 8th, 2008 at 3:04pm
Excellent reply, Pinkfloyd, and I thank you for addressing my many concerns. I'm a skeptic, not a cynic, and there's a major difference.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by wildhaus on Jun 8th, 2008 at 3:31pm
(PART_1)
Bobw (Pinkfloyd)
Quote:
“None of these things, including Imitrex and oxygen, have the success of psychedelics in the treatment of clusters. You can believe me or not. Believe the dozens of people that have testified to their effectiveness, or not. They've been talked about here for YEARS and the effectiveness remains the same....75-80% of people using them, BREAK their cycles early. People that have been chronic for years, are now episodic and happy about it. Episodes they can control or eliminate.“

form
The Lancet Neurology
Volume 5, Issue 9 , September 2006, Page 732

“John Halpern (Harvard Medical School and McLean Hospital, Belmont, USA), who is instigating studies on psilocybin and LSD for cluster headaches with study lead Andrew Sewell…..
Halpern and colleagues did a questionnaire study of 53 people taking psilocybin or LSD for cluster headaches. Although Halpern says that speculation on mechanisms is premature before efficacy studies are done, 22 of the 53 patients reported partial or complete efficacy from subhallucinogenic doses. If proven in rigorous studies, such efficacy might lie in the serotonergic action that characterises most hallucinogens…… “

22 out of 53 that is “only”  41.82% (which is good by itself) and it was not a study just a questionnaire……..
Bob where do you get your Numbers, have you ever seen a study that supports your claim, a study that
was done by an independent person or institute? or “just” what you have collected? even so I would
like to believe it, some in the medical world say differently……. (see below “The Guardian”)

Bobw (Pinkfloyd)
Quote:
Ya know, I look at the list of subject headers here and I see people extolling the virtues…. Suboccipital injections. Worried about side effects,
I am worried, I think I am doing every thing one can do to try and find out what are the potential side
effects of the “injection” and for that I (the hospital) use very modern equipment and the knowledge of the hospital
I am a treated at, and the will and dedication of good people trying to help me find out all the
information possible, and that as a case study, that can help some of us find relive from CH,
and I still didn’t see the light, I am on my way, I hope, but I see the light on the end of the tunnel,
but its not the only light, just one more (possible) way to battle CH.
Bob can you point me to one Study that was done in the modern time (past the 1980) about “Lysergsäure-diethylamid” or better known as LSD and its possible (or not)  adverse effects on the humans. A study and not testimonials.

Mark Honigsbaum  The Guardian, Tuesday August 2 2005 .
“Peter Goadsby, professor of neurology at the Institute of Neurology, University College London, and the world's leading expert on cluster headaches, is sceptical about the mushroom therapy.
He argues that the relief reported by some patients may be a placebo effect or owing to natural remission.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by wildhaus on Jun 8th, 2008 at 3:34pm
(PART_2)

But he does believe the cases warrant a proper clinical study, particularly as ergotomine - which contains lysergic acid, a precursor of LSD - has been used to treat migraines for years.
"It's possible that mushrooms have some useful effect but it's far from proven," Dr Goadsby says. "Cluster headaches are such a devastating problem that people will turn to anything that seems to work."
The only study I am aware of, in the world,  evaluating LSD, and not CH related, is:…..  
(mentioned to me by John Halpern in our e-mail exchange last year)

LSD – unterstützte Psychotherapie bei Personen mit Angstsymptomatik
in Verbindung mit fortgeschrittenen lebensbedrohenden Erkrankungen.
Eine doppelblinde, plazebokontrollierte Phase-II Dosis-Wirkungs-
Pilotstudie

(LSD – assisted psychotherapy
in persons suffering from anxiety
associated with advanced-stage life threatening diseases.
A phase-II, double-blind, placebo-controlled dose-response pilot study)

PRINCIPAL INVESTIGATOR:
Dr. med. Peter Gasser;
Facharzt FMH Psychiatrie + Psychotherapie
4500 Solothurn / Switzerland

MEDICAL MONITOR
Rick Doblin, PhD;

STUDY MONITOR
Valerie Mojeiko;

(A link to the Clinical Study Protocol)
START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE

this is a start (you and the CB’ers have most likely a role in pushing this sort of treatment into the minds
of researchers)  and a chance, that one of the pharma giants will pick up on this venue and invest the needed
money for approval of studies and research, and in the R&D of an approved medical solution based on
“Lysergsäure-diethylamid” or better known as LSD, but that is for the moment a dream rather then reality,

Like Brain posted

Let the information flow, friends, for knowledge is our greatest defence against a common enemy.  

and Bob...

I'm a skeptic, not a cynic, and there's a major difference
(Brain very nicely said)

Micahel

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Pinkfloyd on Jun 8th, 2008 at 3:36pm

AussieBrian wrote on Jun 8th, 2008 at 3:04pm:
I'm a skeptic


Thanks Brian,
As I've said all along, skeptics are as essential (if not more so) to the research process as those that support that research. Without questions, there are no answers. It takes passion on both sides of the equation to come to the best possible answer, in the end.

Bobw

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by alienspacebabe on Jun 8th, 2008 at 4:02pm

wrote on Jun 8th, 2008 at 2:12pm:
Lizzie,
Did you also use the seeds?

Thomas



I used the mushrooms.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by icedragon on Jun 8th, 2008 at 4:10pm
Thanks Babe

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Pinkfloyd on Jun 8th, 2008 at 4:25pm
Michael,
The portion of the article that you posted didn't tell the entire story and left the numbers a bit out of context.

here is the expanded passage: [my comments in bold brackets]

Results are summarized in table 2 and listed in complete form
in table E-1 (on the Neurology Web site at START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE). Of
the 32 subjects with episodic cluster headache, 19 had used sublingual
psilocybin during cluster attacks; 17 found psilocybin to be effective in aborting attacks (defined as ending the attack within 20 minutes).

[17 of 19 aborted attacks; 89%]

Only one subject had used sublingual LSD for an acute attack, reporting it to be effective. Twenty-nine subjects had used psilocybin prophylactically during a cluster period; 15 (52%) reported that it was effective (defined as causing total cessation of attacks), and a further 12 (41%) reported partial efficacy (defined as attacks decreasing in intensity or frequency but not ceasing).

[17 of 19 reported at least partial efficacy 89%]

Five of six LSD users reported cluster period termination.

[5 out of 6; 83%]

Twenty subjects ingested psilocybin during a remission period; 19 reported an extension of their remission period, in that their next
expected cluster period was delayed or prevented entirely.

[19 out of 20 extended remission periods; 95%]

Four of five subjects reported similar remission extension with LSD.

[4 out of 5; 80%]

Of the 21 subjects with chronic cluster headache, 5 of 7 reported
that psilocybin aborted a cluster attack;

[5 out of 7; 71%]

10 of 20 reported that psilocybin induced a complete termination of cluster attacks; and a further 8 reported partial efficacy.

[10 out of 20 CHRONICS complete remission 50%]
[18 out of 20 CHRONICS at least partial remission 90%]


Of two chronic cluster headache patients who ingested LSD, both at subhallucinogenic doses, one reported no attacks for 10 days, and the other reported none for 2 months. Interestingly, 22 (42%) of the 53 subjects reported partial or complete efficacy (as defined above) from subhallucinogenic doses of psilocybin or LSD.

[this passage speaks to dose size, not efficacy]

Do I have data from clinical trials to support the above information? No, not yet. But, this just isn't a "report"
It is a case series with all data approved by a peer review committee and carried out in an approved scientific manner. It is the first step. The trials will be coming. They are very costly and time consuming, and no, we don't have any pharmaceutical companies coming to our rescue.

As to Prof. Goadsby, the remarks you quoted were made before the Neurology article. I hope everyone at the OUCH conference asks him for his updated views.

Bobw
my "preview" doesn't work so I hope this posts ok

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Pinkfloyd on Jun 8th, 2008 at 5:32pm

wildhaus wrote on Jun 8th, 2008 at 3:31pm:
( have you ever seen a study that supports your claim, a study that
was done by an independent person or institute? or “just” what you have collected?



This information wasn't collected by me or clusterbusters. It was collected by researchers at Harvard Medical School. The process for publishing a case series like this is very much different than my collecting data. The process of collection and the findings are approved by a peer-review board.

Don't you find it interesting and a bit odd that there isn't an avalance of studies about the bad side effects of LSD and psilocybin?
If you can't find any studies outlining the adverse effects of psychedelics like LSD and psilocybin, there is a good reason for this.
The only people spending any money researching these things, other than the few regarding clusters, OCD, PTSD and a few others, are the government. The government has spent millions trying to find out the dangers. They don't spend much time publishing the reports that advertise the safety of illegal drugs.

I will try to find more data for you. We will be conducting phase two trials. Phase one trials test the safety of a treatment. The safety work has been done.

here is one report by the Dutch government you might find interesting;
START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE

I imagine you've seen the British study published in the Lancet about the dangers of drugs.
here is a link to an article about it.....I don't have the Lancet link right here....
START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE

You'll notice that psilocybin in nowhere to be found

Bobw

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Annette on Jun 8th, 2008 at 7:30pm

Back in Nov 2006, I wrote to Dr Sewell asking about using mushrooms for CH as Daniel was considering trying it. This is the email I received from Dr Sewell.

" Hi Annette!

I’m sorry to hear about your husband. As you are no doubt aware, cluster headache is a devastating disease which is inadequately treated by conventional medications.

I have attached the paper that I co-wrote with John Halpern and Harrison Pope describing our observations on the psilocybin treatment. I encourage you to take it to your neurologist and discuss it with him before trying anything!

R. Andrew Sewell MD
Alcohol and Drug Abuse Research Center
Harvard Medical School/McLean Hospital "

So I took the paper to my neurologist Prof Spira and he told me that there was not enough information there to convince him of the efficacy and safety of the substances.

The paper was not a study or a trial but a collection of data from existing users which suggested maybe psychedelic substance does have good therapeutic effect on CH. The conclusion was that since many existing users reported good effect it was considered worthwhile to study it further, maybe as a randomised, double blind trial.

I believe Dr Sewell and Dr Halpern subsequently applied to Harvard University for fund and authorisation to start such a trial but since then I have heard nothing more.

Please BobW, tell us if there is indeed a randomised, double blind study currently underway ? Thank you very much


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Annette on Jun 8th, 2008 at 7:38pm

On the other hand, I would like to voice my opinion of how this thread was started. BobW opening post was all about the benefit of psychedelic treatment, no mention of possible problems or side effects or contraindications to its use. When I asked further, Nani pointed out that the answers to those questions could be found in clusterbuster website.

My question is: Why not have an opening post outlying BOTH the positive and the negative effects of using psychedelic substance for CH ? Wouldnt that be more transparent to readers? Then if anyone has a more specific question it can be referred to the website.

My personal feeling, when reading an opening post advertising ONLY the good point then urging people to another website where the discussion forum is kept off limit to guests, is similar to how I feel about a snake oil peddler coming here proclaiming the efficacy of their magical products then ushering enquiries to their own websites.

I am not criticizing BobW personally nor the use of psychedelics, I just felt uncomfortable with the way it was "advertised" .


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Annette on Jun 8th, 2008 at 7:44pm

Pinkfloyd wrote on Jun 8th, 2008 at 5:32pm:
The only people spending any money researching these things, other than the few regarding clusters, OCD, PTSD and a few others, are the government. The government has spent millions trying to find out the dangers. They don't spend much time publishing the reports that advertise the safety of illegal drugs.

I will try to find more data for you. We will be conducting phase two trials. Phase one trials test the safety of a treatment. The safety work has been done.


Thanks BobW.

Do you have the information on the trials or whatever it is the government has spent millions on ? and what are the outcome ?

Also who are WE in these two trials you are talking about ? What is the abstract of these trials ? Have you got any data on the result of the first phase on the safety issue ?

Thanks again


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by washed-out on Jun 8th, 2008 at 7:59pm

wildhaus wrote on Jun 8th, 2008 at 11:27am:
as long as it is on the ILLEGAL list I can
not use it for practical reasons, nor can I promote it (full harted)
for ethical reasons…


First of all it isn't illegal everywhere. What's the problem with going to the Netherlands for a short trip and just try it once?

And "ethical reasons"... lol ,sorry for being harsh but that's a bs. What do you mean by "ethical reasons"?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by George_J on Jun 8th, 2008 at 10:40pm

Quote:
First of all it isn't illegal everywhere. What's the problem with going to the Netherlands for a short trip and just try it once?


The problem is that trying hallucinogens on the basis of anecdotal evidence (even strong anecdotal evidence) to treat CH is not equivalent to drinking lots of water, say, to see if it helps--or going to the supermarket to buy an energy drink and giving it a go.  Everything has consequences, but the consequences attending water-drinking or ingesting an energy drink are inconsequential.

Legal issues aside, I imagine that acquiring, manufacturing, or trying hallucinogenic substances bothers a certain percentage of people for many reasons that have little or nothing to do with whether or not those substances are legal.  It's not simply a matter of what they can or cannot get away with.  

I don't mean to personalize this, but...

Each person has to weigh the potential benefit against the consequences--and the consequences are not merely legal.  They involve questions of accountability to one's self and to others, and yes--questions of personal morality, if you will.  Does one's desperation outweigh the message that is sent to others by using hallucinogenic substances?   Does one's need for an effective treatment trump a firm personal stance against the use of illegal drugs?

I will not presume to answer those questions for others--they need to search their own hearts and minds for the answers.  I will not condemn anyone for the decisions they have made and the actions they have taken.  I don't live their lives, and--although I can comprehend their pain--their pain is their own.  They remain my friends, and my brave companions.  No harm, no foul.

With all that in mind, I prefer, personally, to maintain a neutral position on the use of hallucinogens in the treatment of CH.  I've gotten along thusfar without them, and I can certainly wait a bit longer until one or more objective, clinically-controlled trials are completed showing hallucinogens are effective and safe in treating CH.  If they are, I'll be more than happy to acknowledge their efficacy.  

I doubt that I'm the only one who feels that way.

Even if they are proven to be effective, I likely will never decide to try them, however.  It just doesn't work for me, on many levels.

YMMV.

So no--I won't be visiting the Netherlands anytime soon.

All the best,

George      

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Pinkfloyd on Jun 9th, 2008 at 1:17am
[quote author=73717B6673717E140 link=1212882305/25#38 date=1212979255
 Everything has consequences, but the consequences attending water-drinking or ingesting an energy drink are inconsequential.

[/quote]

Nice post George, thank you.

Just an interesting point about the statement about drinking water being inconsequential.
Not to make a point other than this story being interesting, at least to me...maybe others.

During the time the case series work was being done at Harvard (the report in Neurology) I approached the powers to be at Harvard to see if they would be interested in doing something similar with the waterx3 treatment. Wanting to see if something could come of it, including letting more people become aware of the treatment option and also to see if, 1, it could be improved upon by determing how and why it works (for some) and 2, if we could come up with a set process for helping people. Such as, how much is best , etc.
(see...clusterbusters looks everywhere for help, not just hallucinogens)

Anyway......even though Harvard was willing to become involved in this process for mushrooms and LSD, they were not willing to take a chance on WATER.
They felt it was too dangerous and that they could be held liable if anything went wrong..and someone actually died from drinking too much water.
You can enter this into your Believe it or Not folder, but it's true.
Now, I'm not saying that Harvard believes that water is more dangerous than LSD. (although they chose to monitor an LSD/psilocybin case series and not the water, due to safety concerns)
There are dangers with drinking too much water and people DO die from drinking too much water.
They felt asking people to "drink a lot of water and see what happens to your clusters" left it too open for people to drink more than what was safe. People think water is so safe, that if say 8 glasses a day was good for their clusters, they may choose to drink 40 glasses to see if it was better.
There are also other heath problems that could cause some people to have a higher risk of serious problems from drinking too much water.

They felt that even if we told them how much to drink, they might drink more, due to its being......inconsequential.

People don't think of LSD or Psilocybin in this way so the fear of overdoing it, isn't as large a fear with psychedelics, as it is with water.

So, there you have it, nothing is inconsequential under the right circumstances.

Bobw

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by George_J on Jun 9th, 2008 at 1:32am

Quote:
So, there you have it, nothing is inconsequential under the right circumstances.

Bobw


Point taken, Bob, and thank you.

Best,

George

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by LeeS on Jun 9th, 2008 at 5:07am
Here's my story; more eloquently put than I ever could have:

START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE

Original source: Arran Frood - Nature Medicine; January 2007

As with most journalism these days, there are a couple of untruths.  For example, you may want to reconsider the statement "...a respectable middle-aged man..." ;)

Also, if you download the PDF, the author apologises upfront for the blatantly incorrect photograph of the medication on page two; it was the editors what done it ::)

-Lee

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by CArl on Jun 9th, 2008 at 8:13am
Hello everyone,

I only read the boards these days, be it right or wrong, I chose not to post anymore a few years back.
You offer great support here to sufferer's, & to those of you who frequent this place on a daily basis giving that support, I raise my hat to you all.

I am a member of ClusterBusters, & very proud to be too. ClusterBusters saved my life. I have had CH for over 20 years now. I'de had every possible CH Med the Neuro's had to offer, some worked for a while, some not at all, but alway's the CH would return with a vengance.

So Approx 3 years ago now I decided to give the RC Seeds, & the Psilocybin a go, & to cut a long story short, I could'nt believe the success I had with them.....WOW!!... It stops the pain.
At the time I was a member of OUCH(UK) but what I found to be a real hard pill to swallow was. Why wasn't this information available to me when I first joined?...Why was the subject so Taboo?...Why were we not pushing the medical people harder about the success sufferers were having using RC's, & Psilocybin?

Like Bob W, I had a passion, & started to post about my success with Alternatives. I too was branded aggresive, several months later they banned me, just as they did with Flash....
Please don't let that happen here. Why be so hush hush about something that has the success rate that RC's, LSD, & Psilocybin are having.

In the last 3 years  since starting on the ClusterBuster treatment I have managed to completely abort every cycle, apart from the last one, which is now under control again, & up to date, I am not suffering any noticable side effects.

I do hope this post doesn't offend anyone, or cause anyone to self harm....

CArl...

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Bob P on Jun 9th, 2008 at 8:34am

Quote:
I use methysergide judiciously, which is a legal psychedelic alternative. Not without its nasty side effects, which is why I use it judiciously, but legal nonetheless.

I wonder if daily doses of RC or shrooms would have the same side effects?

The survey numbers are just numbers that can be skewed by many things.  The people they worked for are anxious to tell the world they worked.  Hell yes I'll join the survey.

Those they didn't work for are less anxious.  I think the survey called for the release of your medical records.  Maybe someone they didn't work for would be less anxious to release their records (hey, it's bogus, why shold I give some guy I don't know my medical records).

We'll never really be sure of the numbers until a trial is done.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by George_J on Jun 9th, 2008 at 9:42am

Quote:
We'll never really be sure of the numbers until a trial is done.
 Exactly.  

It's time for an actual trial.

Asking that people try substances with potentially life-altering consequences to treat a medical condition is asking a lot.  I don't think it's unreasonable to expect a lot in return.  

It's been said that extraordinary claims require extraordinary evidence.  One (or better yet, several) well-crafted clinical trials will bring about more positive, lasting change than any amount of passion and conviction.

Best wishes,

George

Edit to add:

Carl, as has been pointed out several times before, the decisions made and the actions taken by another message board are outside the control of the admins. of this message board.  I've not seen any reasonable discussion of alternatives banned here, at any time.  

If it's all the same to you, I'd just as soon not see a very civilized and enlightening conversation be sidetracked into an analysis of "who killed who"--somewhere else.

Thank you.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Bob P on Jun 9th, 2008 at 9:50am

Quote:
Please don't let that happen here. Why be so hush hush about something that has the success rate that RC's, LSD, & Psilocybin are having.

Caqrl, I think you're carrying some baggage there boy.  This place has been anything but hush hush regarding alternatives.  It's been discussed freely since day one and will continue to be.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Annette on Jun 9th, 2008 at 11:09am

I want to know, why hasnt BobW answered any of my questions ? Everyone else's questions got answered but mine ?

Am I supposed to be  :-X ?


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by nani on Jun 9th, 2008 at 11:22am
The answers to everyone's questions is available at START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE

Scroll down the main page about halfway and read the Spring 2008 report for additional info.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by George_J on Jun 9th, 2008 at 12:59pm

nani wrote on Jun 9th, 2008 at 11:22am:
The answers to everyone's questions is available at START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE[/url]

Scroll down the main page about halfway and read the Spring 2008 report for additional info.


Thank you, Nani.

Reading the report, I note the following:


Quote:
Psilocybin and LSD research
The protocol designs for the clinical trials have reached the point where we feel
they will not only be submitted to all the necessary agencies in 2008, but we fully
expect approvals and scheduling of the first patient to legally receive a
psychedelic treatment for their cluster headaches, to take place in late 2008- early
2009.


I will be following updated information on this with interest.

Best wishes,

George

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by karma on Jun 9th, 2008 at 1:06pm
It's been along time since this subject got this kind of attention.
I tried "accepted" meds once, felt like crap and suffered more than ever. I tried RC seeds and they worked. Prevent and abort.
For the skepitics, don't knock it until you try it. The result should be evidence enough.


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Bob P on Jun 9th, 2008 at 1:15pm
Note:  Alternative users tend to be a little defensive.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Annette on Jun 9th, 2008 at 1:23pm

I am sorry but I could not find the answers to my questions reading the CB website. There is no mention anywhere of what BobW talked about that the Government has spent millions to find negative effects of psychedelic substance and came up with nothing, nor is there the result of the initial phase study of the safety of psychedelic treatment.

Can someone from CB please point them out to me? Thank you very much.

Also in the 2008 report, it was said:

Psilocybin and LSD research
The protocol designs for the clinical trials have reached the point where we feel
they will not only be submitted to all the necessary agencies in 2008, but we fully
expect approvals and scheduling of the first patient to legally receive a
psychedelic treatment for their cluster headaches, to take place in late 2008- early
2009.

So you have not submitted the protocol yet but you expect approval in the next 6 months so that scheduling of the trial can start late this year or early next year ? I have never heard of protocol for any trial getting approval within 6 months so I cant wait to hear of the outcome.

Commonly, more than one successful trial is needed to be able to confirm the validity of the data, so is there further plan for other similar trials down the pipeline ?


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by seasonalboomer on Jun 9th, 2008 at 1:42pm
Are we really going to beat the snot out of this subject by parsing every other post down line-by-line?

If there is no single answer to these things - which I think is pretty much universally agreed - then why would we question legitimate input from verifiable fellow clusterheads?

Not everyone's CH is the same. Not everyone's results with conventional meds are the same, just as they aren't with alternatives.

Just in our little world here, the information is naturally skewed toward those with the most severe instances of CH.

I'll stand up and be counted. But, I also don't choose to tell folks who have years of positive results from conventional meds that what they're doing is wrong or "less than".



Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by PollyPocket on Jun 9th, 2008 at 1:53pm
Count me.  Without a doubt, it was highly successful for me. And even though I know it is illegal to ingest, I told my bosses what I was doing, I told my doctors what I was doing, I told my family what I was  doing, and I'll continue to tell anyone who cares to  hear. I am not fearful of what COULD happen with it, I am more fearful of what I KNOW will happen without it.

Seeds worked for me. I got my life back after 22 years episodic. Though it didn't fully break the cycle, it gave me days of pf time and only minor hits when I did have any. I'll never go back to conventional meds again.

So count me.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by George_J on Jun 9th, 2008 at 1:59pm

seasonalboomer wrote on Jun 9th, 2008 at 1:42pm:
I'll stand up and be counted. But, I also don't choose to tell folks who have years of positive results from conventional meds that what they're doing is wrong or "less than".


Perhaps I am simply naive, but I haven't noticed anything like that on this thread, Scott.

With conventional meds, it's always good to have corroborating evidence from clinical trials showing that the substances in question are effective in treating a particular condition, and relatively free from harmful effects.  

I see no reason why we should not expect the same evidence about alternative treatments.  If such things are in the works--well and good.  

Best,

George    

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by wildhaus on Jun 9th, 2008 at 2:23pm
washed-out wrote
And I quote

“And "ethical reasons"... lol ,sorry for being harsh but that's a bs. What do you mean by "ethical reasons"?”

As I do not engage in discussions with members that use phrases that I most of the time ignore,
I will ask the author to rephrase his statement, and he might get an answer, just a bit of respect,
one cannot regard an other opinion with the terms used above, even if one has a different point
of view.

I was looking forward to have an interesting, productive, and most of all beneficial discussion to us all,
but now I am out of this thread…..  I will be still review this thread, out of curiosity, interest and
the pure pleasure of learning.

Sorry Bob I honestly was hoping to see this thread develop, and provide us with a good exchange
of info. opinion and knowledge……

Michael

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by icedragon on Jun 9th, 2008 at 2:31pm
It appears to me that this thread is starting to drift in a different direction than was initially intended.  I believe what Bobw was trying to accomplish was to have people with the experience of success with alternative meds to speak up.  Of course, people are entitled to their own opinions, but it is starting to turn accusatory and hostile.  Honestly, I expect better from people.  We are a unique lot of people, who for the most part are left to fend for ourselves when it comes to finding treatment.  I personally, like reading about the positve experiences with alternatives and am strongly considering going this route.  I don't mean to bitch, but is a little more dignity too much to ask for?  

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Bob P on Jun 9th, 2008 at 2:33pm
Note:  Alternative users tend to be 'VERY' defensive.
;)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Poli on Jun 9th, 2008 at 2:41pm
Hola, one more to be counted. I'm also a proud clusterbuster, one of the few "legals". Here is ilegal the traffic or public consumption, so I put my order in Internet, they ship by fedex from Holland (EU) to Spain and I take my mushies at home, legally until now. It looks that the Dutch government is going to ban them also.
25 months ago I began to get my life back, after 5 years episodic, 4 months a year, in fall, and 2 years cronic (3 cycles a year, thanks to the all the "normal" medicines), the CB treatment broked the  pattern, gave me 1 year PF, 15 dias of a rouge cycle, 9 more months of PF, 2 months of cycle with 98% hits aborted with O2, and now I'm 6 months pain free again and "tripping" :) to Peru in 21 days on holidays (yes, flying a lot) where I'll try to taste Ayahuasca and compare it's effects with psilo.
What I can't understand is why some people are "against" a treatment, I'm really "hallucinated" with that.
Saludos
Poli

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by thebbz on Jun 9th, 2008 at 2:58pm
RC seeds ROCK!
Shrooms ROCK even more better.
These are demon ass kickers. No doubt in my mind.Finally something that works.
Negative comments are all directed to the big bucket of pain I have not had to endure. It sits adjacent to the pile of money I have saved on pharmacuticals.
Thanks to clusterbusters and ch.com always.
thebb
Hi everybody... [smiley=headbanger.gif] [smiley=headbanger.gif]

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by LostAgain on Jun 9th, 2008 at 3:19pm
I'm waiting for my RC seeds to come in, which from what I understand there are no laws against consumption of RC seeds.

Is this the case?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by seasonalboomer on Jun 9th, 2008 at 3:52pm

LostAgain wrote on Jun 9th, 2008 at 3:19pm:
I'm waiting for my RC seeds to come in, which from what I understand there are no laws against consumption of RC seeds.

Is this the case?


That varies from state to state. In most cases, it is legal to buy them and possess them, but not to buy them for ingestion, or to ingest them. Of course, law enforcement would have to have a reason to think you are doing so and an interest in pursuing something as relatively innocent as morning glory seeds.



Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Jun 9th, 2008 at 4:02pm

seasonalboomer wrote on Jun 9th, 2008 at 3:52pm:

LostAgain wrote on Jun 9th, 2008 at 3:19pm:
I'm waiting for my RC seeds to come in, which from what I understand there are no laws against consumption of RC seeds.

Is this the case?


That varies from state to state. In most cases, it is legal to buy them and possess them, but not to buy them for ingestion, or to ingest them. Of course, law enforcement would have to have a reason to think you are doing so...

You mean like posting your intentions on a public bb service? ;D

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Annette on Jun 9th, 2008 at 8:45pm

wrote on Jun 9th, 2008 at 2:31pm:
I believe what Bobw was trying to accomplish was to have people with the experience of success with alternative meds to speak up.  Of course, people are entitled to their own opinions, but it is starting to turn accusatory and hostile.  Honestly, I expect better from people.   



Why did BobW want people using psychedelic substance for CH to speak up here ? Obviously he wants more people to know about it and to try or to start using it. Is it because he has strong new scientific evidences that the treatment works and he would like to spread the words? Or is it because he is trying to "recruit" more members to the website because CB is in need of fund as per the 2008 report ?

First of all, since the consumption of the substance is illegal, why does he want people who use them to go to a public forum and admit that they are using it ? There is a certain degree of risk involved here for ANYONE who publically announces that they are doing something illegal. So far, there has been no investigation or arrest yet but it does not mean the possibility is not there.

It should be up to the person whether they want to speak about it at all or not, either privately or publically. Nobody should be asked to talk about the fact that they are doing something illegal, even if its to treat their medical condition. On the CB website itself, the forum is hidden away. When I asked why this was so a couple of years ago, I was told that it was kept hidden to protect the members and users. If it is so, then why come here and ask people to post about it publically. Isnt that hypocrate?

Since CB is the only source for psychedelic treatment, I would venture to say that almost all people who use these substance would have come into contact with BobW or to other core members of CB and receiving assistance from them. Now that BobW came out personally asking them to step forward and speak up about it, in a way, wouldnt it be almost like blackmailing because the people would feel obliged to do so ? Is that really ethical ?

The fact is, there is still no proper study or trial underway yet. From what I read on the CB 2008 report Dr Halpern is going to submit his proposal firstly to the hospital IRB and then the FDA for approval but in his own words "we could gain approval within a few months (no guarantees, though)" so it will be a while coming yet before we will have ANY real data on this. Thats why BobW still has to rely on personal accounts of users to advertise CB. However, in doing so, he is possibly exposing people to legal scrutiny and/or investigation which may lead to detrimental effects in their lives and work, is it a respectable thing to do ?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Annette on Jun 9th, 2008 at 9:16pm
I believe that instead of asking CHers to come forwards talking about their use of illegal psychedelic substances for CH, it would have been a lot more interesting, worthwhile and helpful to discuss about what the latest scientific finding has been as published in the CB 2008 report.

I will attempt to do so, please correct me if I am wrong :

1- Is it necessary for the treatment to contain hallucinogenic property to work ?

We all know Sansert is the closest derivative to LSD without the hallucinogenic effect and it does work very well for some people like our own Bill ( Brew ) here.

I posed this very same question to BobW 2 years ago and was told " We dont know but it appeared so ". It seems Dr Halpern and Dr Passie are asking the same question and setting out to find the answer.

Passage deleted by DJ for copyright reasons

Therefore, the answer to that question is still " We dont know".


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by icedragon on Jun 9th, 2008 at 9:23pm
Annette,

You seem to be getting really worked up over something you refuse to try.  Why does this bother you so?


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Annette on Jun 9th, 2008 at 9:36pm
( Cont )


2- Are the up coming studies and trials about RC seeds and mushrooms ?

The short answer is no. The studies are on purified extract of LSD, LSA and psilocybin.

From the report " Dr. Andrew Sewell’s PowerPoint presentation. We
were given an in depth report on his ongoing LSA study as well as his plans for presenting his research to upcoming professional conferences. He also had more definitive information to give us from a chemist regarding the best extraction method for LSA containing seeds. " and " My presentations at the conference focused primarily then on the first projects for episodic and chronic cluster headache with psilocybin and lysergic acid diethylamide, respectively" .

My understanding is that partipants in those studies will not be given seeds or mushrooms to consume but to be given purified and possibly synthethized psilocybin, LSA or LSD to take. Is there a difference, of course there is.

The closest example is that of nicotine and tobacco smoking. Smoking tobacco delivers nicotine effects to users, but it also delivers a whole host of other chemicals, some turn out to be carcinogenic as we all know. Nicotine itself is addictive but not deadly. Its those other chemicals found in tobacco and tobacco smoke that cause the long term side effects like emphysema and cancer.

The same case scenario can be found here with LSA, LSD and psilocybin vs whole seeds and mushrooms. Since the trials will not be based on the consumption of seeds and mushrooms , but on the purified extracts, one will not be able to advocate the safety issue when using seeds and mushrooms for CH. Therefore, it is misleading to announce that the first phase of safety testing has been completed, implying to readers that using seeds and mushrooms are without possible serious short time and/or long term side effects. We simply dont know yet, unless BobW and CB can advise otherwise.

Even if the trials come back with glowing results indicating that LSA, LSD and psilocybin are safe and effective to use, it still does not mean that consuming whole seeds and mushrooms is too. It will only confirm that synthetised, purified and dose controlled ( most likely ) pill forms of LSA, LSD and psilocybin may be safe and effective.

Therefore, regardless of the outcome of these trials, the recommendation to people choosing to use seeds and mushrooms for CH should still be " make sure you read up as much as possible, educate yourself, weigh up and down all the risks involved both medical and legal, bearing in mind that there are a lot we dont yet know, before making the decision to use or not to use " .

Once the person does that , I most sincerely respect that decision.


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Annette on Jun 9th, 2008 at 9:56pm

wrote on Jun 9th, 2008 at 9:23pm:
Annette,

You seem to be getting really worked up over something you refuse to try.  Why does this bother you so?



I am not getting worked up on anything. I did not refuse to try. My husband refused to try. He is the one who has CH. We did consider very seriously to try it 2 years ago in 2006. We wanted to be educated about BOTH the positive and negative effects of either seeds or mushrooms. We went as far as ordering the seeds while we studied up on the topic. The seeds are still sitting here on my desk.

Unfortunately, apart from personal accounts of how it may work, there is no other reliable resource otherwise. In the 2008 report , it said : " Out of 110 people using it, 73 ( 66.4 percent ) had positive results ". We wanted to know if unfortunately he falls into the 33.6% that it does not work for, will he be risking anything both in the short term and or long term, health wise, beside the legal risk?

Psychedelic treatment, legal issue aside, has very powerful effects on the persons brain, both in cognitive function as well as psychological function. Its not something to be taken lightly. Taking risk with ones physical health is serious enough, taking risk with ones mind can lead to detrimental effects.

Incidentally, I have also heard of personal accounts of people having really bad effects trying the treatment. They do exist, they just dont get heard.

Since the presentation from BobW is but about how good the treatment is, while we all know everything has its good side and bad side, I am just trying to alert the people to the possible bad sides, while hoping to gain further information for myself, so that everyone can make a fully educated and informed decision. What is wrong with that ? I did not say to anyone, dont try it, did I ? I am only saying please make sure you know both sides of the coin before deciding to choose head or tail .

Or are you saying that anyone who decides NOT to try should not speak their mind or voice their opinion ?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by AlienSpaceGuy on Jun 9th, 2008 at 11:13pm
Anette, have you another nit to pick, or can we hope you soon stop hogging this thread?



                 [smiley=smokin.gif]



Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by MJ on Jun 10th, 2008 at 1:05am
Count me in.

For over 30 years I had been afflicted with major cluster headaches all at the extreme levels of pain. Averages of 8-12 hits per day.

For twenty plus years I went from medication to medication, therapy to therapy. Oxygen was tried again and again by me and unfortunately I am of the 30% that O2 provides no aide and maybe the .01% where oxygen aggravates the CH.
I had tried 95% of the drugs known to aide others in the battle against this horendous pain we know. Some pharmaceutical drugs did nothing at all, most only made the issue worse with side effects and the inability for me to live life at 100%
Obviously daily living was a chore more often than not with CH. Add to CH the compounding effect of what some medications can and do do and life wasnt allways pretty.

For the ten years prior to CB methods I lived with extreme CH without medications of any kind. For me my attacks were as strong as ever but they were clean. The hits came and they went this allowed me to live life a little better and to be clear of mind between the hits.

Three years ago I found out about the cluster busters and RC seeds on this site. Granted it was a chore breaking a well entrenched cycle of pain, but with the support and help of many here including Bob W, Flash and many others mission was accomplished. I became pain free.

That was allmost 3 years ago that I first tried the seeds. Since January or so of 2006 I have not had amajor hit or bout with CH.

I dont think I am in total remission I believe I am simply aborting complete cycling. I dose with seeds on average every 3 to 6 weeks. Symptoms begin to return if I dont pay attention.
For these years if I spent a hundred bucks on RC seeds I would be surprised.

Side Effects are none, zip, nada for me anymore. I have never hallucinated with the very low doses I use, in fact I feel the same effect I do from a couple advil or tylenol. There was some lethargic feelings for a few hours after a dose initially that followed when first I tried them . Life is currently at 110%. I no longer walk with fear that at any moment I may be looking for the door to suffer in silence.

Thanks ClusterBusters I count myself as one.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by icedragon on Jun 10th, 2008 at 1:52am
Annette,
No, I am not trying to say people oppossed to these methods should not speak their mind.  You on the other hand have spoke your mind, and spoke your mind, and spoke your mind, asked a question, spoke your mind, spoke your mind about how your question has gone unanswered, answered your question and spoke your mind, and blah blah blah....

I think it is great you are supporting your husband through his pain, this really says something about your character.  At the same time, you are comparing people to snake oil salesman and accussing people of trying to drum up buisiness.  For someone who is not getting worked up about something you sure have a lot to say about something.  

You, in your number of posts, mentioned a letter from Dr. Sewell.
"I have attached the paper that I co-wrote with John Halpern and Harrison Pope describing our observations on the psilocybin treatment. I encourage you to take it to your neurologist and discuss it with him before trying anything!"
Is it possible we can see this letter?

You also mention personal accounts of people having really bad effects trying the treatment.  Is it possible you can give us those accounts in some way.  I am really curious to hear those as well.  I would like to read up as much as possible, educate myself, weigh up and down all the risks involved both medical and legal, before making the decision to use or not to use for the treatment of my pain.  Can you respect that?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Annette on Jun 10th, 2008 at 3:36am

wrote on Jun 10th, 2008 at 1:52am:
Annette,
No, I am not trying to say people oppossed to these methods should not speak their mind.  You on the other hand have spoke your mind, and spoke your mind, and spoke your mind, asked a question, spoke your mind, spoke your mind about how your question has gone unanswered, answered your question and spoke your mind, and blah blah blah....

Is there a limit on how often one can post in this thread? I kept speaking because my original questions were never answered properly apart from " go to CB website and read for yourself ". When I went to the site and read the latest annual report, I found more things I wished to talk about . Whats wrong with that ? Or is discussion discouraged ?

For someone who is not getting worked up about something you sure have a lot to say about something.  

It can be called " getting worked up " or it can be called " passionate ". People do talk at length about things they are passionate about. My passion is to find out as much information as I can on BOTH the efficacy AND the potential risks and problems.

You, in your number of posts, mentioned a letter from Dr. Sewell.
Is it possible we can see this letter?

This letter is a copy of the case study done by Dr Sewell and its copyrighted. I can not post it here publically without his permission. BobW has a copy of it and I am sure if you write to Dr Sewell directly he will send you one as well, or you can ask CB as I believe this study had been presented at their conference and dicussed extensively. Or you can purchase it online, I can give you the link if you wish.

You also mention personal accounts of people having really bad effects trying the treatment.  Is it possible you can give us those accounts in some way.  I am really curious to hear those as well.

The people who have told me their stories dont wish to share their experience publically and I need to respect their wish. I recommend you spend time getting to know the people on this board , you will slowly get to know their stories.

I would like to read up as much as possible, educate myself, weigh up and down all the risks involved both medical and legal, before making the decision to use or not to use for the treatment of my pain.  Can you respect that?

Of course I respect that. I have no doubt about the efficacy of psilocybin, LSA and LSD in the treatment of CH. My only concern is the legality of the material currently available, namingly seeds, mushrooms and LSD ( I dont even know where people can get LSD from ), and the short term as well as long term side effects of using them for CH. If you or anyone have done the homework, are fully aware of both the risks and the benefit of the treatment and choose to use it then Kudos ! I just dont wish to hear it made out to be safer than it may realistically be  


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Annette on Jun 10th, 2008 at 3:43am

AlienSpaceGuy wrote on Jun 9th, 2008 at 11:13pm:
Anette, have you another nit to pick, or can we hope you soon stop hogging this thread?



                 [smiley=smokin.gif]



Is what I am posting here considered "hogging" the thread ?

Why and how is it " hogging" the thread ? I would consider it formal discussion instead. Are you telling me that I am not allowed to post in this thread anymore and that I should shut up ? That only people who have something good to say about the topic should post ?


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by karma on Jun 10th, 2008 at 7:31am
Annette,
You are way out of line. Accusations of blackmail, dubious motives and outright misinformation is uncalled for and unappreciated. If ever there was a group of folks that have been more annal about preaching self education and caution, I don't know who they are.
I for one, couldn't give a rats a-ss if studies are done or not. It's a selfish attitude I know but the stuff worked for me and didn't need a study to tell me that.

BTW it is not illegal everywhere. This is a universal website and the information goes where it is needed. Many can buy, grow and use without fear  

Give it a rest my dear, step back and chill. Ask your questions but not in the tone of a petulant child.
added
For the rest of you, I apologize for allowing this person to get to me this way. This thread was meant to be helpfull I'm sure, but has become adversarial and that is a shame.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Sandy_C on Jun 10th, 2008 at 9:27am

wrote on Jun 9th, 2008 at 9:36pm:
Therefore, regardless of the outcome of these trials, the recommendation to people choosing to use seeds and mushrooms for CH should still be " make sure you read up as much as possible, educate yourself, weigh up and down all the risks involved both medical and legal, bearing in mind that there are a lot we dont yet know, before making the decision to use or not to use " .

Once the person does that , I most sincerely respect that decision.


Annette, do you honestly think that any of us who have chosen to try an alternative route to combat our CH did not educate ourselves thoroughly, weighing the pros and cons, both medical and legal before making our decisions?  

Do you think that we are sheep who blindly follow our shepherd?  

Do you think that we don't have the brains to research something that will impact our lives either good or bad?

We were told, right from the get-go by Clusterbusters to read, research the pros and cons of using alternatives, both medical and legal.  We did our research.  We thought long and hard about the ramifications of ingesting an illegal drug.  We are aware of the laws and made informed decisions on our own, individually, with no coercion from Clusterbusters or anyone else.  

Your comment above is insulting to us.  Please do as you said:

"Once the person does that , I most sincerely respect that decision."

Sandy



Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by AussieBrian on Jun 10th, 2008 at 9:28am
There's plenty of anecdotal evidence in this thread so far to suggest that this form of treatment works for many people and the most exciting part about it all is that, by some accounts at least, it may serve to actually break a cycle.

No mainstream medication or treatment holds out any such claim so this matter must be taken seriously and much, much further.

On the other side of the same coin, as Annette rightly points out, we are currently playing with fire because no-one has any idea about what down-sides there may be.

My greatest interest is to know whether CB works to stop the pain or, hope of hope and bliss beyond paradise, works to stop the cause of the pain.  

I remain annoyed at the tone of many of the posts here but urge everyone to remember that we must consider all options - just as much as we should respect other people's opinions, which may differ from our own.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by nani on Jun 10th, 2008 at 9:37am

AussieBrian wrote on Jun 10th, 2008 at 9:28am:
no-one has any idea about what down-sides there may be.


Very true, Brian. Those of us that choose to report our progress, both to the doctors doing the research, and here in public are the beta testers. We report the good and the bad. Just like I (and many others) did with kudzu, Barry has done with taurine supplements, and even the new treatment of rhodiola.

All we can do is try it and see what happens.

The purpose of this thread was to get those of us for whom it worked to say so.  

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by seasonalboomer on Jun 10th, 2008 at 10:00am

AussieBrian wrote on Jun 10th, 2008 at 9:28am:
On the other side of the same coin, as Annette rightly points out, we are currently playing with fire because no-one has any idea about what down-sides there may be.


Yes, Brian you're right. On the flip side, with the conventional meds it seems that this information flows through here quite freely. And most of this feedback is anecdotal as well. While the drug companies do publish some of this information, it is made that much clearer by the user stories here on the site.

And, it has also for some of the alternatives too. I remember the Kudzu threads had reported several users had some issues, while most others did not. The information was appreciated and not villified. I've also seen honest feedback from some testers where it has not been as effective as it has for those who have had miraculous results. Just like you see on threads for O2 and conventional meds.

So that's all to say, what a great place this is when it is working naturally. Attempts to push or control agenda's result in the annoyances you refer to.

Scott



Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by alienspacebabe on Jun 10th, 2008 at 10:18am
To Michael / Wildhaus:

You have my respect - for who you are, and for not doing what you feel is ethically wrong.



Lizzie

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by George_J on Jun 10th, 2008 at 10:35am

seasonalboomer wrote on Jun 10th, 2008 at 10:00am:

AussieBrian wrote on Jun 10th, 2008 at 9:28am:
On the other side of the same coin, as Annette rightly points out, we are currently playing with fire because no-one has any idea about what down-sides there may be.


Yes, Brian you're right. On the flip side, with the conventional meds it seems that this information flows through here quite freely. And most of this feedback is anecdotal as well. While the drug companies do publish some of this information, it is made that much clearer by the user stories here on the site.

And, it has also for some of the alternatives too. I remember the Kudzu threads had reported several users had some issues, while most others did not. The information was appreciated and not villified. I've also seen honest feedback from some testers where it has not been as effective as it has for those who have had miraculous results. Just like you see on threads for O2 and conventional meds.

So that's all to say, what a great place this is when it is working naturally. Attempts to push or control agenda's result in the annoyances you refer to.

Scott


I'm sure that few people would disagree that with there are additional factors at play when one is considering the use of hallucinogens, vis a vis things like oxygen and kudzu.  Very good reasons, IMO, to move the conversation beyond anecdote.  If hallucinogenic substances really can do all that has been indicated, then it becomes urgent.  

If clinical trials can demonstrate that these treatments actually are safe and effective, then perhaps some version will eventually be available for physicians to freely prescribe to their patients.  Unless I'm mistaken, that is what most folks would like to see.

As I said before, I note that plans are underway to take the next step--clinical testing.  Excellent.  I await the results with interest.

We can stack anecdotal evidence miles high, but until there is some sort of vindication beyond the testimony of people who've tried hallucinogens and reported success (or the lack of it), nothing changes.  The problems remain, and the questions remain.  We'll still be here, hashing the same issues over and over again.  

It's time--and past time--to move forward.  I'm hopeful that this will occur.

Best wishes,

George  

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by icedragon on Jun 10th, 2008 at 12:36pm
Annette,
Of course, there is no limit to the amount one can post, but now that you metion it...

Discussions are encouraged.  Rambling on and on, off of topic, I believe is discouraged.

"It can be called " getting worked up " or it can be called " passionate ". People do talk at length about things they are passionate about. My passion is to find out as much information as I can on BOTH the efficacy AND the potential risks and problems."

It could also be called obsessive, compulsive or even fanatical, but your goals appear to be much more than what you are stating here.  Your accusations give you the appearance of having an alterior motive, and honestly, how can you expect anyone to want to help you find the answers you are looking for if you arre going to compare them with snake oil salesman.  

In regards to Dr. Sewell's letter, sure post the link...

"The people who have told me their stories dont wish to share their experience publically and I need to respect their wish. I recommend you spend time getting to know the people on this board , you will slowly get to know their stories."

And this, How can your argument have a leg to stand on if all you are willing to do is dangle a carrot on a string.  Nobody is asking for an identity, or even an exact account of the bad experience, just something credible.  I think your actions here really put your credibility into question.  If you are committed to keeping it secret then why mention them at all?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Pinkfloyd on Jun 10th, 2008 at 5:38pm

AussieBrian wrote on Jun 10th, 2008 at 9:28am:
On the other side of the same coin, as Annette rightly points out, we are currently playing with fire because no-one has any idea about what down-sides there may be.


No, this is not true.
As I said earlier in this thread, there are REAMS of testing, clinical trials and research into the safety and safety concerns (downsides?) of LSD and psilocybin.
Reams I tell you.

Why everyone doesn't believe some guy on the internet that goes by the name of Pink Floyd, ehrn he speaks of psychedelics, I don't understand.  :)

I would have said, some "faceless" guy on the internet, but, some people have seen my face. Maybe thats why its difficult to believe someone that looks like ..........a movie star.

There are issues with everything we put into our bodies. From oxygen to sansert to depakote to psilocybin. I'm happy to discuss all of them, as long as all of them, as a subject, are treated with the same respect. I'll be happy to help people weigh the risks and benefits the best i can.

We can/will/should discuss the issues of safety, but, "safe" comes in a graduated scale. What is safe? Who says something is safe that can be trusted? Pinkfloyd? The FDA? Good question. If the issues aren't discussed properly, and respectfully, no one will benefit from the discussions.

The FDA said cox-2 inhibitors were safe. Millions of people took them. Now millions of people are suing over Vioxx.
All drugs that are approved by the FDA and other regulatory boards, carry with them a "level" of safety. Some are completely safe for most people. Others are "safe" for only a selected group of people.
Thalidomide, which was approved by the FDA and said to be "safe" caused major problems for many people, causing severe birth defects, among other nasty things. I know its an old story, but still a good example. thalidomide which CAN cause major defects, but is again available and used with a prescription. So......is it safe?


Carry on,
Bobw

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by purpleydog on Jun 10th, 2008 at 6:45pm
Annette, what you read on the public part of the CB website is true. Dr. Halpern and others have been working towards a clinical trial for a LONG time now, and it looks like it may come through soon.

Although this is a subject where many have stood up to be counted, there are many more who haven't. This subject has come up many times on this board, and some  people it didn't help have posted that it didn't, for their various reasons.

I would think you would be glad that some of us have found a treatment that works. Now, before you say anything else about clinical trials, etc., you should be aware of some of the stuff some of us have tried to get this horrific, terrible, LIFE CHANGING pain to stop. And all without clinical trials. Just on the word of someone else who posted here, or on the guest book. Ever read the one about putting cat shit on your head? And what about the people who come on here stating what they've tried has cured them. How many people here do you think have tried those treatments. Probably many more than would admit.

Although I realize you want to be as informed as possible, I can't help but think your attitude sometimes is because you don't actually suffer from CH, and don't really understand the pain, because if you did, you would understand where we are coming from, treatment-wise.

Of course, everyone who is a member of the CB site has done their homework, and research into the various psychedelic treatments BEFORE they choose to partake of these treatments. They weigh the pros and cons, and make a decision.

Yes, we NEED clinical trials, and I do hope they start very soon, because this is a HUGE possibility for beneficial treatment for clusterheads. Instead of taking however many meds, spending money on meds that don't work, and not to mention the physical damage some of them do to our bodies. But, still we take them, and HOPE something better comes along.

You and Daniel have made your decision. Please respect the people here who have made their decisions.

I'm sure that when the trial has been finished, the results will be published. Hopefully, that will give you some more info about how it worked. But please, don't play policeman, or be a judge, trial and jury to the people who this has helped. Respect. Mutual respect.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Bob P on Jun 10th, 2008 at 7:12pm

Quote:
Maybe thats why its difficult to believe someone that looks like ..........a movie star.

Marty Feldman?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by dougW on Jun 10th, 2008 at 7:20pm
LMAO
Marty Feldman
Now that was funny.

Bob, meet Bob.
Bob, this is Bob.
Marty, this is....   ???

;)

Doug

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by purpleydog on Jun 10th, 2008 at 7:20pm

Bob P wrote on Jun 10th, 2008 at 7:12pm:

Quote:
Maybe thats why its difficult to believe someone that looks like ..........a movie star.

Marty Feldman?


I was thinking more along the likes of Gene Wilder, but taller. [smiley=happy.gif]

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Redd on Jun 10th, 2008 at 8:02pm
One thing folks on all sides of this issue need to bare in mind, is that for some people (probably many many of them) who have chosen this method of CH management, it wasn't an easy decision.  

For some, there was truely NO other viable option.  No insurance, traditional meds were breaking the bank and not working anyway.  For some, first line medications were contraindicated due to life threatening side effects, or life altering ones.  Access to the amounts of effective meds needed to treat their particular battle with the beast were highly limited.  Some had to depend on the kindness of others to suppliment their supplys of conventional meds.  Some had to rely on alternate formulas of first liners because the government programs that supplied the meds only covered certain formularies.  Good Luck getting Government funded O2 without the right "criteria" being met because you had no private insurance.

For many, the CB method was the last and only hope to possibly get their life and livelyhood back.  It was the difference between finding themselves homeless from loosing their jobs and having no income to getting promotions and furthering their careers.  

Some people risked the legal ramifications.  Why?  Because many of the same things they risked loosing were hanging in the balance anyway.  Careers, freedom, family, homes.  Either from legal action from trying the method, or from being disfunctional without trying it.

Many are single people wthout any support system at all without this family.  To lose a job is to lose everything.  There is no second income to fall back on.  They are on their own in all sence of the word.

Only when someone who is hellbent to stand in "rightious judgement" of the method has walked in the life path of those who have chosen this route to PF time, can they ever turely understand.  Only when they have had to live out of the backseat of their car in the cold of winter because they lost everything due to CH, can they "really" understand.  Till they have been faced with loosing the very essance of all they hold dear and worth living for, will they ever understand.

And untill they experience what a virtually PF life can be and is like after oh so many years of hell and misunderstanding and misdiagnosis and being brow-beaten into thinking you are a whimp, a drug seaker, a drama/attention w-hore, they will never fully and truely understand.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Jackie on Jun 10th, 2008 at 8:55pm
Interesting thread.

Perhaps I should stay off this thread because Blake has never used psychedelics and because Bob was merely asking for folk who have to be counted ...good and bad welcome.

Blake had his first cluster in 1989.  He has been in remisiion for 2 years now....but for the 15 years before that he was chronic with daily hits.....sometimes every hour on the hour.  We've done almost every thing imaginable trying for ANY relief.  He's taken dozens of different drugs....some damm near killed him.  A couple months before he went into remission we decided to detox off ALL medications with the exception of 02.  Then he was going to dose.  They stopped before we got to the dosing (Thank you Lord)

The DAY Blake goes out of remission I'll be on the phone begging a 'buster' to help me dose him!!!!!  

Annette....Daniel has had one or two cycles you say.  I'm wondering how you would feel watching him suffer day after day...year after year.  Maybe you would still be nagging about proof and data...who knows.  Maybe if you'd witnessed what I have you wouldn't hesitate....but again who knows.  You say you and Daniel made a conscience decision not to try the psychedelics.  I'm betting the decision might be different had you supported the idea.  ...again who knows.   I know this......I'd dose my husband with the shit some shrooms grow in if I thought it had the potential to ease his suffering.

For those who can't do so because of legal and moral issues I respect your choice.  The choice is as individual and the disease.

Bob....I thank you, from the bottom of my heart, for all the years you've dedicated yourself to the research and for the willingness to share that research with your fellow cluster sufferers.  I'm sure the difficulties have been many.

Most sincerely,
Jackie


modified 'cause I can't type.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by purpleydog on Jun 10th, 2008 at 9:07pm

Jackie wrote on Jun 10th, 2008 at 8:55pm:
Bob....I thank you, from the bottom of my heart, for all the years you've dedicated yourself to the research and for the willingness to share that research with your fellow cluster sufferers.  I'm sure the difficulties have been many.

Most sincerely,
Jackie


Amen Jackie! And while the difficulties may have been many, so have the rewards, of seeing our brothers and sisters in this god forsaken pain, come out of it, and lead happy and healthy lives. Thank you Bob, for all that you do.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by KJ on Jun 10th, 2008 at 10:11pm
"Why everyone doesn't believe some guy on the internet that goes by the name of Pink Floyd, ehrn he speaks of psychedelics, I don't understand." :)

Keep doing what you do....please ;)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by kevmd on Jun 11th, 2008 at 11:31am
If CH affected say 20% of the population, you better believe all of us would be going to the local pharmacy to buy it because it would be approved.  Personally, I think most CH research should be focused on CB.  Yes, there are some meds that work and sometimes they work real well.  But I have found nothing else that gives me hope of a normal life.  

My question......what is Goadsby's view on CB.  I once read where he doesn't understand how it works and he questioned whether it was a placebo affect.  

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Kevin_M on Jun 11th, 2008 at 12:11pm

Pinkfloyd wrote on Jun 8th, 2008 at 5:32pm:
I will try to find more data for you. We will be conducting phase two trials. Phase one trials test the safety of a treatment. The safety work has been done.



Safety is a first factor.  Dr. Hofmann's first contact may have been accidental, and remembering also the precautions of handling from the 70's.

I once read here a remark about this being compared to something like controlling atomic energy, which had a bad reputation for different reasons.  Going back to work on radioactivity in the early days, safety was nonexistent but very important today.

Nobel laureate Ernest Rutherford observed upon meeting Pierre Curie that his hands were in a very inflamed and painful state due to exposure to radium rays.  Madame Curie said that if radiation could attack healthy skin in that way, it might be useful for attacking the unhealthy cells of cancer.  She died in '34 from its use.

Rutherford employed two young assistants, Hans Geiger and Ernest Marsden to test a theory of the atom's structure from accumulated knowledge while at McGill University of Montreal, furthered at U of Manchester in England.  
 Re-creating that experiment today, which originally used radon 222 and released 30 billion alpha particles per second, there are a lot of things you could no longer due because of safety concerns -- they would never be let in the building.  Back when, Rutherford would pocket the stuff and toss it in a drawer at home.  McGill U. has his $100,000.00 desk used at home, so-called because of the small fortune it cost to decontaminate.

 In a re-creation of the experiment, a decaying product of plutonium would now be used, americium 241 (produced: 1944, Seaborn, James, Morgan, Ghioso, U of Chicago) with 370 million particles per second.  A much weaker source of radiation that is used in almost microscopic amounts in common commercial smoke detectors.  

If small portions of radioactivity can be tailored to be employed, I might see where LSD could put to useful purposes for us.  But it is good to see the first step completed has been safety.  

Much later in life, Ernest Marsden wrote that modern safety restraints would have made the early scattering experiments "unworkably complicated."  Yet evidently important concerns voiced to hurdle here, too.  


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by zanychef on Jun 11th, 2008 at 2:49pm
I am a sufferer for the past 25 years the last 13 of them chronic after meeting for the first time a number of othere sufferers 3 years ago including some who 'bust' and others who didn't/don't I decided then to try it after a particularly treatment resistant high cycle
the effects were amazing to be frank!!!!
since then i have had both good times and bad using this form of treatment but the majority of my time is PF so i am a semi success i suppose according to statistics, I consider myself to be a succes because when i was treated with verap etc i would average 3-6 months unable to work and otherwise enjoy life ( if work is to be considered a pleasure lol) in the last 2 years i have taken 6 days off work !!!!! if ' busting'  hasnt made a difference i'm missing something
yes it is illegal,frowned upon etc i know that i will stick with it and can't thank Pinkfloyd ,Flash and all the others who have bought this treatment to my attention
ZANY

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by lashultz on Jun 11th, 2008 at 8:03pm
After reading this whole thread. I had to go back to the beginning before answsering. The bottom line, for me is, yes the alternate teartments help me very much. I have, what I consider, a lot of friends on both sides of this issue and some somewhere in between. I definately have several people to thank and Bob is very high on this list.

                                             Lee

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by icculus on Jun 11th, 2008 at 11:12pm
has anyone ever been hit while dosing?
i think that could be catastrophic...

i know from my Grateful Dead days, my g/f freaking out because her balloon popped :D

i also know that if i ever turn chronic, i'd be busting out the black light and funky velvet glow in the dark posters.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Pinkfloyd on Jun 12th, 2008 at 12:01am

icculus wrote on Jun 11th, 2008 at 11:12pm:
has anyone ever been hit while dosing?
i think that could be catastrophic...


This is a common fear of those that had used psychedelics recreationlly in the past. (Most people that end up trying this treatment, are using psychedelics for the first time)
The big difference here, besides not being at a Dead concert, is that these are NOT recreational doses that people are using. Normal dose for clusters is about 1/4th that of a recreational dose.


icculus wrote on Jun 11th, 2008 at 11:12pm:
i know from my Grateful Dead days, my g/f freaking out because her balloon popped :D



I hope you bought her a new balloon!!  ;)

Bobw

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by AussieBrian on Jun 12th, 2008 at 2:38am
Given my line of work and position in society, it's impossible I could even consider the CB method myself while there remains a hint of illegality about it (probably in strife for even reading this thread) but I've also waited a long time to see it discussed rationally and politely among grown-ups.

Long may the discussion continue and it's especially interesting to learn that the safety bit has already been carried out, but does anyone know how the stuff actually works?

What part of the body/nervous system/neural pathways it affects?  And why?

More information along these lines will be gladly accepted.





Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by LeeS on Jun 12th, 2008 at 4:44am
Hi Brian

The medicinal efficacy of entheogens in cluster headache still remains a bit of a mystery.  However, although the following hypotheses are based largely on conjecture, this may offer some insight and help generate some discussion and debate:

START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE
START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE
START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE

-Lee

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by cluster on Jun 12th, 2008 at 5:03am

kevmd wrote on Jun 11th, 2008 at 11:31am:
 

My question......what is Goadsby's view on CB.  I once read where he doesn't understand how it works and he questioned whether it was a placebo affect.




Quote:
Peter Goadsby, professor of neurology at the Institute of Neurology, University College London, and the world's leading expert on cluster headaches, is sceptical about the mushroom therapy.

He argues that the relief reported by some patients may be a placebo effect or owing to natural remission. But he does believe the cases warrant a proper clinical study, particularly as ergotomine - which contains lysergic acid, a precursor of LSD - has been used to treat migraines for years.

"It's possible that mushrooms have some useful effect but it's far from proven," Dr Goadsby says. "Cluster headaches are such a devastating problem that people will turn to anything that seems to work."

Source: START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE




Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Jun 12th, 2008 at 6:11am

cluster wrote on Jun 12th, 2008 at 5:03am:

kevmd wrote on Jun 11th, 2008 at 11:31am:
 

My question......what is Goadsby's view on CB.  I once read where he doesn't understand how it works and he questioned whether it was a placebo affect.




Quote:
Peter Goadsby, professor of neurology at the Institute of Neurology, University College London, and the world's leading expert on cluster headaches, is sceptical about the mushroom therapy.

He argues that the relief reported by some patients may be a placebo effect or owing to natural remission. But he does believe the cases warrant a proper clinical study, particularly as ergotomine - which contains lysergic acid, a precursor of LSD - has been used to treat migraines for years.

"It's possible that mushrooms have some useful effect but it's far from proven," Dr Goadsby says. "Cluster headaches are such a devastating problem that people will turn to anything that seems to work."

Source: START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE

Exactly how a scientist should answer. The mind is open to all possibilities.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Kevin_M on Jun 12th, 2008 at 11:26am

AussieBrian wrote on Jun 12th, 2008 at 2:38am:
...does anyone know how the stuff actually works?

What part of the body/nervous system/neural pathways it affects?  And why?

More information along these lines will be gladly accepted.


Hey Brian.  All good comments.  

I had to edit my previous post, things don't fall from my brain to the keyboard so viewable, I usually like to separate thought and writing, the latter can be painfully readable when trying both at the same time, and thought the spelling error in this particular thread between re-creation and recreation was a very bad one.  ::)

Here's an Aussie written article, can't attest to its accuracy about Dr. Hofmann's search for migraine therapy, but it's mentioned.


Quote:
...the result of a rather unorthodox experiment. Five years earlier, in a search for novel therapeutic agents to treat migraines, Hofmann had combined an ergot alkaloid, lysergic acid, with a diethylamine building block to create the 25th molecule in a series of lysergic acid compounds.

Hofmann and his colleagues didn't have access to modern brain scanners; but PET (positron emission tomography) and MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) technology can now provide insight into how the brain responds to LSD. But to explain how LSD influences the mind, brain scanning has limitations, says Iain McGregor, director of the psychopharmacology laboratory at the University of Sydney.

"You can put in radioactive LSD to give you a much better idea of distribution and binding sites in the brain -- indeed such data are available in animal studies," he says. "You could do a brain scan to confirm that the 5-HT2A receptor is the principal mode of operation of LSD.

START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE
[/url]


And just googling "how it works", this guy has a slide on it also confirming the same receptor and a nice picture.  Certainly not my area of reading and don't know what it says, but nice picture.     :)

START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE



Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by MJ on Jun 12th, 2008 at 1:04pm

AussieBrian wrote on Jun 12th, 2008 at 2:38am:


Long may the discussion continue and it's especially interesting to learn that the safety bit has already been carried out, but does anyone know how the stuff actually works?

What part of the body/nervous system/neural pathways it affects?  And why?

More information along these lines will be gladly accepted.



The question is a big one. Many answers are speculative still.

I dont think science has advanced far enough to definately answer the question.

In the past much research has been done on the hallucinogenic issue and pshycological issues but really not much has been conducted regarding cluster headaches and the efficacy thereof with the CB treatments.
An awfull lot of work has been done by Cluster busters, citizen scientists and a few researchers legitamately on CH and CB but the true and total answers dont exist yet as to how the treatments work to abort and bypass cluster headaches.  I am pretty sure,
A lot of well researched speculation is and has happened but we are still miles away from answering the question totally as to what really happens with the mild CB doses that eliminate CH for many.

A very large amount of the medications we all use have this same question sitting there.
Verapamil, Lithium, sansert, tylenol etc. etc.. none know precisely why they work for some with CH and not for others.

I think that first the question of What causes CH(?) would have to be answered with complete confidence.
The combined research of CB medications that help many and research on CH itself may ultimately help to answer a lot.

My question how do we speed the reasearch process beyond where its at? Is it possible to answer the question.

A Goadsby article from 99 the uncertainty is there and incoclusive for CH research and its cause, though a lot of tremendous research has gone into it..
START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by CArl on Jun 13th, 2008 at 8:59am

icculus wrote on Jun 11th, 2008 at 11:12pm:
has anyone ever been hit while dosing?
i think that could be catastrophic...



Hello Icculus,

In answer to your question "Yes" I have been hit whilst dosing, & it's not a pleasant experience.

However, the thought is always at the back of my mind. I am doing this for a very good reason. To get rid of the Clusters, a small price to pay IMHO.
It's all about being in the right frame of mind, & in comfortable suroundings, with your 02 to hand.

As Bob has said, most sufferer's can abort a cycle with very low doses, & suffer very little side effects at all. Some sufferer's (myself included) need larger doses. Most Busters will suffer increased activity for several days after dosing, & sometimes longer. This is common, & to be expected.

I have now found that a mixture of RC's, & Psilocybin to be the most effective for me personally, but I would always suggest a low dose to begin with.

CArl...

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Ellick on Jun 13th, 2008 at 9:52am
I most certaily have used psylocybin. It is now illegal here. When I did use it it definitely had a good effect. It shortened one of my cycles. Unfortunately lets say for arguments sake I had to grow my own in another country where it is still legal. The crop was great but after being dried it lost it's potency. However it did stop shadows for about 4 months.

I believe the best way to use it is in a preventative way say doses every 3 to 4 months throughout the year.

This year however, my episode is quite severe and I am left with having to attempt growing again to try and counter next years episode.

I think it is very good for preventing CH BUT if you don't have it, or it does not work then 02, sumatriptan and veraparmil are good to have around.

I have had CH since I was a child but I don't remember getting them in the late 60s and early 70s and I think I know why. LSD and psylocybin.

It is definitely in my plan to use it again when I have a crop of reasonable potency.

Reccommended.

ET. xx

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by ozzy on Jun 15th, 2008 at 9:25pm

icculus wrote on Jun 11th, 2008 at 11:12pm:
has anyone ever been hit while dosing?
i think that could be catastrophic...

i know from my Grateful Dead days, my g/f freaking out because her balloon popped :D

i also know that if i ever turn chronic, i'd be busting out the black light and funky velvet glow in the dark posters.



I have tried the clusterbusters treatment. I was somewhat successful the first time. But as  a chronic, success is relative. For me everytime I dose with shrooms, it is a six hour ordeal. I kip 8 that lasts for the whole time.

Yet, I wouldn't trade it for anything as it provides me some relief. If I was episodic I wouldn't doubt treating the beast to some potent medicine.

Shrooms probably have the least amount of side effects than most conventional medicines. You would have to dose big quantities to have life altering effects. Even then you are probably bettere off having a life altering event.

If you suffer from mental illness to begin with you shouldn't go this way. Maybe Lithium is a better way to balance you.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by fiftyamp on Jun 16th, 2008 at 3:08pm
The Shrooms work for me.  I've been Ep. since 97.  I only get 1 month long cycle per year, and I have busted it with shrooms the last 4 years.  I get nailed with kip 9s the day after dosing, but only mild shadows the following 3-4 days.  I need to use about a 1/8 ounce to bust.  Small amounts seem to only prolong the cycle for me, so I try to get it out of the way all at once.  I hate the tripping felling, but I hate the CHs more.  The hardest part for me, is finding the shrooms in the first place.  

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by slhaas on Jun 17th, 2008 at 6:08pm
As posted in a recent thread:

A very friendly person once helped me to try the CB method with mushrooms.  Previously all I had to rely on was imitrex, verapamil and Oxygen.  All of which have their limitations, side effects, and in the case of imitrex, high cost.  

The detox process to make sure the CB method worked was brutal because I was in a cycle.  I didn't want to doubt the effectiveness, though, so I followed it and had no verapamil or imitrex prior to, and during the CB process.

I took the 3 doses, 3 weeks apart as explained.  I can honestly say that it convinced me that I'd never want to take mushrooms to get high.  I didn't like the feeling at all, and it was only a small dose.  During these 3 weeks I continued to get headaches, but less & less.  After the last dose, I still got a couple of headaches, but bery minor ones, and then they went away... many weeks before they'd be expected to.  They stayed away for 10.5 months, which was also way longer than expected.  I had a completely PF spring & summer.

The beast has since come back, and because of my being scared to buy, and then not trust mushrooms, and my lack of desire to grow them or my likely inability to do it well, I can't repeat the success, so it's back to the meds for now.

It worked, though, and I was skeptical as anyone could possibly be.

As a side note, oxygen never worked as an abortive for me before. It would deaden the pain, but I'd get off the O23 and get hit harder.  My l;atest sycle post CB, allowed for me to use O2 ery successfully as an abortive instead of imitrex until my verapamil kicked in.  Now, I am regretting not having tried to procure or grow mushrooms, though, because I just dont want to be on Verapamil long term.  It has too many side effects... ask my toilet, my girlfriend and probably a slew of my internal organs.  

I brought all of this up to my doctor, and she basically told me to forget about it.  It wont be something that is looked at as a clinical alternative in the US, and as such she wont even talk about how it worked for me.

I wish there would be some action on this, though... what a safe, natural, amazing way to help so many people without all of the nasty side effects and costs, but I suppose that is the very reason it will be brushed under the carpet for generations to come.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Sophie on Jun 18th, 2008 at 12:45am
I have not posted here for a long time, and had a tough time getting signed on. I did want to stand up and be counted, so I have spent some time getting here. I probably wouldn't have kept trying to post if I didn't feel it was so important to be counted. I am episodic and have had excellent results using Clusterbuster treatments.
That is such a weak statement. I don't know what words would discribe how I feel. But the bottom line is, for me to choose this path, was the best thing I did for my health. And I repeat, for me it was the smartest move I made in regards to CH.
I will be forever grateful to a guy named Flash, and the people that he led me to. If you read the Clusterbuster faqs, I think you will see his name.
I would also like to say, that it is hard to read any bad remarks directed at BobW. The work he has done and the way he shared his knowledge has helped so many of us. I don't know if we will ever know how many, but we might get a good estimate from this thread.
And you know, he didn't have to do it. He saw some hope and chose to share.
I am standing and I want to be counted.  Sophie/Stellablue/Leslie

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Bob P on Jun 18th, 2008 at 11:39am
How the heck is Flash?

I sure miss him.  We used to have some fun chats.

Tell him I say hi and hope all is well with him. ;)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by nani on Jun 18th, 2008 at 6:25pm

Sophie wrote on Jun 18th, 2008 at 12:45am:
I have not posted here for a long time, and had a tough time getting signed on. I did want to stand up and be counted, so I have spent some time getting here. I probably wouldn't have kept trying to post if I didn't feel it was so important to be counted. I am episodic and have had excellent results using Clusterbuster treatments.
That is such a weak statement. I don't know what words would discribe how I feel. But the bottom line is, for me to choose this path, was the best thing I did for my health. And I repeat, for me it was the smartest move I made in regards to CH.
I will be forever grateful to a guy named Flash, and the people that he led me to. If you read the Clusterbuster faqs, I think you will see his name.
I would also like to say, that it is hard to read any bad remarks directed at BobW. The work he has done and the way he shared his knowledge has helped so many of us. I don't know if we will ever know how many, but we might get a good estimate from this thread.
And you know, he didn't have to do it. He saw some hope and chose to share.
I am standing and I want to be counted.  Sophie/Stellablue/Leslie


Hi Leslie!!!   :-*

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Cathi_Pierce on Jun 18th, 2008 at 7:24pm
BobW and the CB gang have a LOT to be proud of............but it's not pride, rather, it is publicly acknowledging what they have found to be true.
1-Truth- no 2 CH'ers are the same
2-Truth-there are many different prevents/controls/aborts available to CH'ers
3-TRUTH-RC seeds and pychos...arrrrggghh....that stuff.........have been proven to have a considerable amount of success with CH
4-TRue-each CH'er will have to work through the options to find what-and at what strength, might work for them.
5-TRUE-Bob etal are very PLEASED to have made THIS much advancement, but the'd like to do more.
6-True-EVERY SINGLE TIME A CH'ER FINDS SOMETHING TO MAKE THEIR LIFE MORE MANAGEABLE, THE WORLD SHOULD KNOW.
7-The CB group is as far from in-your-face, rude arrogance as anyone! they ARE, however, ready again to spread the word..........and get more feedback! Sure, they are passionate..THEY ARE SUFFERERS, TOO!  They're not asking you to buy their seeds, potions, etc.............they are asking success stories to stand up and be counted.........no offense intended to anyone there............
NOw, if you do not wish to participate in CB, you don't have to, but, like eveythings else that MIGHT be on the horizon for CH.......kep your eyes peeled........there might be something out there to help YOU, too!

Good on ya, CB Gang!
A supporter, not a sufferer,
Cathi

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Sophie on Jun 19th, 2008 at 2:36pm
Hi Nani  :-*

                 Leslie

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Darrell on Jun 22nd, 2008 at 10:43pm
I am presently in a successful fight using shrooms at a sub-recreational dose  of .75 gm. After a month pain free last September, my CH had been active to varying degrees until I put a stop to it with 5 doses separated by one week each.  Through this Wednesday I was pf for two weeks, when I had one beer that set off a half hour kip 2 hit.  I immediately did another .75 gm. which seems to have put a stop to any possible resurgence.

I have been experimenting with shrooms for about five years now, trying to find the most successful regimen for me.  They have always  worked to some degree as an abortive, but I want to see preventive success, and I believe I may have found the correct dosing regimen.

COUNT ME

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by SchwarzenSchafe on Jun 22nd, 2008 at 11:18pm
I only read the first post, I just want to stand up and be counted. Mushrooms saved me, I've only been diagnosed a year and half or so, but I've suffered for almost 1.5 decades, so being able to control it with psychadelics is incredible. Nothing else works, oxygen is the next best solution, and it leaves me hooked up to an oxygen tank 1/2 the day, spending an enormous amount of money on treatment - and I'm still in pain! Shrooms cost next to nothing, they WORK, and I'm incredibly thankful to people like bob and others that got this info out on the net so I could find it.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by thebbz on Jun 23rd, 2008 at 1:47pm
Damn, wrong thread, just count me again. :D
thebb ;D



bump :o

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by nani on Jun 23rd, 2008 at 1:55pm

Darrell wrote on Jun 22nd, 2008 at 10:43pm:
I am presently in a successful fight using shrooms at a sub-recreational dose  of .75 gm. After a month pain free last September, my CH had been active to varying degrees until I put a stop to it with 5 doses separated by one week each.  Through this Wednesday I was pf for two weeks, when I had one beer that set off a half hour kip 2 hit.  I immediately did another .75 gm. which seems to have put a stop to any possible resurgence.

I have been experimenting with shrooms for about five years now, trying to find the most successful regimen for me.  They have always  worked to some degree as an abortive, but I want to see preventive success, and I believe I may have found the correct dosing regimen.

COUNT ME



Hi Darrell!  :-*

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by alleyoop on Jun 23rd, 2008 at 10:50pm
As a primary chronic, efficacy with any drug is fleeting at best. I have been busting for 4-5 years now and though it hasn't been the "silver bullet", it has given me more relief than anything else I have tried.

I, for one was unable to detox completely. I am still to this day taking 480mg of verap daily, but still realize good efficacy from busting, whether it's with LSA, LSD or psilocybin. I have no doubt but that if I can ever completely detox from verap, that I would have much better results.

BobW, aside from being one of the most caring and selfless men I have ever met, is quite simply my hero. All of the CB's right down to the last person are what we call here in the South, "good people." I can't remember a single derogatory remark directed at anyone else on that board as long as I have been there.

Don't get me wrong, I'm not trying to talk anyone here into anything. As Sgt. Friday used to say, "Just the facts Maam."

Bobb

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by nani on Jun 24th, 2008 at 9:58am
Hi Bobb!!!   :-*

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by alleyoop on Jun 24th, 2008 at 11:12am
Hi Nani!!   :-*

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Drew37 on Jun 24th, 2008 at 9:08pm
count me  in  ...
episodic, this works like turning off the switch.
Marijuana for medicinal purposes is legal & governmentally controlled & grown  ( here in Canada anyway)   I hope they look at this form of
treatment for 'us' again.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Flounder on Jun 25th, 2008 at 1:13am
Count me!!!!!

Changed my life!!

I'll add more later but it's been exhausting reading this thread and it's past my bedtime.

Mitch

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by nani on Jun 25th, 2008 at 9:48am
Hi Mitch!   :-*

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by thebbz on Jun 25th, 2008 at 12:03pm
HI Nani!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by midwestbeth on Jun 25th, 2008 at 1:10pm
Count me again!!!!

It has been almost a month and no fullblown ch!!!  Nothing but a twinge every now and then.  This is the first time I have felt "normal" mentally and phsically in over 2 years.  :D  I almost forgot what that felt like.

Thank you, Thank you, Thank you!!!!

I LOVE MY RC SEEDS!!!

Beth

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by andrewjb on Jun 25th, 2008 at 2:11pm
:), yes count me. altered with psilocybin, maintained with RC seeds. thanks to this, and the clusterbuster sites. andrew.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Melissa on Jun 25th, 2008 at 9:51pm

ozzy wrote on Jun 15th, 2008 at 9:25pm:
If you suffer from mental illness to begin with you shouldn't go this way.

I'm seconding this one!

I happened to be one of the people who cannot take hallucinagins (sp?) due to mental illness (i.e. clinical depression, anxiety/panic disorder).  I did try and had some adverse effects.  If I remember correctly, sorry it was a few years ago, it enhanced my anxiety, brought on panic attacks along with an extremely upset tummy (lots of vomiting), but that could have been due to me soaking my RC seeds in wine. :-/  Anyway, my experience and medical records went to the study with Sewell.

BTW. it just ROCKS that the alternatives are helping so many people!!

I do definately support it myself.

:)mel

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by coach_bill on Jun 25th, 2008 at 9:52pm
Hello to all fellow suffers out there, my name is Bill Roberts i live in Cleveland Ohio. Ever since i was in my mid 20s i would get these monster HA at night, they would last about 1 hour and wake me from a dead sleep only to have me on my knees 15minutes later crying in pain like a 10 year old boy. They would go away after a couple of months and stay gone for what seem like years, only to jump right back into my life and destroy me as a man. I could never stop thinking it was from the partying i did as a kid, so when the last blast of this shit wouldnt let me go and i thought that this was it, i desepratly reached out to find anything that could help me go on. Thats when i met bob, and he told me about clusterbusters.com and anwsered all my questions so i was not worried at all about trying this, because what the doc had planned for me was much worse. so i ordered RC seeds and followed some advice, and the next day when i woke up i just knew they were gone!! I can say with 1000% percent truthfull words that these seeds ended those headaches!! I now stand here today medicene free, i take nothing, not one perscription drug!!! Sure i got a rouge hit ONCE and my 02 tanks are covered in dust. So i just want to say to anyone hurtin from this god awful bullshit that this is something you must consider to end your battle with CH. Thank you again Bob for waking me up from the nightmare i was living for the past 20 years, I can never repay you for how your site has given me my life back but only by trying to help another suffer i feel like i have tried to give back. Count me.   Coach bill

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by cash5542 on Jun 26th, 2008 at 10:37pm
I'm just a supporter but I truly doubt I need to suffer to be desperatly seeking solutions. At this time last year Lisa was sooo drugged with legal traditional meds.She had only had CH for one year (but all year without any break)  Her blood pressure, at it's worst was 60/10 and EKG's showed drugged induced long QT syndrome. She was getting hit up to 12 times a day. Her asthma was a mess from all of the O2.  Her allergist said "It's time to try anything, you've done all of the traditional meds and it's just not working." Her chart says herbal remedies for CH. Reading so many posts here of decades of seeking relief made allof us search and find. This wasn't going to dominate her life like it had so many here.

In case you wonder why Lisa's not posting, it's cause she's off having a life like any other 23 yr old, working , swimming, studying for her master, dating and socializing. None of this happened last year before shrooms.

Charlotte (who is so grateful to everyone at clusterbusters)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Pinkfloyd on Jun 27th, 2008 at 12:21am

cash5542 wrote on Jun 26th, 2008 at 10:37pm:
In case you wonder why Lisa's not posting, it's cause she's off having a life like any other 23 yr old, working , swimming, studying for her master, dating and socializing. None of this happened last year before shrooms.


I forgot to tell you that all dates must fill out a clusterbuster questionaire, and supply us with references, to make sure we approve of her dates. And don't be suprised if we all wait up until she gets home safe and sound.  :)

Just wanted to thank everyone for posting your stories and comments. It's one of the things that keep us all motivated to carry on.

Bobw

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by CArl on Jun 27th, 2008 at 5:25am

Pinkfloyd wrote on Jun 27th, 2008 at 12:21am:
[quote author=4D4F5D461B1B1A1C2E0 link=1212882305/125#127 date=1214534221]It's one of the things that keep us all motivated to carry on.

Bobw


It's your motivation that keeps us motivated Bob.  Success stories like Charlotte's.

Oh, & the PF times we share together... ;)

Your friend from across the pond.

CArl...

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by FastEddie on Jun 27th, 2008 at 6:35am
OK,  I just read every post on this thread and I am appalled by some of the comments.  The word illegal keeps coming up.  
Ethical and moral; that is your decision, but unless your slate is clean (and I only know of one) don't talk to me about illegal.  I would eat the crap rooms grow in if I thought it would stop one attack.
When I found this site over a year ago I WAS SUICIDAL from my pain, and guess what, that is illegal.  Drinking below the age of 21 is illegal, but how many of you did that?  
Want further testing ?  Ask damn near any person (except the ones bitching) below the age of 40 and they will tell you the results.  Ask the manager or the president of the company and if they are honest a lot of them will tell you.  They took it in a lot larger doses than it takes for a CH and guess what; they are still around, they still have a brain (maybe some managers don't) and they are not hooked.
My wife is a very religous, ethical, and moral person; to her there are no shades of grey; it is right or wrong, legal or illegal, but she is all for me using this form of treatment in an attempt to stop my suffering.
This stuff ain't new, sports fans; it has been around for centuries, and thousands of mostly young people are trying it every day.  Hell, they get to see the pink elephants and we don't.  They do it for recreation and we do it for survival.  
Talk about research, If you think I haven't done my homework you can think again. I am 60 years old, retired owner of a very successful business, and don't have time or patience for nonsense.
You get off your soap box and I will get off of mine.  Remember what this website was designed for; A SUPPORT GROUP FOR CLUSTER HEADACHE SUFFERERS. No matter what I do or what I try if you are a true supporter then you will support my efforts.  If not, then I am on the wrong website, and I will keep searching.
I thank God for those that called me after my first post or I would not be writing this today.  Now that is what this whole thing is about; HELPING OTHERS!
Now go ahead and tear this post apart since you evidently have never been in my shoes.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Jackie on Jun 27th, 2008 at 6:46am
I just got one thing to say to you, Eddie...

GO RAZORBACKS!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! :) :) :) :) :) :) :)

Oh...and see you all soon...can't wait!  :-*

Love to you both...
Jackie






Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Jun 27th, 2008 at 7:01am
Eddie - "Unethical" and "immoral" are grey areas. "Illegal," by comparison, is not. "Illegal" is merely a statement of fact. A moral or ethical act may still present issues with the law, and unethical or immoral acts may be perfectly legal.

It is illegal to posess or ingest psilocybin, period. It is perfectly legal to posess or grow morning glories, but it is illegal to ingest the seeds. One cannot even obtain a legal prescription for either of these in the US. Some people will not risk losing their careers, homes, etc. by taking the chance. That's all.

And I didn't have to climb up on a soapbox to say that.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by FastEddie on Jun 27th, 2008 at 8:29am
When I first opened this post I did it for one reason; to get information to help me make decisions concerning MY CONDITION.
From what I read the intent was this (1st thread):

I think it's time for everyone else that has found help with psychedelics, to let everyone here know about it. Maybe it'll help to keep a thread on page one for a while so new people can read about this option. For those that can't step forward, for any reason, that's fine. I understand. For those that can, and have in the past, please stand up and be counted.
Bobw
P.S. Yes, the 20% that haven't been helped are more than welcome to let us know. (except BobP because he just didn't do it right)

What he asked for was facts on people taking this alternative, NOT COMMENTS.
DID IT WORK: YES: How did it work?
DID IT WORK: NO: Any reason you can think of why not?
I have made my decision, and I don't need or want anyone telling me how wrong or unethical I am; I do not question or disagree with their decisions either. What I am saying is this is not the place to make them: I AM LOOKING FOR FACTS--NOT COMMENTS; ANSWERS--NOT ISSUES!
I hope everyone will keep their post to the topic requested so others can make THEIR DECISION. Anyone that has made it this far does not need to be told "I'ts illegal or immoral"or whatever else someone has a problem with-------They already know that.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Jun 27th, 2008 at 10:07am
Eddie - Perhaps you're missing my point. It is simply this: for some, the fact that it is illegal is reason enough not to do it. I don't have a problem with anyone else utilizing this method. I find it neither unethical nor immoral. In my mind it is not wrong. It is simply illegal.

Yes, everyone can choose. But then everyone must be prepared to deal with the consequences. Plain and simple. In my case, I am not prepared to deal with the potential legal problems this course of action might send my way. Others are. More power to them and to you.

Do I wish it wasn't a felony? You bet I do. In the meantime, I get by with what's available to me legally. I cast no aspersions, and I do not judge those who take the risk.

One other thing - I would like to see one thread - just one - in the history of ch.com that contains only facts and no comments. I don't think there is such an animal.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Hikerguy on Jun 27th, 2008 at 10:33am
I just wantede to say that after 12+yrs of ch I went through the gamut of meds till i found dopamax was great for 5-6yrs the last yr bam.....no longer worked... dosed with psilo and it worked for me have been dosing every 3-4 months since and missed my spring cycle....we will see if it keeps working...those of us who get relief from cb should lobby so we are not felons maybe in 20+yrs we can get them...look at cannabis and MS patients....PFDAN        Chris

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by JimLaff on Jun 27th, 2008 at 12:31pm
I agree with Eddie - If it works, who gives a crap if it is legal or not.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by cash5542 on Jun 27th, 2008 at 12:50pm
The legality is an issue, like it or not but I have had several doctors tell me this just isn't something that courts want to waste their time on. Discretion seems to be the key. The risk is so minimal compared to the benefits and relief provided. Can anyone think of a case where someone was arrested and prosecuted??

Charlotte

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Peppermint on Jun 27th, 2008 at 12:54pm
Well Bob.. I'm sure you knew that this thread would veer off course, just the mention of this topic is fodder for debate/controversy.

However, I think its wonderful that there are so many finding relief, and are able to use this method of treatment for getting back their lives, and their sanity.  

Keep on truckin'! (even though that saying is really way before my time) [smiley=cool.gif]

Pepp

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Jun 27th, 2008 at 1:00pm

cash5542 wrote on Jun 27th, 2008 at 12:50pm:
The legality is an issue, like it or not but I have had several doctors tell me this just isn't something that courts want to waste their time on. Discretion seems to be the key. The risk is so minimal compared to the benefits and relief provided. Can anyone think of a case where someone was arrested and prosecuted??

Charlotte

There are people, like myself, who work for companies that are regulated by the FAA and DOT. A person might be innocent until proven guilty in a court of law, but in the court of a Director's or VP's office, the rules are a little different.

JimL - That's who cares if it's legal or not.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Hikerguy on Jun 27th, 2008 at 4:05pm
I would also like to add that tryptamines are NOT commonly tested for in a  workplace drug screen they generally test for opiates methamphetamine cannabis cocaine and PCP......It costs more to test for other drugs and god forbid if it cuts into the bottom line....or maybe they can use some sub standard test from china.....but either way if it works for you legality is not an issue....PFDAN

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Jun 27th, 2008 at 5:51pm
All fine and dandy. If you're willing to take that risk, it's fine by me. I'm not ready to throw a 20-year career down the toilet on the chance that they're not testing for it. I've got others who are dependent on my income.

I'm not sure why the legal issue is meeting with such resistance here. I acknowledge that it's not an issue for others. To them I say "go for it." Why can't others acknowledge that it's a valid issue for me?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by midwestbeth on Jun 27th, 2008 at 6:30pm

wrote on Jun 27th, 2008 at 5:51pm:
All fine and dandy. If you're willing to take that risk, it's fine by me. I'm not ready to throw a 20-year career down the toilet on the chance that they're not testing for it. I've got others who are dependent on my income.

I'm not sure why the legal issue is meeting with such resistance here. I acknowledge that it's not an issue for others. To them I say "go for it." Why can't others acknowledge that it's a valid issue for me?


I completely understand and respect your reasons for not taking the alternative route.  

Beth

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Jun 27th, 2008 at 7:42pm
Thank you, Beth.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by coach_bill on Jun 27th, 2008 at 10:34pm
Brew, i also understand your thoughts, and im the sole income for my family as well. I work for a place that is a clean and drug free workplace, you can be tested at any time. In my 10 years there i have been tested 2 times, but not since i have tried the RC seed method, but like we both said were the sole income, and during my last battle with ch i had to revert to the family medicial leave act to save my job because of missed work time, and that put a big damper on my familys income, frankly it hurt us bad. Since ive been doing regular doses now i have not missed a single day of work since. but for me it was no chioce, eithier be fired for a drug test i belive wont even show it, or just lose it because im unable to keep a job while im in cycle like i was. thanks for reading. coach bill

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Jun 27th, 2008 at 10:44pm
Glad it's working out for you, coach.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by FastEddie on Jun 28th, 2008 at 12:11am
OK gang,  after fighting the demon almost hourly for the past three weeks I took my 1st  "dose" at 2 PM.  Nothing, not even a twinge did I feel, but guess what;  IT HAS BEEN 9 HOURS AND NO HEADACHE!!!!!!!!
I'm hitting the shower and crawling into my own bed for the 1st time in three weeks.  I pray that when morning comes I will wake from my first nights sleep in a long, long time.
I will keep you posted

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by coach_bill on Jun 28th, 2008 at 3:32pm
glad to hear of the PF time eddy but you will have to follow up in 5 days, keep us posted. coach bill

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by FastEddie on Jun 29th, 2008 at 4:38pm
Got an e-mail.  I didn't mean 3 weeks without a shower. I guess I worded that sentence wrong!!!!!!
Having a few hits, but found out some other medicines I take may have had a effect on this.
Tapering off of them.
Had one great nights sleep with no hits; it was wonderful!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Sandy_C on Jul 1st, 2008 at 12:24pm

wrote on Jun 27th, 2008 at 5:51pm:
All fine and dandy. If you're willing to take that risk, it's fine by me. I'm not ready to throw a 20-year career down the toilet on the chance that they're not testing for it. I've got others who are dependent on my income.

I'm not sure why the legal issue is meeting with such resistance here. I acknowledge that it's not an issue for others. To them I say "go for it." Why can't others acknowledge that it's a valid issue for me?



Brew, I completely respect your decision and understand that is a very valid issue for you, and for many others.  

Making this sort of decision should never be taken lightly and should be researched and thought out thoroughly by everyone contemplating using CB methods.  

If their decision is not to try it, no matter what the reason, I respect that decision.  

Sandy

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by thebbz on Jul 1st, 2008 at 12:58pm
I respect your decision as well Brew. Then you have a pharmaceutical that works for you? It is a quality of life issue as well. When you have exhausted all other practical means and you begin to think surgery. When your whole life is upside down with pain and fatigue, you have no quality of life, and nothing is working. When you have used all your resources, lost your job, home life is non-existent nothing in the future but pain and misery. Then the thinking about legality becomes less of an issue and alternatives become a treatment not an illegal drug.
If one simply changes the situational criteria the perception of a substance can change as well. This would not change the public perception however.
all the best
thebb

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Jul 1st, 2008 at 1:19pm

wrote on Jul 1st, 2008 at 12:58pm:
I respect your decision as well Brew. Then you have a pharmaceutical that works for you? It is a quality of life issue as well. When you have exhausted all other practical means and you begin to think surgery. When your whole life is upside down with pain and fatigue, you have no quality of life, and nothing is working. When you have used all your resources, lost your job, home life is non-existent nothing in the future but pain and misery. Then the thinking about legality becomes less of an issue and alternatives become a treatment not an illegal drug.
If one simply changes the situational criteria the perception of a substance can change as well. This would not change the public perception however.
all the best
thebb

Preachin' to the choir, dude. I've acknowledged that.

I've several pharmaceuticals that work - it's a constant guessing game as to what will work today and what won't tomorrow, but they work the vast majority of the time.

If I lost my job, you're absolutely correct - legality would be much less of an issue.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by cash5542 on Jul 1st, 2008 at 5:03pm
It is a quality of life issue as well. When you have exhausted all other practical means and you begin to think surgery. When your whole life is upside down with pain and fatigue, you have no quality of life, and nothing is working. When you have used all your resources, lost your job, home life is non-existent nothing in the future but pain and misery. Then the thinking about legality becomes less of an issue and alternatives become a treatment not an illegal drug.


You just described Lisa last summer BB! And that's what made the choice a no brainer. Your comment was well put!

Charlotte

Sorry I didn't do the quote correct. I'm still figuring that tool out and amaze myslf when I get it right.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Darrell on Jul 2nd, 2008 at 12:04am
Brew, I understand your position and respect it.  I also feel sorry for anyone who avoids this treatment for fear of the law.  That is a sin, and governments should be ashamed.  I might add that I'm a firefighter subject to random drug tests, but don't let that stop me.  Psilocybin screening is not routinely included in drug tests.  As has been mentioned, it's a matter of cost.  Also, psilocybin is water soluble and therefore out of your system relatively quickly, unlike cannabis.  Three days would be a maximum, and you may be clean in one.

Anyway, I came here to add emphasis to my "count me"
Here's an update:

Well that was a good month.

Here's the breakdown:
     Eight total hits for the month
           Three induced by beer
           Only needed to resort to O2 for the first three of the month
           None worse than a 2
     Three .75 gm. doses

That's it, all of it, period.  Not bad after eight months of pretty steady hits.  Although May wasn't too bad, as I was starting to get my dosing right.  Last dose was June 25, and I plan on a maintenance dose in another one or two weeks.  Unless I get any activity, in which case I will strike immediately.


Darrell

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by swiftlaw on Jul 4th, 2008 at 1:26pm
I am grateful for the information I have had from PinkFloyd and pink sharkMark and the other Clusterbusters.

I have no desire to trip recreationaly. The supersalts, the verapamil and the steroids all work short term but ravage my body and mind. I cycle like an atomic clock in the Spring and the winter. 3 or 4 years ago I was able ( after much explaining and haranging) to obtain a good ounce of fairly fresh cubensis mushrooms. I tried to wean off all medice- to detox - did the best I could - followed the instructions and took a fairly heroic dose of shroms. Waited five days dosed again. That night the headaches, which are always left sided, began to change - I had a kip 9 that seemed to spin around my head, Next day and for everyday for a year after each dose I have been completely PF. Completely !

As an attorney- I recognise the dire need for good drug laws and I also recognise how completrely and utterly the law enforcement comunity could care less about our medical use.  

For me the biggest problem with the illegality of shrooms is that it makes thm so hard to find. The kids don't want to give their shrooms to a 60 year old man!!

Finally I have never experienced anything from another cluster head but a desire to help. This is a very small and special comunity - really - who can understand what we go through. " Oh - you have headaches, too bad"  If they could see us in the dance - hear us crying out - pouring ice water writhing and moaning maybe then. But - here - no one especially the dedicated leaders at CB - want to do anything but to help you overcome this condition.  I am a practising attorney licensed in the United States Court of Appeals - 60 yeard old. On this board and the old one for ever end ever.  Suport this movement and these people. This is an organic and gentle solution to this massive and debilitating condition. I stand up to be counted.

Tom Swift, Esq
New Bedford MA

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by wildhaus on Jul 4th, 2008 at 4:39pm
I am back on this thread, I have been over this thread many times, I am also grateful to
a prominent member of CB (I will not mention the name, I simply failed to ask for promotion)
for the vast information and of f board interesting and educating discussions, tks so much,
how much one can learn and absorb information if one is open and interested in learning and
educating one self, if not for the purpose of use, then purely out of curiosity………

Every blade of grass has its angel that bends over it and whispers, 'Grow, grow.' (learne, learne)”
(The Talmud)

What is even more important and so much delighting is the fact that there is hardly any
“foul” answers or posts, and with such an “explosive” material, and contravention to keep
the discussion clan of “mud wrestling” is a proof that it can be done and it is done.

I am very happy for all the ones that posted about their success,
what can be better then a treatment that works! and apparently so good…..
Like a pain therapist said: “ even one day of pain free is the world” so much more if it
works for a long time, that is the universe…..  it is a blessing, I was searching for words
to express my joy, and I cant say I can find the words……..

I am also very happy to learn that O2 is a very important part of this alternative, as a big advocate
of the O2 therapy….. I can only say, a very good choice! I believe O2 is a saviour (for me) and a non
lethal therapy alternative.

I feel (in a way) I am being denied a good alternative for treating CH, by the authorities, but the law
is the law, and based on the law I can not take any marked illegal substances, I like my job!
and I try very hard to obey the law, I believe in federal democracy, I voted for it, I try to support it,
and therefore obey the laws put up by the system, and cannot knowingly and deliberately brake the law,
even so I know I am the looser at the end of the day, I just cant do it…….


Fish die when they are out of water, and people die without law and order ( the Talmud)

Michael

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Pinkfloyd on Jul 4th, 2008 at 8:57pm

wildhaus wrote on Jul 4th, 2008 at 4:39pm:
Fish die when they are out of water, and people die without law and order ( the Talmud)

Michael


Hello Michael,

"The people shall not be deprived or abridged of their right to speak, or to publish their sentiments; and the freedom of the press, as one of the great bulwarks of liberty, shall be inviolable."
[James Madison]


"It is the mark of an educated man to be able to entertain a thought without accepting it."
[Aristotle]

"It is not our task to secure the triumph of truth, but merely to fight on its behalf."
[Pascal]

"A person who seeks help for a friend, while needy himself, will be answered first"
[The Talmud]

"Who can protest an injustice but does not is an accomplice to the act"
[The Talmud]

"Good government is the most dangerous government, because it deprives people of the need to look after themselves"
[Gandhi, M.]

"There is a higher court than courts of justice and that is the court of conscience. It supercedes all other courts."
[Gandhi, M.]

;)

BobW
P.S. Hi Tom, nice to see you again. Thanks for stopping in.



Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by mattscott on Jul 4th, 2008 at 9:01pm
The good of the people is the greatest law.
            Marcus T. Cicero c. 106-43 BC, Great Roman Orator, Politician

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Jul 4th, 2008 at 9:13pm
Bring me four fried chickens and a Coke.
                                           Jake Blues

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by mattscott on Jul 4th, 2008 at 9:48pm

Quote:
Bring me four fried chickens and a Coke.
                                           Jake Blues


Point taken  ;D

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Jul 4th, 2008 at 9:55pm

mattscott wrote on Jul 4th, 2008 at 9:48pm:

Quote:
Bring me four fried chickens and a Coke.
                                           Jake Blues


Point taken  ;D

No point intended. I thought we were just throwing out famous quotes.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by swiftlaw on Jul 5th, 2008 at 2:08am
Hold the cheese!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by SophiaK on Jul 8th, 2008 at 3:17pm
Having exhausted all assistance given to me by the medical profession, 4 Neuros, one pain manegment physician, Depakote, anti dipressents, dopeymax, and assorted other 'medicines'  suffering liver scarring and damage from them.
I reached out to others on this board, through them I found the person who was there for me, he  helped me to return to normalcy.
I'm not here to debate the 'legality' of mushrooms, I took 5 doses before I found complete relief with minor brief episodes of head pain, these are very very infrequent.  
The last dose was taken January 5th 2007.  
I find it ludicrous that this marvelous way to relieve some of us from disabling pain is 'illegal' when so many of the drugs given to sufferers of CH will make you 'dopey' 'groggy' and cause liver damage, not to mention a few other problems caused by them.  You can be sure should I begin to suffer as I was I will be taking the mushrooms.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by gammon on Jul 8th, 2008 at 4:40pm
I'd like to throw my name into the hat. I started with shrooms, had good success at aborting the cycle and also preventative dosing. I personally found shrooms hard to come by and to be honest didn't like having to get a little buzzed on a semi-regular basis with the shrooms.

SO... I looked for an alternative, RC Seed worked very well for me, I am episodic typically 2 times year lasting about 6 weeks per episode. RC seeds have allowed me to often skip the episode completely, i.e last episode was August 07, typically  I should have had an full blow episode Xmas time-ish but sailed on through. Last night i did feel a bit of that familiar tinge and will be dosing with 20 RC seed tonight (unless somebody recommends a different dosage) which will hopefully stop this cycle before it begins.

One added note, last Aug when i had my last episode, the seeds were unable to break it completely, but knocked it down to about 3 weeks with 1 maybe 2 CHs/ day, normally i would have been 5-7 easily, high on the KIP. ( i was also only dosing at about 9-10 seeds, which i think was too low)

I am a HUGE supporter of the work that is being done here, eternal gratitude to PinkFloyd, I really cannot express enough my thanks to those who have worked so hard to look for answers.

I would encourage EVERYONE to try the seeds. I know there are legality issues with some of the psychedelics, but in Canada anyway the RC seeds are available at a retail store, so it is not an issue and for me more effective than the mushrooms.

Good luck to all.

dave




Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by coach_bill on Jul 8th, 2008 at 6:28pm
You want a famous quote?  Try this quote on for size. "Dad does this mean im gonna get those things too?" (Sam R.) Daughter of a cluster headache suffer. Try hearing those words everyday from your 15 y/o daughter. I HAVE NO MORALS LEFT, THE BEAST HAS STOLEN THEM FROM ME.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Jul 8th, 2008 at 6:51pm

coach_bill wrote on Jul 8th, 2008 at 6:28pm:
I HAVE NO MORALS LEFT, THE BEAST HAS STOLEN THEM FROM ME.

I thought the idea here was to kick the beast's a$$, not the other way around. And I thought you had a leg up on it, if I recall correctly.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by coach_bill on Jul 8th, 2008 at 9:30pm
I do. and I do. What i should have said was when i was in my cycle....

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Jul 8th, 2008 at 11:12pm
Atta boy, coach!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Jonny on Jul 9th, 2008 at 8:12pm
Man O man! :D

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by coach_bill on Jul 9th, 2008 at 8:59pm
LOL... I love you guys...  8-)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by CArl on Jul 11th, 2008 at 4:38am

wildhaus wrote on Jul 4th, 2008 at 4:39pm:
I try very hard to obey the law, I believe in federal democracy, I voted for it, I try to support it,
and therefore obey the laws put up by the system, and cannot knowingly and deliberately brake the law,
even so I know I am the looser at the end of the day, I just cant do it…….
( the Talmud)
Michael


Hello Michael,

Fellow sufferer's not wanting to break the law was a point which was put to me many times when ever this topic was raised over here in the UK.
Many who argued this point were on high doses of conventional Meds...Most of them knowingly drove to work each day under the influence of drugs, & broke the law.
Over here in the UK it's illegal to drive a motor car whilst under the influence of drugs...

 [color=#666666]Penalties faced by drug drivers
If a person is proven to be unfit to drive through the use of drugs (illicit and prescribed) they face the same penalties as those who drive under the influence of alcohol. [/color]

Not sure what the law is over there in the States with regards to this...Maybe those of you who are concerned with breaking the law might wanna check it out...

Now as someone who uses Psilocybin, & LSA to control my Cluster headache. I am fit to drive a motor car 7 days after dosing.


Have a good weekend, & drive safely...

CArl...

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by johnny_with_an_h on Jul 15th, 2008 at 2:05pm

wildhaus wrote on Jun 8th, 2008 at 5:45am:
Hi

I am very offended by what you posted, what you posted is rude and  degrading,
and in many ways claiming you and only you have the “miraculous”
answer to our common malady!

This is not only unacceptable, it is beyond any  proper
behaviour with any group with a common interest!

You might possess some knowledge, you might possess a possible answer,
but you cannot imply that the only ones using the “CB” way are the ones
that have seen the light, this reminds me of a different kind of fundamentalism…

The research (or being part of a research group) some of us, (hopefully for all of us)
do, is to find an answer, an answer we all (most of us) can share.

I did point out more than once that the “CB” way could (and seems to be)
a good way to reduce and even eliminate our pains, and not only once
I have pointed it out in my country and in other places, the potential of using
“CB”, with some good reasaults, interest, and curiosity.

but  IT IS ILLEGAL!!!!

and therefore it is out of the question for some of us, whether for  ideological reasons
or simply for practical reasons.

I cannot use the “CB” ways!!  I like my job, I need my job!  and I have the age where
losing my job will jeopardize my future, as well as all what is dear to me.
And this thought, or better said alternative, is worse than having  “CH”!!!!

I am invited to a Pain and Anaesthesiology Meeting in Switzerland,
and I was going to talk about CH and also about the “CB” alternative, as a very good
alternative (if legalized), but now after reading your last posting I have the distinct feeling
that I will drop the CB part, and most likely not attend the meeting, posts like this turn me off,
to try and promote our cause, it makes me rethink my commitment to the CH world,
and its needs

YOUR WAY (even so it might be a good way)  IS NOT THE ONLY WAY!!!!

Michael

i really don't understand what is so offensive about clusterbusting nor do i understand why it is such a taboo subject. you guys go through all these trial and tribulations with there meds and their doctors. clusterbusting is a one time treatment and it works.

this is a site to help people deal with cluster headaches. thats why bob makes his posts hear. he is a clusterhead like all the rest of us.

also lets not forget that all these trusted drug companies (how much does imitrex cost?)are the ones that lobby to keep it illegal. they need to make sure that you keep buying their drugs and keep that money rolling in. NOBODY makes any money from clusterbusting.

as far as drug testing goes i am a truckdriver. i get drug tested quit often. the only way you can detect lsd is through a spinal tap. mushrooms and other methods are out of your system in days.   i too need my job but it's not like i can slide out from my desk and  go hide somewhere. i have to find a place to park my truck and try to put my head back together before i run somebody over. last cycle i didn't have insurance. because  of this and because i refused to drive due to safety reasons i clusterbusted. a few weeks later i was pf and back on the road supporting my family.

clusterbusting does have a place on this site and i don't understand why  it's so hush hush. if you gave me a choice between breaking the law and getting stabbed in the face repeatedly i'll break the law everytime!

as far as morality goes, what moral about charging you $150 for imitrex when it's just an immediate and non lasting remedy.

whats so immoral about using lsd or mushrooms to take care of an ailment? seriously can anybody answer that question?
with all due respect don't knock it until you've tried it!                    

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by thebbz on Jul 15th, 2008 at 2:57pm
Took the words right out of my mouth Johnny.
Can I get an Amen
thebb :)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by johnny_with_an_h on Jul 15th, 2008 at 3:17pm
amen brother!

i try not not push clusterbusting on anybody, but i with rise to its defense!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by andrewjb on Jul 15th, 2008 at 4:06pm
Amen.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Sophie on Jul 15th, 2008 at 4:50pm
I do not feel that anyone is pushing the choice of using CB treatment for CH. I believe it is important to share the knowledge of what has helped me, and others. I would not feel right by sitting back and not offering the information. In fact it would be a crime not to share. Sometimes we have to bend a law, written by man. And as long as we aren't hurting anyone and we are in our own place, I really don't think there is any harm.
Chosing a natural, ageless medicine vs obeying a 20 year old law, is a very simple choice for me to make.
But this thread isn't about that. It is about being counted and I have already been counted, unless you want to count me twice---but that might be illegal.

             Sophie/aka StellaBlue
                                        but my friends call me Leslie

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Charlotte on Jul 16th, 2008 at 8:11am
Michael cleared that up, way back.  He misunderstood and thought the post was saying cluster busting was the only way.  

Charlotte

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Sophie on Jul 16th, 2008 at 8:22pm
Oh well, in that case---nevermind.
                                                   Sophie

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Denise on Jul 16th, 2008 at 11:21pm
Everyone has there opinions and I respect them all but heres mine . Legality .....Fu#k Legality . It should be illegal to stand by and watch people beat there heads , pull out chunks of hair,Pray for death and witholding a cure or treatment . I have watched my wife go through this bullshit for 25 years . I cant wait to try the shrooms on her in hopes of some alternative to the fuc#in pain. If a dentist pulled your tooth with no novacaine would that be legal? If a doctor amputated your leg with no anestetics would that be legal. Morality ? Let me see ...We sell porn in every liquor store in america, We have convicted child molesters with more rights than we have living in our neighborhoods , We sell alcohol til people are 6 ft under, you can pay for sex legally, should I continue? We are trying to comfort someone in the most painful condition you can imagine , were not trying to get high.Stand up for what you believe in ! I believe my wife deserves to be treated with any means that will help her condition. The government spends to much time wondering whats legal or moral or injust instead of what is obvious. I would love for george bush to come spend a week caring for my wife by the same rules I have to . Deal with the insurance companies that take my premium every month but withold meds. Talk til your blue in the face to doctors, Try to live the american dream on 1 income because clusters arent a disability. In respects to this condition the government can kiss my big white ass!!! They can lock me up for caring for my wife ! Ok thats my vent now heres an idea for those worried about the testing process. We have a large enough group to have a volunteer to dose and go take a drug test in 24 hours and then in 48hrs and see what the results are, I understand how some are concerned because I get random tested every year. There has to be someone that isnt working or own there own business that can test . Those that are willing could chip in to pay for the testing . I believe the test is around $300.00  . We only need 20 supporters x 15.00 . Hell I spend that much on red bull for my wife every week.. If we could confirm that the test is negative after 24-48 hours ... 2 vacation days or a weekend and you could try it if you desired without fear of a negative test. Its a thought !  Information is power my brother and sisters. Thats all I got !  

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by CHvsTN on Jul 17th, 2008 at 10:17am
I've got to say that RC seeds have saved my life - whether that's a good or bad thing is debatable, but I'm happy to stand up and be counted. I'm by no means cured, but my CHs attacks are all MUCH shorter, less frequent, and MUCH less severe.

I must add that I've never taken any other kind of medication for CHs because I was misdiagnosed for years. By the time I found out about CHs, the wonderful PinkFs of this world had already discovered the benefits of RC and I immediately jumped on board - so I've nothing to compare things to.

Anyway, even if it's illegal and the 75-80% of us get jailed, at least it's easy (...or so I've been led to believe) to get drugs on the inside. In my opinion, even life behind bars with RC seeds is preferable to a life of hell on the outside.

It's a pity that this site's on-line survey started before we (or most of us?) knew about the ClusterBusters options, otherwise we'd have better statistics, and could be closer to defining dosage, frequency, etc.

Best regards and pf days,
RT

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by CArl on Jul 17th, 2008 at 11:50am
Kate is a UK sufferer. I first met her several years ago now in the OUCH (UK) chat room.
She was at her wits end with pain.
She had never taken drugs recreationally, & was a little apprehensive to say the least.

With her permission, here's her latest update.

CArl....



Hello Everyone, its been quite a while since I've posted. I suppose
I didn't want to jinx anything. After turning chronic for a year I
successfully became painfree thanks to a mixture of LSD, shrooms and
seeds. I assumed that I had returned to my episodic status and was
ecstatic. This was all two years and eight months ago!
I did have a freak year once and went two years and six months, but my
cycle was always every two years without fail.
Luckily for me I always get a couple of 'warning' attacks....mild and
short lasting. These showed up in February and I immediately dosed with
shrooms. I did this again five days later following up with a dose of
seeds. My cycle was stoped in its tracks and I've been completely
painfree ever since. All my usual triggers such as flying ect. haven't
produced even a mild headache. After twenty six years I'm not living in
fear of the next cycle.
Starting down this road and detoxing was the hardest thing I ever did
but SO worth it in the end. I certainly couldn't of done it without the
help and support I received from fellow clusterbusters for which I will
always be grateful.
Good luck to anybody starting on this course. Kate x


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Sandra von der Laage on Jul 17th, 2008 at 12:22pm
Have any controlled scientific studies been conducted on the effects of hallucinogenics upon cluster headaches?  What I have been reading are anecdotal reports, which are not scientifically valid.  I have read that your Harvard University has for a number of years been proposing a scientific study of hallucinogenics and their usefulness in ameliorating the pain of cluster headaches, but thus far no such experiment has been approved.  If anyone has the answer please let me know the status of the experiment.  Thank you.
Sandra

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by thebbz on Jul 17th, 2008 at 12:31pm
Last I heard they were working on protocols for clinial trials.
John Halpern MD Mclean/Harvard.
all the best
thebb ;)
Anecdotal works for me. Nothing experimental about it. My opinion.

START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE
Read for yourself

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Sandra von der Laage on Jul 17th, 2008 at 1:02pm
Thank you for giving me the citation to read.  Unfortunately, it appears to be more anecdotal evidence.  Has a formal research proticol been written and submitted for approval yet?  This is what I am most interested in; if you could send me a copy of that I would appreciate it very much.  Thanks you.
Sandra

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by thebbz on Jul 17th, 2008 at 1:13pm
START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE
Read this my German friend.
It will be anecdotal until the actual case study begins.....we have to start somewhere. The initial case study done seems hardly anecdotal to me. But that just me.
all the best
thebb

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by nani on Jul 17th, 2008 at 1:19pm
From the Spring 2008 Clusterbusters Report:

We have an ambitious timeline for 2008. We plan to present the protocols to the hospital IRBs
sometime in the Spring. The IRBs are likely to require modifications. If these adjustments are not
too complicated, we could gain approval within a few months (no guarantees, though), and then
we send the protocols to the FDA, which has a required 30-day turn-around for response. Other
issues before starting include: sourcing our test compounds, securing our Schedule I Registrations
for this research from DEA, and, quite importantly, raising the rest of the funds necessary for
completing this research. Thank you for the donation of $26,000 to my laboratory: these funds
were critical to preserve my position and ability to push forward with this research. If all goes
according to plan now, the next donations will be for doing these important first clinical studies
for CH patients with psilocybin and lysergic acid diethylamide. Please help find donors for this
Clusterbusters' sponsored research! This ambitious 2008 timeline achieved will be a special
celebration for the Third Annual Meeting of Clusterbusters and will fulfill some of the promise of
hope we all are trying to bring to Ch'ers out there everywhere.
~John Halpern MD

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Jul 17th, 2008 at 1:51pm

nani wrote on Jul 17th, 2008 at 1:19pm:
From the Spring 2008 Clusterbusters Report:

We have an ambitious timeline for 2008. We plan to present the protocols to the hospital IRBs
sometime in the Spring. The IRBs are likely to require modifications. If these adjustments are not
too complicated, we could gain approval within a few months (no guarantees, though), and then
we send the protocols to the FDA, which has a required 30-day turn-around for response. Other
issues before starting include: sourcing our test compounds, securing our Schedule I Registrations
for this research from DEA, and, quite importantly, raising the rest of the funds necessary for
completing this research. Thank you for the donation of $26,000 to my laboratory: these funds
were critical to preserve my position and ability to push forward with this research. If all goes
according to plan now, the next donations will be for doing these important first clinical studies
for CH patients with psilocybin and lysergic acid diethylamide. Please help find donors for this
Clusterbusters' sponsored research! This ambitious 2008 timeline achieved will be a special
celebration for the Third Annual Meeting of Clusterbusters and will fulfill some of the promise of
hope we all are trying to bring to Ch'ers out there everywhere.
~John Halpern MD

And it is via this avenue that hallucinogens will eventually become legal in the treatment of CH, at which time I will be first in line.

I hope it happens quickly - too much anecdotal evidence out there means too many subjects won't be able to participate in the studies once they come a'knocking.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Superdave on Jul 19th, 2008 at 1:03pm
I am be happy to be counted.
But not so thrilled about being judged.

How anyone, especially clusterheads, could speak negatively about the Clusterbusters project is beyond me.

There will be no line to stand in (first or last) without the people that are sticking their necks out now to be counted.
There will be no research without support and the money to make it happen.

Whether or not you are willing to use clusterbusting to find relief from CH, please support Bobw the CBer’s and MAPS, it just might be the answer we're all looking for....................... :-?


Superdave 8-)


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by The Spaniard on Jul 21st, 2008 at 7:11pm
Wow.

I wasn´t aware of this at all. Never did use any hallucinogens before, but if the testimonials are to be believed, the small dosage long term effect is as good a reason to try them for CHeads as any.

I found where to get Psilocybe cubensis, Mexican or Equador variant. You can even grow them easily yourself. Very tempting to try this and see if the clusters stay away for ever.

To walk in the shadow of Castaneda and Huxley...

About the law: they should make a law against inhuman pain. If I do this I will certainly NOT take the law into account. Self preservation trumps any law I say.

And I´ll repeat that in any court.

Title: Count me in.
Post by tyrannosaurus on Jul 22nd, 2008 at 11:28pm
I'm in my thirties, and I've had CH's in cycles since I was 17.

Last year, I had a particularly severe cycle where I was getting at the very least, 4 per 24 hours, every day. Bad ones.

One dosage of HWR seeds ended it. The only side-effect was slight nausea and a general feeling of discomfort and uneasiness.

In the weeks after, I occasionally had mild headaches that could be dealt with with a well-timed pair of aspirins. I was amazed that the seeds actually worked, and it was a great feeling knowing that they were gone.

The CH's have started again, a year later, so I haven't been 'cured' by any means. But I believe in HWR seeds and their effectiveness.

The legality of this medication is a non-issue. If these medications were legal to consume, the medical sector would have no problem

a) conducting proper testing with results everyone would be happy with and

b) finding a way to make it so expensive that insurance won't cover it.

Also, the fact that it these medications are illegal to consume will keep a large percentage of people of whom it has benefited from 'standing up to be counted'.

I hope that the skeptical crowd understands that this has absolutely nothing to do with recreational use or a subversive mentality. This is a real medicine that works for some people, and it should be studied further.





Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Greg on Jul 23rd, 2008 at 3:41pm
Going to my brothers house today to try mushrooms. I am now 2 weeks into my cycle having on average of 2 attacks per day (waking in the morning and usually after lunch). I will post results after i get home. I love all u guys and wish everyone a pain free day.

                             Greg

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Agostino Leyre on Jul 24th, 2008 at 9:55am
I've done shrooms, morning glory seeds, and hawian baby woodrose seeds, they haven't helped me much.  HOWEVER, I've only tried while IN cycle, but I will try to dose this year BEFORE cycle to see if it will work.  I let you all know in November.  ;)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by demon_tone on Jul 24th, 2008 at 10:28am
START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE

Chronic sufferers have reported relief from cluster attacks for up to two weeks using the hallucinogens, and episodic sufferers report a single dose of LSD can cure cluster headaches for as long as a year.
Lobbying by Clusterbusters has helped spur legitimate research like that now being pursued at Harvard.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by thebbz on Jul 24th, 2008 at 12:59pm

Quote:
and episodic sufferers report a single dose of LSD can cure cluster headaches for as long as a year.

Episodic sufferers report a single dose of LSD can alleviate all cluster headache for as long as a year.
I fixed it for ya.
There is no cure for CH...yet
thebb

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Greg on Jul 24th, 2008 at 1:56pm
 Ok I tried the mushrooms yesterday 2 weeks into my cycle. Tripped hard enough to get the giggles and slight visuals (eg. defined outlinings, minor color variants, its definitly cool to look at lights and patterns). Slept like a baby last night... and so far not even a shadow today. I will keep updating my progress.
 On another note i was prescribed imitrex today and 9 pills cost me 240$. Does anyone know how i could posibly ge them cheaper through canada or any other means besides having insurance?

   Wishing everyone a pain free day,
                                                         Greg

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by CArl on Jul 25th, 2008 at 11:40am

The Spaniard wrote on Jul 21st, 2008 at 7:11pm:
Wow.

I wasn´t aware of this at all.


A good enough reason why IMHO this topic should be kept on page one.

At least untill 2009 anyway.... :)

Best of luck Spaniard.

CArl...

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Greg on Jul 25th, 2008 at 1:24pm
Well it's been 2 days now since my last episode. Not 1 headache yet.. :) I feel slight shadows in the morning (could be paranoia) but not anything that even requires caffine. So far the CB has worked out for me, even being over 2 weeks in a cycle that normally last 5-8 weeks. The best part of it all is i'm sleeping soundly at night.  :)    
I wish everyone pain free days, and i will keep you posted on my progress. Also if anyone wants any info on the way i prep. or take the mushrooms just let me know.
                                                   Greg

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Greg on Jul 25th, 2008 at 5:01pm
Too good to be true... :-/ I awoke to a 6 taking a nap this afternoon. I'm not gonna say it didn't help me but its definitly not a permanent cure (for me). I will say if it cuts down on the frequency of my ch i will definitly call it a treatment. It was still worth it, having a 2 day break in mid cycle. I don't know if i'll get back on schedual with the usual 2 or 3 a day, (hopefully not) only time will tell.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by johnny_with_an_h on Jul 25th, 2008 at 8:13pm

Greg wrote on Jul 25th, 2008 at 5:01pm:
Too good to be true... :-/ I awoke to a 6 taking a nap this afternoon. I'm not gonna say it didn't help me but its definitly not a permanent cure (for me). I will say if it cuts down on the frequency of my ch i will definitly call it a treatment. It was still worth it, having a 2 day break in mid cycle. I don't know if i'll get back on schedual with the usual 2 or 3 a day, (hopefully not) only time will tell.



give it a week or two.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by coach_bill on Jul 25th, 2008 at 10:09pm
what johny said, im glad you got some quick relief, but you will need 2 or 3 follow up doses.  ;) That should do the trick. Coach bill

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Sophia on Jul 26th, 2008 at 4:07am
As another newbie on my 10th week of ch's I am ready for some clusterbusting myself. The lithium doesnt help much, the imitrex makes me vomit and the oxygen gives me sinus infections from drying out my nose too much. Where in the world does one find such a thing in Copenhagen? I am too the point of going out and looking under cow pies for shrooms. And I dont like to handle cow pies.
Sophia :-?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Jul 26th, 2008 at 10:06am
Get thee to the Netherlands.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by nani on Jul 26th, 2008 at 12:12pm

wrote on Jul 26th, 2008 at 10:06am:
Get thee to the Netherlands.


And do it quick. They are outlawing them there, too.  :-/

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by maalstroom on Jul 26th, 2008 at 12:22pm
We're not exactly sure when it will, but I do advise anyone who has the possibility to come here and wants to clusterbust, to come quickly.

Those stupid christian democrats! A research department from the governement itself advises AGAINST outlawing them, for there are no real risks, but they are pressing for a prohibition anyhow.

Whatever happened to our beloved country, where they are taking away freedoms one by one?

Damn them all!  >:( >:(

Regards, Pascal.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Greg on Jul 26th, 2008 at 5:39pm
START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE is a site that will tell you how to farm and where to get spores (i hope this helps). I will try another dose this weekend. thanks again for the useful advice again guys. Wishng everyone PF days.  
                                Greg

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by CArl on Jul 28th, 2008 at 6:15am

Sophia wrote on Jul 26th, 2008 at 4:07am:
oxygen gives me sinus infections from drying out my nose too much. Where in the world does one find such a thing in Copenhagen? Sophia :-?


Hello Sophia,

Oxygen can be delivered using a mouth piece, instead of the more conventional mask. I use a mouth piece, much prefer it. This may help with the sinus issue.

As for finding (Such a thing) there in Copenhagen. Why not do a little reading, & farm your own, it's really not that difficult, & there are many who would be willing to help you achieve this.

Another alternative would be to give the LSA seeds a try. They can be bought over the internet.

Do as much reading as you can before embarking on the CB treatment first...Ask those who have gone down this path before you, there are many on this site who are more than willing to help you. The better informed you are, the more chance you stand of gaining a PF status.

Whatever....The best of luck to you.

CArl...  

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by maalstroom on Jul 28th, 2008 at 6:32am
Sophia, maybe you should visit Copenhagen's quarter of Christiania. Maybe you can find the hallucigenics over there.

Just a thought.

Pascal.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by [johnny] on Jul 28th, 2008 at 10:39pm
sofia you can use a hydrater (i don't know what there called) with your o2 and that would help your sinuses. see pic and notice the canister. (thanks bbz)
START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE
02 can be used while clusterbusting. and you will need it the day after.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Jul 28th, 2008 at 10:49pm
It's called a humidifier.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Sophie on Aug 7th, 2008 at 4:01pm
I expected to see more, stand up to be counted. I suppose some of us after finding the help we needed, moved on to more important things. Things like qaulity family time, a favorite past time and a life that wasn't run by CH. That is a happy thought  for me.
However I do miss some of those people that helped me so much in the beginning. Wish they'd check in, either here or at Cluster Busters.
Where ever they are,   Cheers!         Sophie

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Sandy_C on Aug 7th, 2008 at 5:39pm
Sophia,

What CArl said.....

LSA seeds (rivea corembosa (sp?)) can be order over the internet and will be shipped to you.  They are very inexpensive, and, from personal experience, are very effective in not only shortening my cycles, but stopping them from ever starting.

The seeds are perfectly legal to purchase and possess in all countries, I believe.  It is illegal to ingest them however.  So, purchase away - plant at few in your garden and you will have lovely Morning Glory flowers later.  

Please feel free to PM me and I'll be more than happy to walk you through the methods that I have found to be so successful.

Sandy

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by jess.dom on Aug 8th, 2008 at 8:43am
I stand up to be counted too...

I have tried shrooms on this cycle, and it helped a lot. Since I'm somewhat of a chicken, I really didn't do much, but it still helped! Right now, I'm on my 6th PF day!! Hurray for me!! I had a hard time finding them though (of all people, my Mom bought them for me; never thought she would buy me drugs! :D) so I started them pretty late in my cycle. I think I'll try the seeds next time around...

Jess

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by MJ on Aug 9th, 2008 at 2:12am

Sophie wrote on Aug 7th, 2008 at 4:01pm:
I suppose some of us after finding the help we needed, moved on to more important things. Things like qaulity family time, a favorite past time and a life that wasn't run by CH. That is a happy thought  for me.

Where ever they are,   Cheers!         Sophie


Ditto on the Cheers!  I'll raise my glass to Life and Living it.




Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Chuffy on Aug 15th, 2008 at 9:01am
You can count me!!

Shrooms have changed my life from being a 20 year episodic veteran to being now completely PF, no meds, nothing, just God's little wonders.

All Hail The Clusterbusters.  8-)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Chad on Aug 15th, 2008 at 9:42am
I did shrooms just for fun years back through a cycle to get my mind off it before even discovering this site or a neuro doctor.  Only to find out I didn't have a single CH for a week and then did them again the following weekend with the same results.  The only reason I haven't done them since is because they're hard to find.   I don't give a rats ass if they're illegal.  PF is the key here.  

The next batch I hear of being around, i'll be stocking up and they're way cheaper than meds.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Chuffy on Aug 15th, 2008 at 10:07am
Don't wait, do some research and grow your own.
START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE
START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by [johnny] on Aug 17th, 2008 at 9:38pm

Chuffy wrote on Aug 15th, 2008 at 10:07am:
Don't wait, do some research and grow your own.
START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE
START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE


yep even if your not in cycle. don't get caught with your pants down.  they're good for at least a year or even longer if you keep them in the fridge. ;)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Roxy on Aug 22nd, 2008 at 1:23pm
A friend called to tell me of this thread, and I knew I had to come and give CB's a shout out.

I haven't been on the board in a long time, but those who remember me will also remember the hell I have had with these damn things.  I've been chronic since day one, and not just a meager two or three a day hits.  A good day for me is 7 or 8......a bad day is one every hour, day and night.

Shrooms were the only things that ever gave me any relief.  Did they cure me?  No.  Did they give me relief?  YES!!!  I think I went around two weeks without a hit.  In my case, that is unheard of.

Conventional meds came close to killing me.  I accidently mixed my triptans and ended in a hospital.  I am a firm believer in the fact that regular meds will kill you much faster than anything that is gently grown by nature.  

As others have posted, this is a personal decision.  Do your research, read, talk to others and then make up your mind.  I can't think BobW enough for his help.  He has done what no other has done to help cluster suffers.

Tracey  [smiley=cool.gif]

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by thebbz on Aug 22nd, 2008 at 2:18pm
START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE

[smiley=me&mb.gif]

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by coach_bill on Sep 27th, 2008 at 8:51pm
count me again. Coach Bill

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by john_d on Sep 28th, 2008 at 10:29am
This is my first cycle in close to 5 years.  I could have sworn the RC seeds would help because they helped a good friend who was chronic.  No such luck, and believe me I dosed correctly, detoxed, all that good stuff.  I have oxygen which is awesome, and I know that does not help some people.  I would support any efforts to legalize, educate, etc.  because it helps others.  But I appreciate reading the posts here from those it did not really help and needed to look elsewhere.  There is a chance that my cycle is less intense because of the doses,  hard to tell since it's been so long since my last cycle.  I have a bottle of pred I keep staring at, but I may just stick with the O2.  The anecdotal evidence on this board regarding pred problems make me very nervous.   I may try to get a stash of the stronger stuff to have around in case of another cycle in the future and see if that helps.  Right now, all I can get are those seeds.  Even if I procure the other by the time I get a cycle it's always gone bad.   Good fortune for those who broke their cycle with those, I wish I had been that lucky.  For now, I am just spending my nights chasing attack ramp-ups every 2-3 hours with my trusty 02 bottle.  I will be happy when it passes.  For those pain-free thanks to this, kiss the ground for me will ya?   I should be in that nirvana in a few more weeks or so.
 



     

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Kateeast on Oct 11th, 2008 at 7:04pm
Hello All, I thought I'd check in and tell you all my good news! Next month it will be three years since I was in cycle. Never ever been that long pf before. I don't maintenance dose regularly but if I get a twinge I dose. Always with shrooms or seeds. Its certainly changed my life. I'll always be grateful to Clusterbusters. As far as legality is concerned...I couldn't give a rats arse. After all, its illegal to commit suicide too!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Linda_Howell on Oct 11th, 2008 at 7:17pm

Quote:
I expected to see more, stand up to be counted.



LOL!  Sophie, this thread has gone to 9 pages !!!!  I'd say a lot of people stood up to be counted.  Also no one has gone away where the "alternatives" are concerned.  There are always many people here to answer questions or lead someone in the right direction.  Here, as well as cluster-busters site.


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by thebbz on Jan 4th, 2009 at 8:32pm
Bump


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by [joHnny]w_ an_h on Jan 5th, 2009 at 1:17am

wrote on Jan 4th, 2009 at 8:32pm:
Bump

[smiley=curtain.gif]

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by JDH on Jan 5th, 2009 at 9:06am
I haven't been around for a while and didn't see this until now but I'll testify! My last cycle ended in Feb '03 and I've been dosing twice a year since and I've had NO CLUSTER HEADACHES in almost 6 years! That's by far the longest I've gone w/out dealing with it since 1985.
It's been a great pf ride and me and mine thank you for all you and yours have done Bob.  

Jim

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Pinkfloyd on Jan 6th, 2009 at 12:46am
Thanks for stoppin in Jim.

Great to hear that you're still doing so well. Long may it continue.

Bob

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by cyberone on Jan 6th, 2009 at 9:06am
i have read this forum every day for more than 3 years but reluctantly i
have been avoiding this thread pretty much most of the time...dunno
why...maybe im stupid...

i have to say that i dint want to get "converted" and those are my own words. i was really hoping that i could find a useful solution via the docs...although its prob only been about 4 years since my first attack ive tried almost everything in terms of drugs...and for me the side effects have been pretty bad.

worst was topamax...although it worked  maybe in cutting down my attacks 50% of the time and reducing the number by half it left me like a zombie...then it started to screw with my heart and give me major panic attacks (rare but not uncommon)

just before i continue i want to tell you about my headaches.

before i lived in japan (for about 5-6 years) and all was sweet.
then my grand father died and i came back to austraila for the funeral.
when i was in australia for the funeral i got influenza very bad. but by the time i was ready to go home it had just turned into bad sinus trouble and some headaches (little did i know....)

when i got back to japan it kept getting worse...
with each day over about a week the pain would come and go about every hour (maybe two or three if i could manage some sleep) until it got crippling.
the pain was typical cluster style (tho i didn't know it at the time) screwed up left eye, left sinus going crazy, aches down my left side, and this death bringing pain behind my left eye...

i went to the doctors and they told me (i think i went to three docs at this stage..) that i had sinus problems...

so many drugs later and  after no love the headaches dissipated...
yay!!!
a month later they are back again...
i cant really remember but without "short bullshit cures" - that i ahve tried from this site...some semi ok some resulting in nothing... i have not had a day without a headache since..
in the path of my looking for help ive been to maybe 6-8 neurologists in two countries...been fired from two jobs...lost two girlfriends...one of 5 years...lost many friends who couldnt cope with it (i dont really blame them) and made stronger friends...

one thing about these headaches are that they have taken me to the brink of suicide...ive been there ...tried it...and thanks to people that were looking out for me when i was in cycle i failed..  :D

ive been to hell and back...some weeks only a few times...others many times a day.

after reading all these posts in this tread i just wanna make some points..

i have no problem about taking illegal drugs to help me live....and my headaches get so bad that there is no way i can hold a job when they do get to the extreme so who cares about them....im in my "down cycle (two or three headaches a day - and maybe kip 3-5)" at the moment...there is no off or on...but when it gets to a full blown "on" cycle  i cant leave the house...there is NO work to worry about being drug tested...there is NO life...

i still consider my self episodic even tho i have had headaches pretty much every day for the last 3 years...i read these boards daily and i can understand the hell that some of the others that have no "down" time must feel...

anyway...

all that being said.

i think im starting a new cycle of "bad" headaches just this past two weeks....so...

if i can im gonna try to see if the clusterbuster stuff works for me.

the problem may be getting the stuff in Australia...i wanted to do musshies but its summer here now so it might be hard. i would rather try seeds but i really dont know again if its doable in australia...

anyone who condems what i want to try to bring a bit of life
back please read what i have written carefully...

ill try to let you know of the results if i can get the stuff together...
if not ill prob be to dead or massively  tired in the coming weeks to check whats going on....

all the best and painf free to all

cyb





Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Chad on Jan 6th, 2009 at 10:35am
Count me in my friend!

Aborted the beginning of a cycle dead in its tracks using shrooms roughly 4-5 years ago by accident (the first time) and again during the next cycle (realized there was some kind of link).  Needless to say I was doing them for fun back then to get my mind off of the clusters, but never knew they would abort my entire cycle.  Since then, shrooms are very hard to find, however I have dosed twice now on rc seeds since a cycle is due for me jan.-feb.  So far, so good and i'll keep my fingers crossed.  If I even feel the slight shadow like I usually do a week before the cycle, i'm dosing that night after work.  I had no hangover affects at all the other two times and I ate 25 seeds (round 1) and 65 (round 2).  When I ate 65 seeds, I had a little nausea, but nothing major.  Other than the nausea, I barely felt anything, but a slight body buzz.  The intensity was nothing like shrooms which is even more of a bonus.  

Lets hope the seeds do the job.  

Wishing PF days to all  :)

Chad

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by thebbz on Jan 6th, 2009 at 2:02pm

Quote:
anyone who condems what i want to try to bring a bit of life
back please read what i have written carefully...


Should anyone condemn you for trying to treat CH with alternatives they will have to answer for it. Here anyway.
Good for you I hope you find relief. The seeds are the easiest to obtain and use. The shrooms are a bit more difficult, but have a higher efficacy rate.
all the best
the bb

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Linda_Howell on Jan 6th, 2009 at 2:55pm

Quote:
anyone who condems what i want to try to bring a bit of life
back please read what i have written carefully...


No one in their right mind  would ever condemn you here.  

I'm not knowledable about Australias laws, but the seeds are legal to purchase here in the U.S.


Good luck to you.   Linda

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by UnderTheRadar on Jan 7th, 2009 at 12:24am
whew...took me a few days to get through this thread... ;D

COUNT ME IN!

What I love is how a few "concerned citizens" always want to get in a snit over the possible side effects of the psychedelics...when we KNOW what nasty havoc our prescription meds can wreak!!!  :D

I have been reading old journal reports from the 60s when they did all the initial testing of LSD, and from what I've read, they found NO long term side effects.  

as for legality and the workplace, you can't worry about drug-testing if you lose your job from CH!   ;)

And let's not get too worked up about whether or not doctors are endorsing this...honestly, they can't risk their jobs by endorsing illegal drugs; I'm really pleasantly surprised that a few GP's and neuros HAVE backed up some buster's efforts.  (My doc wouldn't give it the official green light, but she's happy for me nonetheless.)

God bless you, Bob!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bloobrain on Jan 9th, 2009 at 4:15pm
Hy Pink Floyd. you wrote "This research is going off many directions, 3 institutions in the US and Europe"...Is it possible for you to give me the names of these institutions, thank you very much.
Bloobrain/bluebrain

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by midwestbeth on Jan 9th, 2009 at 4:52pm
rc seeds and 02 are still working for me.  I do still get the occasional K7, but nothing that 02 doesn't take care of.  Life is good!!

Beth  :)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Pinkfloyd on Jan 11th, 2009 at 1:15am

bloobrain wrote on Jan 9th, 2009 at 4:15pm:
Is it possible for you to give me the names of these institutions, thank you very much.
Bloobrain/bluebrain


Hi Bluebrain,
Harvard Medical School, McLean Hospital.
Yale School of Medicine
A Medical School in Germany that I'm a little reluctant to specify at this moment as I don't have permission to do so. We are at a critical stage.
If you know of any German nationals that might like to become part of an ongoing clinical study, let me know in email or PM here.

Bobw

edit to add: BTW, thanks to everyone for your kind words, encouragement and for keeping this thread going.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by MikeE on Jan 12th, 2009 at 12:11am
Shrooms and seeds both work great for me. Use them the way shared on the CB site. I will stand up and say thanks to all those who shared the information. What I learned from from CBers did me far more good than all the doctors and neros I have seen. I shared how I was using seeds with my current nero and he said " that is very interesting and it doesnt supprise me" He knew of the close door effect and said he was going to tell his other cluster paitent about it if he could figure out how with out getting in trouble. That is a shame that the legal wall still keeps so many in pain. My nero also said dont count on it being tested or becomming legal because the sad fact is there are not enough cluster sufferers to make it profitable. So my choice is to be PF legal or not.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by CH-HELL on Jan 12th, 2009 at 12:59am
 I have tried rc seeds with no effect,   I have been trying shrooms for about 5 weeks now.   The first dose 2g had no affect,  second dose 2.5g I was pain free for the first time in years but it only lasted for 30 minutes then I got a kip 9 for about 45 minutes then puked,  third dose 3g was about the same as #2 without the puking and the fourth and fifth dose I was pain free for about a 1/2 hour and then a strong shadow kicked in a good kip5-6 and lasted for three to four days.   I have been chronic for almost four years and have constant shadows k2-4 some times k5,  I know it is harder to bust a chronic cycle but should I continue to try,   I was going to dose again today but didn't because of the fear of making my shadows stronger again.  Bob what do I do?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by thebbz on Jan 12th, 2009 at 12:50pm
Well, I'm not Bob, but I would let it be for a week and see how it settles in. Then go for the big dose. Dosing three times in ten days did it this time around at least for me. I had shadows for a week and a few nightimes hits but after that ...nothing. Big doses this time. 3g dry.
Keep up the good fight Phil, dont eat at least 4 hours before dosing and use the tea recipe, that will help with the nausea.
the bb

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Marc on Jan 12th, 2009 at 1:14pm
I dosed with 75 RC seeds Tuesday night, got my usual hit after falling asleep that night.  Since then, I've only had to hit the O2 tank once - this is incredibly good for me. I had been in a 30 day pattern of 3-6 hits every day. (Luckily, O2 NEVER lets them get bad)

Seeds work gradually for me. Not knowing this caused me to give up on them earlier.  I kept expecting the hits to just stop.  Now I realize that for me, it's a long process - not "an event."

This time I'm going to stick with it. Going for another 75 seeds tonight and I'll continue the doses for months if required.

Marc

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by CH-HELL on Jan 12th, 2009 at 1:29pm

wrote on Jan 12th, 2009 at 12:50pm:
Well, I'm not Bob, but I would let it be for a week and see how it settles in. Then go for the big dose. Dosing three times in ten days did it this time around at least for me. I had shadows for a week and a few nightimes hits but after that ...nothing. Big doses this time. 3g dry.
Keep up the good fight Phil, dont eat at least 4 hours before dosing and use the tea recipe, that will help with the nausea.
the bb

 Tx bb  8-)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Marc on Jan 12th, 2009 at 1:57pm
Give it some CH-HELL, Phil!

Marc

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Pinkfloyd on Jan 12th, 2009 at 11:36pm

wrote on Jan 12th, 2009 at 12:50pm:
Well, I'm not Bob, but I would let it be for a week and see how it settles in. Then go for the big dose. Dosing three times in ten days did it this time around at least for me. I had shadows for a week and a few nightimes hits but after that ...nothing. Big doses this time. 3g dry.
Keep up the good fight Phil, dont eat at least 4 hours before dosing and use the tea recipe, that will help with the nausea.
the bb


Couldn't have said it better myself.
Thanks for always being there to help out BB.

The tea is betetr for many people. It does help a great deal with any nausea problems and also helps get the psilocybin into the system quicker, often making the dose a bit more effective.

Bobw
P.S. Glad to hear you stuck with it Marc and are having some success.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bloobrain on Jan 13th, 2009 at 3:25pm
Hy Pink Floyd, nice to here from you and thank you for answering my question. I know of one patient from Germany who is a member of Clusterheadaches group. I wrote my ideas about CH and Psilocycin/Psilocin under the name of bluebrain theory which I presented to this forum on April 24th, 2007. He was kind to contact me if he could make a link between clusterheadaches/bluebrain theory and his group in Germany.
German is not my strong but if you want to know more about this group please go to google and type bluebrain theory-ck-wissen.
I could try to contact him, please let me know before I do anything.
Further more, I am typing  my theory/article finish, based on bluebrain theory and my one experience with magic mushrooms (almost 4 years), which in my opinion explains in a scientific way, by means of a theoretical model, the pathogenesis of CH in a group of patients and the reason of why psilocybin/psilocin works for us.
For me the question was WHY does it work. I think I found the answer.
Any suggestion about whom I should contact.
Best regards. Bloobrain

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by thebbz on Jan 13th, 2009 at 11:27pm
Very interesting reading bloobrain.
I would like to see your paper should you like to share.
the bb

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Pinkfloyd on Jan 14th, 2009 at 11:51pm

bloobrain wrote on Jan 13th, 2009 at 3:25pm:
I think I found the answer.
Any suggestion about whom I should contact.
Best regards. Bloobrain


I will be happy to put you in contact with several people that I'm sure will find your work interesting (as I do) and would most likey want to comment upon it.
I'll PM some email addresses.

Thank you for your continued work,
Bob

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by cyberone on Jan 15th, 2009 at 9:00am
any fellow cluster heads in melb send me a pm.....
this cycle is getting shocking.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by UnderTheRadar on Jan 15th, 2009 at 2:26pm
I just went for the seeds again last night- 75, crushed & soaked for 3 hours...no "effects", but I could definitely tell something was going on...

then a few hours later, I got very "gross" feeling- like I'd been on a 3-day bender!  :D  Went to bed and woke up in the night with classic droopy teary eye, clogged nasal passage- but no pain!!!  

Today I woke up two hours earlier than usual, bright-eyed and bushy tailed and full of energy- and pain free!  I hope it lasts.

(I still prefer the mushies, though- I always feel terrific and never get sick or hung over.)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Chad on Jan 15th, 2009 at 3:04pm

UnderTheRadar wrote on Jan 15th, 2009 at 2:26pm:
I just went for the seeds again last night- 75, crushed & soaked for 3 hours...no "effects", but I could definitely tell something was going on...

then a few hours later, I got very "gross" feeling- like I'd been on a 3-day bender!  :D  Went to bed and woke up in the night with classic droopy teary eye, clogged nasal passage- but no pain!!!  

Today I woke up two hours earlier than usual, bright-eyed and bushy tailed and full of energy- and pain free!  I hope it lasts.

(I still prefer the mushies, though- I always feel terrific and never get sick or hung over.)
I hear ya on the feeling like a 3 day bender.  I like your choice of words, LOL!

I dosed twice in December well before the next cycle which is suspose to be now and luckily I have felt no signs or early signs that a cycle is coming.  Knock on wood.  I may dose again within the next couple of weeks to keep PF days going.  

Mushies are definitely my weapon of choice.  The problem is finding them.

I'm glad you're feeling PF.  I wish it to all!

Peace,
Chad

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by thebbz on Jan 16th, 2009 at 1:38pm

Quote:
Mushies are definitely my weapon of choice.  The problem is finding them.

They are easy to grow. Then you know what your eating and have a supply for years.
all the best
the bb

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by fiftyamp on Jan 19th, 2009 at 12:39am
I usually bust with shrooms, but I tried HBW seeds this time.  4 seeds on Jan 8 and 6 on the 13th.  I had harsh HA's after both treatments.  3-4hr bouts(kip 7-8) with 30 min breaks in between.  I have had only one HA since, and that was brought about by my own stupidity.  I thought I would see if I could handle a few Guinness.  Even that HA was very slight KIP 4, and was easily aborted by a Red Bull in about 20 mins.  All in all, I've only had minor twinges over the past few days.  I think I might be o the mend.  Knocking on every Fn piece of wood in the joint.  Cheers to all who gave me advise.  

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by coach_bill on Jan 30th, 2009 at 7:22pm
Count me again. Bill

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by [joHnny]w_ an_h on Jan 31st, 2009 at 7:46pm

Pinkfloyd wrote on Jan 11th, 2009 at 1:15am:
Harvard Medical School, McLean Hospital.
Yale School of Medicine
A Medical School in Germany that I'm a little reluctant to specify at this moment as I don't have permission to do so. We are at a critical stage.

Bobw

edit to add: BTW, thanks to everyone for your kind words, encouragement and for keeping this thread going.



i've been pf since i busted over a year ago. i'm glad i stuck around and i'm glad you put your hart behind this bob.

it's great to see your making pro [smiley=sayyes.gif]gress

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by ski2k on Feb 3rd, 2009 at 11:13am
Well....

I completely busted my last cycle with the RC seeds.  That was the first time I ever tried. Nothing to it!

Started another cycle about a month ago, and haven't been keeping up on my seeds like I did the last time. Worked great every 5 days til I noticed a difference, then went to once per wek, then once every other week..... Kinda dropped the ball this time. Haven't been doing that.

Anyway.... Haven't had much luck with it yet so far this cycle, but I'm about to take my 3rd dose in 15 days. I'm GONNA keep at it again like I should have from the start! Hopefully once I get a few doses in me, I can abort this cycle again.

Take care all!!

Adam

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by boinng on Feb 7th, 2009 at 2:19pm
It's been a long time since I first started reading up on this forum, and an even longer time I've been suffering from CH, so I felt it might be pertinent to post some of my experiences, partly as I've just had my first complete remission in 15 years.

I've been a recreational user of psychedelics for nearly thirty years now, in varying amounts over the years, but generally a few full-dose trips a year, and plenty of milder ones too inbetween. Since 1993, I've been suffering CH every year between Sept 21st and December 21st - Fall Equinox to Winter Solstice.

Naturally, it took me some years before I became aware of the significance of the cycle, and it was actually picking mushrooms and experiencing the headaches at the same time year on year that made me realise something was going on. Ironically, I initially thought I was getting migraines from staring too hard at the ground!

Once I realised that the season itself was the trigger, and the rapidly-shortening days enabled me to predict when they would start, I then assumed I must be suffering from SAD, though experienced no symptoms whatseoever of that ailment, other than the time of onset.

Thankfully the internet eventually gave me the ability to diagnose the condition properly, and I approached various GPs over the years, some of whom were aware, others not, of CH. Various pills were tried with no success - Pizotifen, Sumatriptan, etc. Sumatriptan in particular caused very uncomfortable chest-tightening, that was almost as scary as the headache, though nowhere near as painful - more on that later.

My headaches generally came twice a day - around 4-5am, and then 12 hours later again. Not suprisingly, the loss of sleep and insane pain caused problems at work until a doctor's note at least confirmed to my employer that I wasn't faking it.

All the time, I'd been thinking about the significance of the fact that my headaches were less painful whenever I took mushrooms or LSD, or I just didn't have one at all, but I obviously hadn't made the link at all with daylength. Once I found the online research on treating CH with psychedelics, I decided to give it a go.

For the last four years, I tried with varying degrees of success, to get a handle on the problem - sometimes the headaches would stop for a week and then return, and once I actually moved the entire CH season back one month, but I never got them too stop, just fade in frequency for a while, or be lessened in intensity. Eventually I realised that my haphazard dosing times were probably the cause of the lack of success in stopping a cycle, as I was clearly feeling some benefit, but not succeeding where it mattered most.

The most eye-opening revelation for me was an experimental dose of a potent (and illegal) local anaesthetic, which I had assumed would be the worst thing possible. Not only did I have my first complete night's sleep in months, but the CH I had shortly after was incredibly mild, and stopped almost as soon as it had started.

I began using Melatonin a few years ago, in an attempt to suppress the night-time headaches, and within days, they had ceased. The daytime headaches continued however, which though interesting, was still frustrating! Still, that was half the headaches gone, with virtually no side-effects (as far as I could tell).

So last August, I decided to tackle the problem once and for all. Given that mushrooms were less reliable in terms of dosage, and the stability over time made me question the efficiacy, I decided to focus on using LSD instead, as it was reliably measured (liquid), and easy to ingest. It was also fairly weak, though high quality, and so one drop delivered (I'm guessing, based on effects) about 25mcg - not enough for psychedelic use, but perfect for this experiment.

Every Saturday, at lunchtime, I took one drop from the bottle - Saturday being the easiest day to manage it on for all sorts of reasons, but I figured the regular schedule was crucial, and less than one week separation counter-productive. Every night, beginning at the same time in August, I took 3mg of Melatonin.

Since that date, I have not had one proper cluster headache - a few shadows, and few 'visual migraines', but not a single CH. I decided to stop after the period would normally end, and settled for today as the last day of treatment.

My only concern with this, and it may be coincidental, but around the peak of my normal season (mid-November), I began experiencing what I believed to be early symptoms of angina (squeezing pressure in the top of the chest, and tingling pain in left arm) when out walking. Normally I'm very fit, and can walk miles in any day, but this issue began to worry me, as it seemed to have come from 'nowhere'.

I'm awaiting an appointment with a heart specialist to have checks made, and if I do have angina, so be it, and will deal with that as appropriate. However, my GP gave me a nitro spray on prescription 'just in case', though he hasn't actually diagnosed me with angina yet. I explained to him the dangers of nitro for CH sufferers, and got the blank look so familar to me on these matters!

So given my 'angina' feels identical to my single experience with Sumatriptan, is it at all possible that my self-medication with LSD is actually inducing mild angina as a side-effect - ie vasoconstriction? There is some family history of angina, so I'm not trying to avoid the issue, it just seems puzzling that it would 'come on' so quickly, and right in the middle of my CH season.

There are many other complications that could clearly make this difficult to separate out, and I'm not overweight, very fit, though I smoke - mostly cannabis these days, rather than tobacco. It's also been very cold lately, and I've had some level of emotional stress - all triggers of angina.

At the moment, the relief from no CHs vastly outweighs the pain of the 'angina', but I'm aware that angina can be fatal, whereas CH not, so I don't want to ignore it. Also I'm aware that virtually all my 'treatment' has been with illegal substances, and in the case of the LSD, almost impossible to verify absolutely in terms of purity and dosage, but experience suggests to me that it's legit, and pure. Notwhithstanding, I appreciate that it might be difficult for others to empathize or understand, and very difficult for most to replicate.

I'm just wondering, if I haven't bored everyone stupid with this, whether anyone else has experienced similar CH/angina polarity, and given that nitro will cure one and cause the other, what hope I have of treating the angina painlessly? Going back into a full CH cycle now would not only be totally depressing, but very inconvenient!

Thanks for your time.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by oregonian clusterer on Feb 7th, 2009 at 2:39pm
After all the pain CH's go through I can understand self research and using yourself as a ginues pig.  I had a heart attack after using immetrix, and the doctors can't be sure but this may be what triggered it.  Maybe angina comes from that?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Jackie on Feb 8th, 2009 at 9:35am
I wrote this back in June:

The DAY Blake goes out of remission I'll be on the phone begging a 'buster' to help me dose him!!!!!  

Well, Blake's remission ended.

We're standing up to be counted.  

Results:  Very good.....actually GREAT!

Again, thank you Bob and all the busters for your continued work.

With gratitude,
Jackie & Blake

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Pinkfloyd on Feb 8th, 2009 at 4:50pm

Jackie wrote on Feb 8th, 2009 at 9:35am:
Results:  Very good.....actually GREAT!


You just saved me an email asking how things were going. ;-)

Great news indeed,
Bobw

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by oregonian clusterer on Feb 8th, 2009 at 6:27pm
None of these things, including Imitrex and oxygen, have the success of psychedelics in the treatment of clusters. You can believe me or not. Believe the dozens of people that have testified to their effectiveness, or not. They've been talked about here for YEARS and the effectiveness remains the same....75-80% of people using them, BREAK their cycles early. People that have been chronic for years, are now episodic and happy about it. Episodes they can control or eliminate.
Do you want to treat one attack out of the 1000 you'll be having this cycle? Inject some imitrex. Want to treat those 1000 attacks with oxygen......fine, order 20 M tanks. Considering to permanently sever some nerves? Even that has a lower percentage of success than psychedelics.

Here here!!!!  Standup and be counted!  And I will stand up for this individual.   Are some of you offended?  I do not understand, this is not a push to "use" drugs, it is a declaration of something that this individual feels passionately about- the well being of other clusterheads.  I have wanted to write something similar myself, but I am a new comer.  I have often been frustrated (but still love it) with this site because of that!  I originally found the information here, but when I look at the cluster survey I am dismayed to see the statistics for this treatment are not included.  Illegality aside, this is by far the best treatment.  There are studies that provide insight as to the pathiophysiological mode in which pyscs work to treat cluster sufferers. It is because of the push by clusterheads that these studies are being performed, which may eventually lead to more studies and a cure!  This is why these statistics are important.
I've said this before- What medication can you take once or twice a year ($30-$40) with no side effects, FOR ANY AILMENT?  I am not claiming supiriority, or trying to cram shrooms down anyones face, everytime I'm on here someone says O2, O2 (which has not worked for me), why am I not insulted?  I cannot use Immetrix because of heart attack (probably induced from the immetrix SIDE EFFECT) I am not offended by the whole section dedicated to it.  I certainly would not withhold information about it (immetrix)to others if I felt it would help them. As a 30 year sufferer who has found relief ONLY through the conservative use of psilicybin, without any other ill effects it does make me wonder why more individuals do not try this, and why we can't talk about it?  Illegal smegall!!!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by arcticspirals on Feb 8th, 2009 at 6:47pm
Its something I have never tried, mostly fear I suppose. Having an addictive personality doesn't go well with pain relievers I am hesitant to try anything else. As of right now I limit myself to advils and my smokes. Not to mention work would have a fit...
Its a subject hard to find out about though, and it was interesting to read someones experience on it. Thanks for the input

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by UnderTheRadar on Feb 8th, 2009 at 11:36pm
ArcticSpirals, you can put your fears to rest- these particular hallucinogens are classified as "ANTI-addictive".  Also, it's not like you'll be floating around singing Pink Floyd tunes for three days- so why does work even have to know about it?  :D  

Yes, it is hard to find out about..it's a shame we still have to sneak around about it at all, when it has such a high success rate and no long-term side effects, which can hardly be said for most of the stuff we have to use.  It's even MUCH safer than your advil!!  ;)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by MJ on Feb 9th, 2009 at 1:25am

UnderTheRadar wrote on Feb 8th, 2009 at 11:36pm:
It's even MUCH safer than your advil!!  ;)


Carefull there Radar.

The methods attested to here have proven over and over again to be a godsend for many of us.
The majority of us suffer no ill effects just pain relief but there is that percentage that should not use the buster ways.

We cant lose the respect for these medications as they are still potentially a very dangerous drug to certain individuals and especially pregnant women.

Cluster busters.com has spelled out many of these dangers well and all should be encouraged to read them and do any further research they can.
As BobW is allways saying the dosages can and do differ from plant to plant as well. Unlike the synthetics created in a lab.

You are right in that they are classified as anti-addictive and psylocibin has been tested in clinical research to assist in breaking other addictions as well.

That said I'm still livin the dream of no pain.
I can hardly remember how long its been anymore since clusters ruled my life with the 8-12 attacks I used to get each and every day.
Pain free to me is worth it for the small maintenance doses of RC seeds I consume monthly.
Even more meaningfull is all the other sufferers who suffer no more.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by arcticspirals on Feb 9th, 2009 at 4:30pm
Its information I gald to recieve, no hurt in that. I do take milk thistle as a daily in fear of my liver just cuttin out on me. Anyhow thanks!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Feb 9th, 2009 at 4:37pm

UnderTheRadar wrote on Feb 8th, 2009 at 11:36pm:
ArcticSpirals, you can put your fears to rest- these particular hallucinogens are classified as "ANTI-addictive".  Also, it's not like you'll be floating around singing Pink Floyd tunes for three days- so why does work even have to know about it?  :D  

Yes, it is hard to find out about..it's a shame we still have to sneak around about it at all, when it has such a high success rate and no long-term side effects, which can hardly be said for most of the stuff we have to use.  It's even MUCH safer than your advil!!  ;)

Paige,

I'm not getting something. If you are such a strong advocate as is indicated above, why does your tag line say:


Quote:
6 3-hour hits/day since June, and no meds work.


Just curious. That's 18 hours every day.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by UnderTheRadar on Feb 9th, 2009 at 5:14pm
>sigh<  okay, I'm an advocate because it works so well for most everyone who tries it, and it's the only thing that has helped me at all (I've gotten about a week at most of relief at a time, and I'm on some other meds that counterract it, but that's better than nothing.)

But can't I be supportive of something I believe in for the simple fact of the amazing statistics on it?  Why do you feel the need to pick apart my post, like you've caught me in a lie or something?  That really makes me sad.

Yes, that adds up to about 18 hours a day.  some days are better, some are worse, but that's the average.  I put that on there to remind some folks of why I'm here...for support for a horrible disease that's tearing my life and my family apart.  Now, are you satisfied?

Sadder, More Depressed Paige

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by icedragon on Feb 9th, 2009 at 5:50pm

UnderTheRadar wrote on Feb 9th, 2009 at 5:14pm:
>sigh<  okay, I'm an advocate because it works so well for most everyone who tries it, and it's the only thing that has helped me at all (I've gotten about a week at most of relief at a time, and I'm on some other meds that counterract it, but that's better than nothing.)

But can't I be supportive of something I believe in for the simple fact of the amazing statistics on it?  Why do you feel the need to pick apart my post, like you've caught me in a lie or something?  That really makes me sad.

Yes, that adds up to about 18 hours a day.  some days are better, some are worse, but that's the average.  I put that on there to remind some folks of why I'm here...for support for a horrible disease that's tearing my life and my family apart.  Now, are you satisfied?

Sadder, More Depressed Paige



If the meds don't work, why are you taking them?  Why not just use what works for you?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by UnderTheRadar on Feb 9th, 2009 at 7:15pm
That's the point- nothing works for me!  :D

Let me clarify, though...(I just hate writing long posts, because I know what a pain they can be to read, so I've tried to be brief and give cliff's notes- but I'm always pleasantly surprised when you folks seem to really pay attention to what I've been going through!  :'(  I'll try to keep it concise, though.)

Okay, so this cycle started in June, and worked it's way up in intensity and regularity to where I was having regular 2-3 hour long hits about 6 times a day; but mine ramp up and down less abruptly than most of you, AND it seems to have turned on my migraines full-blast- so there's been the nauseous migraine stuff every day in the background.

My doc tried everything she could throw at me, including oxygen several times; stuff either makes me sick, or I have no reaction at all.  Keep in mind, too, that I've already tried all the usual migraine meds over the years for the migraines (a lifelong prob for all the women in my family) and none worked...also, my suspected first cycle ever 3 years ago they said "migraines" and tried it all and nothing worked for it then, either.  Same pattern- about 6 or 7 months of all day long pain.

So far, the only things that have helped at all:
1) my ADD meds.  This could be interesting.  First I was on Vyvanse, a time-release pro-drug; when the cycle started, my body started blazing through the stuff, and instead of 12 hours it was lasting about 3.  So she switched me over to instant release Dextroamphetamine (adderall generic) and I was dosing 40mg three times a day.  As I would acclimate to the drug throughout the day, hits would break through, but for the morning to about 2pm I would be (relatively) okay...BUT it took a tremendous toll on my body.  :P

2)Floricet.  I know, I know, narcotics=bad.   :D I would only take it once in a while, and it did help some; unfortunately, it would make it VERY hard to get up in the morning, or function much at all, so it was only a last resort when I really needed a break.  However, it's inconclusive as to whether it was helping the CH or just helping the overall crap factor.

3)the hallucinogens.  I've dosed 5 times now, twice with shrooms and 3 times with RC seeds.  Each time I do it, I'll get from one to two weeks of reprieve from both the CH and the migraines; but I'm on zoloft, and it's a pain in the patoot to detox, so I've been stingy about doing it...also, I don't look forward to the seeds because they taste SO BAD!!!  ;D  However, I feel so great after the shrooms, both emotionally and physically, that I think I'm going to get a grow kit (it's been way too dry around here to find much.)  Somewhere on the board I've spoken more about my history with them, so I won't go into that again.

So that brings me to the present day- after the toll it all took on me last semester (and doing 12 hours of studio art classes)  I'm dialing it back.  I'm back on a normal dose of the ADD meds,  i stopped using the Floricet, and I'm taking occassional dramamine to take the edge off the nausea (I've also cut all my Graphic Design classes so I'm not on the computer as much.)  

My next plan is to start getting more regular and frequent with my shroom or seed dosing.  I thought again that i had kicked it after my last seed dose, but it's back...and now the pattern and style of hit is changing...as of the past few weeks, I really can't tell what's going on.  But I've gotten bitten so many times after thinking it was over that I'm loathe to make any predictions.  Like yesterday was hell- I got a hit at 9am and it lasted all day; but today was pretty okay until about 4pm.  :-?  

The good news is that I've gotten in with DARS here on campus, and they are looking into what they can do to help.  They might at least be able to get me in to see a neurologist and and get the diagnosis down pat.  My doc is pretty confident, but as a University Health Center GP she doesn't feel she has the authority to push this much more.  

>phew< So that's where I'm at...hopefully with DARS I can get somewhere, and maybe with more regular dosing I can kick the beast.  And I'm sorry if I sound gruff sometimes;  actually, half the time I'm just being funny, but it doesn't come off so well in type, does it?  ;D  And some days I can't cope much at all...but we all know about that all too well.  You know, my therapist is in awe of each and every one of you; he deals with chronic pain patients a lot, but had never run across CH before, and he is amazed at the strength and tenacity of this group of folks- he really gives us props for what we go through, and he totally agrees that no one but a fellow sufferer could understand what we go through.  And he is very grateful that I have a group like this to be a part of, and so am I.  :'(
Peace y'all,
Paige

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Feb 9th, 2009 at 8:13pm

UnderTheRadar wrote on Feb 9th, 2009 at 5:14pm:
But can't I be supportive of something I believe in for the simple fact of the amazing statistics on it?  Why do you feel the need to pick apart my post, like you've caught me in a lie or something?  That really makes me sad.

Yes, that adds up to about 18 hours a day.  some days are better, some are worse, but that's the average.  I put that on there to remind some folks of why I'm here...for support for a horrible disease that's tearing my life and my family apart.  Now, are you satisfied?

I'm glad you put down the gun before I asked you to.

I was really only trying to understand, not pick apart your post. And I'll only be satisfied if you can believe that there was nothing nefarious intended. Really.

I'm truly sorry you go through what you go through. As Samir from Office Space always says, "That is a suck."

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by KJ on Feb 9th, 2009 at 8:35pm
Damn, Paige....you are all messed up :)

Let's see....clusters, migraines, add, art student :)....wow. I bet that's like the half of it....

Just hang in there, and be 'radar', and you will have major support around here.  ;)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by UnderTheRadar on Feb 10th, 2009 at 1:59am
Like my new avatar, Brew?   ;D  I think that sums it up better than anything I've heard so far- "that is a suck."

Thanks, KJ- you've inspired me...maybe Paige is f'd up, but perhaps Radar can endure.  :D

Yeah, I've had a lifetime of failures from the ADD, and I had JUST started treating it for the first time; finally got to go back in school, moved in with fiance, baby boy's in kindergarten, things looking pretty swell; I thought I had finally beat ONE disease, only to have this pop up.  I still haven't come to terms with this by a long stretch... but I know there's plenty of you out there who've been there and done that, and hopefully we'll all make it to the day they find a cure, eh?  ;)

-Radar!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Feb 10th, 2009 at 6:57am

UnderTheRadar wrote on Feb 10th, 2009 at 1:59am:
Like my new avatar, Brew?

Yep, I love it! Go Samir!

Glad there wasn't any misunderstanding.

Now please return my red Swingline stapler, if you please.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Chad on Feb 10th, 2009 at 9:56am

arcticspirals wrote on Feb 8th, 2009 at 6:47pm:
Its something I have never tried, mostly fear I suppose. Having an addictive personality doesn't go well with pain relievers I am hesitant to try anything else. As of right now I limit myself to advils and my smokes. Not to mention work would have a fit...
Its a subject hard to find out about though, and it was interesting to read someones experience on it. Thanks for the input
The first time you try a hallucinogen it is scary, but once you feel you have control, it's okay.  As some have said, it's best to read clusterbusters to see if it is for you.  I have busted two cycles with shrooms a couple years back.
I keep them in the freezer now since I finally found a source.  I just did a 75 rc seed dose on Sunday night as preventative maintenence which I have been doing every other month.  I will say the seeds are easily to handle, but are horrible to get down the hatch.  The shrooms are easy to eat, but give you a more intense feeling.  I did them in college for fun before I was diagnosed with CH.
I realized that they stopped two different cycles after dosing.  It wasn't a coincidence either after finding this site.  I thought they would take my mind off the headache and not only did they do that, but they stopped the cycle.  

I have found nothing addictive about hallucinogens.  I'd rather only do them when I need to.  I can do seeds alone, but shrooms preferably with some friends because of the intensity.  It's all worth it to stop the pain :)

Good luck!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by arcticspirals on Feb 11th, 2009 at 12:47am
Thanks~ like I said, information is a blessing. Gives me ideas, areas to go search and explore.
I'm not an addict of more than smokes and embarrassingly~ computer games...but I worry I will find something as an escape instead of a cure. Which is why I consider my gaming an addiction.
I returned my first bottle of vicodin because I was taking one for foot pain and two for inlaws :)
I have been reading..alot ..and found out there is a new mushroom farm close by and she quietly mentioned she does medicinal's as well. I think I will take more time to research. Thanks for the info, and encouragement.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bryn on Feb 12th, 2009 at 9:11pm
As soon as I found out about psilocybin being a treatment I got my hands on some and was CH free for 2 1/2 years.
I bought an ounce last year and kept them in my freezer, then eventually ran out. Not only did the end of my bag lose its potency I failed to get enough in my system before my cycle started.
So, I started my cycle around the new year. I called a guy and he made me a prescription of Chocolates with a particular strong strain. Never had a problem finding them.
Chocolate has never been a trigger for me so im not sure that has much relevance here.  
I found dosing this way instead of loose shrooms was more reliable with amounts and potency and was an easy measurement for me.  
So I started eating quarters then moved up to half. I ate them everyday for 2 weeks. $200 bux later.
Granted I never "tripped ballz", I did take enough that I was plenty high.
And I would eat more than my normal amount before I went to bed, if I wasn't feeling up to being high.
So unfortunately this didn't break my cycle. Although I havnt had anything above a K6 this time around (very weird but very awesome).  Im wondering if I should eat more since its been 2 weeks since I last ate them and my cycle is now going on 6 weeks. Lame. Any Ideas?

Bryn.


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by UnderTheRadar on Feb 12th, 2009 at 9:32pm
I'm mostly "shadowing" in the 3-6 range now, constantly, with occasional breakthrough Satan hits (as of the last 2 weeks, that is...still no real pattern.)  And i get a migraine about two out of three days.  I'm wondering if dosing again will help.  

I must add that whatever these things are that I am calling shadows, they DO come with pain- I've seen some folks describe their shadows as all the symptoms but withOUT pain, but these do hurt- just nowhere near the thugs I've :-?been getting...but now the hits that do break through are like mack trucks- fast and hard.  :-?  It's been pretty damp around here lately, though, so maybe I'll get lucky this weekend!  ;)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by boinng on Feb 14th, 2009 at 10:27pm
I seriously believe that the use of Melatonin in combination with LSD/Psilocybin has made a significant difference to the busting of my cycle. Neither of the psychs were stopping the night-time headaches, which were much worse than daytime, because of the cold, lack of sleep and loneliness.

Taking 3mg Melatonin every night when I began the busting schedule had an immediate effect -  I stopped getting the night time headaches within a week, and for the first time in years began to get proper sleep, which at least gave me more strength to deal with the daytime ones.
Which suggests that for me at least, a Hypothalmic malfunction may well be the cause. I did also suffer from an overactive thyroid a few years ago, which whilst probably unrelated to the CH, fitted in with my generally 'amped-up' physiology. Ironically it was my thyroid specialist who prescribed Sumatriptan, as he actually knew more about CH than any of my GPs had!

However, I should repeat that it took a few years of testing before I got the sequence right. As I only get CH between September and December, there's obviously a long wait time before trying again, and although that's a pain-free nine months, the feeling of dread as the season loomed often outweighed the lack of pain. And failure to hit it was very frustrating, though the definite decrease in frequency and intensity made it definitely worth persisting.

The main benefit I've found through a weekly small dose is just a general 'tonic' effect, often remarked upon in literature, but rarely touched on now. As it's too small a dose to really alter behaviour, but enough to put a 'gloss' on a mood, I've actually found myself throughly enjoying things I would normally find a little dull, and managing social/personal situations better I feel, through the extra clarity and depth of perception it gave me, than I might have 'straight'.

As I mentioned, I consider myself a 'veteran' user of psychedelics, and have always been concerned that the intensity and 'quality' of the experience remain paramount, and so was always sceptical that regular low doses were of any use long-term.

Had I not suffered from CH I might never have made that link, but it still seems ironic to me that Albert Hoffman was searching for migraine remedies when he first synthesized LSD, and even then, wildly over-estimated the dosage. Had he taken ten time less than he did, and discovered the cure for cluster headache, but not had a psychedelic experience, how different might the world have been?

Would there still be a Summer of Love, I wonder...?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by UnderTheRadar on Feb 15th, 2009 at 1:16am
That's an interesting thought- yeah, what if they had pegged it as a cure before they realized the potential for hallucinatory effects?  Of course, eventually somebody would have figured it out, but maybe it wouldn't have been lost as a treatment option...oh well, we'll never know!!  :D

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by boinng on Feb 16th, 2009 at 8:08am
Wondered if anyone had any thoughts on the angina/CH remission issues? I have an appt. booked for later in the month to do a treadmill/ECG test, so should get more info then. However, in the last two weeks, and especially in the last week, I've had almost complete cessation of the 'angina' symptoms. I've been taking a daily aspirin as suggested by the GP, but could it really have that dramatic an effect already?

Anyway, here's the abstract of the article I found that piqued my interest in angina and CH:

START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE

We report on eight patients with episodic CH and coexistent effort-induced angina pectoris. Cases 1-6 had been free of their headaches for many years but got recurrence of CH within a few weeks after the administration of long-acting organic nitrates (isosorbide-dinitrate, isosorbide-5-mononitrate or slow-release GTN) aimed at treating their chest pains. These nitrate-induced headache periods were more severe and had a longer duration than the previous spontaneous ones. Furthermore, one of the subjects and two additional cases experienced a marked reduction of their anginal attacks during successive CH periods.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by coach_bill on Mar 15th, 2009 at 4:34pm
ttt

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by HSJones on Mar 16th, 2009 at 8:31am
[size=18][/size]I think that I will wait until the FDA approves hallucinogenics before trying them.  There are very valid reasons that LSD, etc., are illegal and until they are legal and are a proven method of "curing" CH, taking psychodelic drugs can have some very serious medical problems-I think that the 1970s proved that.  I agree with you 100% Michael.

Patiently Waiting,

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by [joHnny]w_ an_h on Mar 17th, 2009 at 1:34am

HSJones wrote on Mar 16th, 2009 at 8:31am:
[size=18][/size]I think that I will wait until the FDA approves hallucinogenics before trying them.  There are very valid reasons that LSD, etc., are illegal and until they are legal and are a proven method of "curing" CH, taking psychodelic drugs can have some very serious medical problems-I think that the 1970s proved that.  I agree with you 100% Michael.

Patiently Waiting,

yeah i can understand that. i think timothy leary gave the use of psychedelics a bad rep witch is a shame because it's highly effective.

it seems to me that with all the complications that come from legal drugs lsd and mushrooms are physically healthier. think about all the heart problems associated with imetrex  and that's only a temporary fix. if your clinically depressed the lsd could be a bit much. but with the mushrooms you don't have to use enough of the to "trip" and even at a low dose it still works. i can't comment on the seeds i've never used them.

yes this treatment is illegal but is legitimate. besides that i refuse to recognize laws created by lobbyist paid by drug companies so the they can keep selling you drugs that just kinda work and what they continuously charge for imetrex so you can get some temporary relief is disgusting.  




Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by frisbee on Mar 19th, 2009 at 3:11am
Yikes! Some thread...

FWIW, I shortened my last cluster (October 97?) just after "mid-term" with RC seeds. Had a whopper the day after dosing...but could tell something was going on.

Just starting a new cluster, and hit it with seed tea last Sunday. Nothing till today and I'll dose again in an hour or so. Will the seeds be the savior for me? Way too soon to tell, but I can find no reason not to try--since I am immoral and unethical and criminal.

I know this is true because there is a little hand-written note on the legally purchased 1000 seed packet saying "Not for human consumption." ;)

FTR, Bob, your original post was not at all abrasive, quite the opposite,  and it's great to see all the supportive posts. Whether the seeds do the trick or not I would like to publicly give thanks as well. You gently and succinctly answered my 1997 emails apparently simply out of the goodness of your heart. Pretty sure I know what do do this time around--if my seeds from a 18 months ago are still good...;)

(and I've ordered a O2ptimask as well--O2 works wonders for me as does exercise)

Your work has probably helped more people in more important ways than anybody I can think of. Of course, I hang out with fellow criminals, so you don't have a lot of competition, but still...;)

Cheers,
Kirt



Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by frisbee on Mar 19th, 2009 at 3:13am
Oops...I meant October 2007, not 97...

Kirt

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by southwalessunshine on Mar 24th, 2009 at 6:10am
Hi all,
I read a little on this subject back last year but put it to the back of my mind because although I do have a problem with illegal substances I was newly diagnosed after about 14 yrs suffering and hadn't even been given 02.  Since then i have tried verapamil which turned me into a zombie with a killer headache on top of my CH and migraine.  I was supposed to get a flu jab and turned up at the docs and they refused to give it to me and then admitted me, I was in such a shape!  Now I'm on Epilim which has reduced the attacks that last for days on end.  However I still get kip 5 or 6 pretty much every day about tea time and a kip 8 or above once a week.  i use 02, sumatriptan tablets and injections.  I tried cold showers, hot showers, energy drinks, coffee, can't even contemplate exercise and cannot leave my bedroom.
I recently came off the Epilim as Inhave outlined in my recent post entitled contraceptive link. The beast pounced and I realised I need the Epilim to cope.  However I still am like a zombie every night.  I'm fed up of missing putting my little lad to bed and being able to help my 16 yr old with her GCSE revision etc.  I cannot hold down a job as it stands and am feeling worthless.  As I said the Epilim is approx halfing it so I do feel lucky to a certain extent...and feel guilty in a way that I want to feel better.  I feel that I have fought hard to get this much relief so maybe I should just accept and be grateful.  Or maybe that's my excuse for not having the guts to try the seeds etc?  
I am so interested in this and believe people have relief and wish I could make myself try it.  My main problem is that it's illegal.  Most of the posters here are in America and I read that some states have it legal for meds, that's not so here in the UK.  Although in my area I'm pretty sure I could get it easily.  The other problem Im have is that my ex was a regular user of cannabis, mushrooms, and it ended badly because of his paranoia, violence etc.  Also my mother is a drug addict, I have seen her in some terrible states, high, suicidal, she's bloated, her teeth have fallen out from rubbing drugs in her gums, suffers from bad vomiting and gets hospitalised, and she's a morphine and methadone addict.  I know some will point out that seeds and shrooms are not the drugs my experience is with, but in my head I just see a title of illegal drugs and think of the state of my mother.  I kinow if I took the step to take seeds or shrooms to help my CH I wouldn't be the same as my mother but I have a massive hurdle to jump in my head.
As soon as I finish this post I'm going to clusterbusters to re read the info.  But I am so scared to take this step yet so eager.
x

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by [joHnny]w_ an_h on Mar 25th, 2009 at 8:25pm
well you don't have anything to lose. it doesn't show up in a drug test at least non that i've taken and i'e taken over 100. if you do it be sure to research clusterbusters.com for best results. about 2 weeks after you bust no more ch. i,ve been pain free for over a year now.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by ClusterChris on Mar 26th, 2009 at 1:38pm
Howdy Folks.

Been a while. I just had to make a post here. I started reading the clusterbuster site a few years back and one day a couple years ago i said what the hell, and ordered some spores.  I grew them in my basement cellar, dried them and vacuum packed to be saved for my next cycle.  a few months later i was having, what I believe to be shadows. I went straight to the mushrooms and grapped one small cap, chewed it up and that has been it for ch for almost two years now. I just keep doing that same thing. If i feel the slightest bit like i am having a shadow, I eat 1 small peice. To this day i may have had to eat them maybe 5 times.  There is definately something to this. I was an imetrex junkie till now! No more 4 vials a day.  

It may be illegal, but who the hell cares. If it works. If they made imitrex illegal, would you stop using it if you had access to some?

Just my opinion.     Can somebody from clusterbusters drop me an e-mail when they get a chance I have a quick question.


Chris

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by midwestbeth on Mar 26th, 2009 at 3:13pm
I was also an imitrex junkie before rc seeds.  I know the imitrex was causing rebounds and making the pain worse as time went on.  Since detoxing from all meds and relying only on rc seeds and 02, I have been mostly pf.  Still get the occasional k-6 or 7 and some shadows, but I can live with that.  

Beth :)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by coach_bill on Mar 26th, 2009 at 8:22pm
Im kinda going  thourgh some of the same things beth. I get shadows from time to time, I do my seeds every six weeks or so and i have not gotten 1 hit above a small kip 6. I truely hope this is the anwser for me. ( knock wood, Wait, where's some wood? Where's the GOSH DARN WOOD!!?? someone please give me some wood.) :D

                                           Coach Bill

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by josh on Mar 26th, 2009 at 8:48pm
when i first started reading this thread, i was a little disturbed. a read the first couple of pages before my eyes started to hurt, lol. anyway, i just wanted to throw in my two cents worth.

just to get things out there that might have been over looked, i want to add this -

acid has the potential to change your life for the worse as well!

i did a lot of it and used to be a whole lot smarter before doing it. not to mention is has the potential to really mess up the way you view life and your perception of reality. i have no problem with people trying to find new ways to get rid of their CH's but they really need to fore warned about the possible non reversible side affects of this drug!

just as an example of my point here - i used to be way smarter than my sister "way smarter!". (no offense, sarah - hehe) a few years back, she graduated form berkley(with honers) with everything she needed to get into medical school she decided to be done with school and went another route. ok, so now i work in a saw mill with out even a high school diploma. i always wanted to engineer or something like that. now i can barely hold a thought long enough to do what i'm told at work... not even to mention that time i never really came back after dosing.

edit - i think i know what i'm going to after the next time i go to the coast. how the hell am i going to explain the is my wife? honey - we've goota stop by the square and pick up some shrooms, ok? - they'll help w/ my CH's...

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by ClusterChris on Mar 26th, 2009 at 11:23pm
Hey josh,

Not sure if its the same for everyone, but when I use them, the amount is so small that I feel absolutely no effect from it at all. And from what I've read there should be no need to take near the amount a recreational drug user would to get the "HIGH" from it.

Chris

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Pinkfloyd on Mar 26th, 2009 at 11:46pm

josh wrote on Mar 26th, 2009 at 8:48pm:
i used to be way smarter than my sister "way smarter!". (no offense, sarah - hehe) a few years back, she graduated form berkley(with honers) ...


I used to be a lot smarter than my parents. Then I grew up.

You obviously weren't smarter than your sister if you burned yourself out on too many acid trips. Plus, and I'm just guessing, that acid wasn't your only form of recreation.

Just sayin.... ::)

Using psychedelics to treat clusters in not at all like using it recreationally. The doses are normally less than 1/4th of a recreational dose. The doses of seeds used is probably more like 1/20th.

That said, considering your history and current state of mind, I would suggest you NOT even try the lower doses to treat your clusters.

Bobw
P.S. ClusterChris...please ask your question here or feel free to send me a PM....or email.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by dougW on Mar 27th, 2009 at 1:05am
I got Chris on a PM
Us Canadians gotta stick together.  'Eh.   :-)

Doug

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by midwestbeth on Mar 27th, 2009 at 12:17pm
I have never even felt the slighteset twinge of a "trippy" feeling from dosing with seeds.  I always dose right before bed and sleep like a baby.  The side effects I experienced from Rx meds is an entirely different story.  I'll stick to seeds and 02.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by josh on Mar 27th, 2009 at 10:59pm

Pinkfloyd wrote on Mar 26th, 2009 at 11:46pm:

josh wrote on Mar 26th, 2009 at 8:48pm:
i used to be way smarter than my sister "way smarter!". (no offense, sarah - hehe) a few years back, she graduated form berkley(with honers) ...


I used to be a lot smarter than my parents. Then I grew up.

You obviously weren't smarter than your sister if you burned yourself out on too many acid trips. Plus, and I'm just guessing, that acid wasn't your only form of recreation.

Just sayin.... ::)

Using psychedelics to treat clusters in not at all like using it recreationally. The doses are normally less than 1/4th of a recreational dose. The doses of seeds used is probably more like 1/20th.

That said, considering your history and current state of mind, I would suggest you NOT even try the lower doses to treat your clusters.

Bobw
P.S. ClusterChris...please ask your question here or feel free to send me a PM....or email.


well, guess it goes to show i didn't know the whole story before i posted. i was under the impression that you actually needed to do more to achieve the desired effect.

edit x2 - sorry guys, i read a lot more on the subject and now have a completely different opinion.

on another note, has anyone heard of someone getting busted for trying to treat their CH's? lol

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by mezza on Mar 27th, 2009 at 11:09pm
[quote author=4E4D4551544F4A1619210 link=1212882305/292#292 edit - wait a second, you guys are making this stuff? watch out for the feds![/quote]


uh no... not me.... I think you should go to the clusterbusters website and read a little more to gain a better understanding.  I am not sure you have it quite yet.

Kelly

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by josh on Mar 27th, 2009 at 11:12pm

mezza wrote on Mar 27th, 2009 at 11:09pm:
[quote author=4E4D4551544F4A1619210 link=1212882305/292#292 edit - wait a second, you guys are making this stuff? watch out for the feds!



uh no... not me.... I think you should go to the clusterbusters website and read a little more to gain a better understanding.  I am not sure you have it quite yet.


Kelly[/quote]

see above 'edit'

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by vig on Mar 31st, 2009 at 2:20pm
Treatment with Psilocybin has been the most effective, least expensive solution I have ever found for dealing with Cluster HeadaCHes.




Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by chris420 on Mar 31st, 2009 at 2:29pm
im a little late on this one.....after i read that shroomz worked keeping the beast at bay we found chris some shroomz. we ate them and ive had like 4 hits since then. i feel if i dose again i will knock this one out. last year i ate shroomz for 4 months, just for fun, and i didnt have a cycle. this year i had a cycle start and i aborted it with 1 dose 3 months into the cycle. after all ive been through, im sold on the shroomz. i never want to take another pill as long as i live. besides, my body cant take anymore. clusterbusting is the way to go in my opinion.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by kingsiren on Apr 10th, 2009 at 2:32pm
I just started a new post extolling the virtues of the R.C. Seeds. Sorry, i should have read more forst  and I would hve seen this long wondeful thread.

The RC Seeds worked for me. I had some shadows 2 weeks ago, dosed and they left. I have some mild shadows today so Im gonna dose again. I use 50 seeds. I do not get high. I do not hallucinate. I do not dress up in a wig 7 a sundress and sell my body to get money to get more seeds. It does not turn me into a foam at the mouth junkie. It gives me relief from the most horrible torture I have ever experienced in my life. I do not feel immoral, nor criminal. I feel blessed that this treatment has worked for me and thank God 7 all the other clusterBusters who have shown me a way to help myself!!!!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by imacane on Apr 13th, 2009 at 10:01pm
I can and will stand up and be counted.  Here's my story, not unlike many before me.  I spent 14 years of my life a chronic.  I tried every possible remedy suggested by the 4 neurologists, 2 pain management Drs., 1 anesthesiologist, 2 different styles of acupuncturist, internists etc.   I visited.  There were so many prescriptions I actually lost count and sadly, the only relief, a temporary one at that was the prednisone.  We all know that party must end almost as soon as it's started. I was at my wits end when I went for the Occipital nerve block. The first one didn't work though the crunching under my scalp was an interesting experience, the second time (was I crazy to try again) I was injected with Botox. Again, no luck.  It was on this board approximately 2 years ago that I saw mention of Dr. John Halpern, research using psychedelics as a preventative remedy. I did contact Dr. Halpern and was introduced to Clusterbusters.  Here's the facts, I was scared to try mushrooms, I was worried about the legalities, at the time I had teenage children at home, my wife councils children in the high schools system with drinking and drugging problems, I could see all the reasons not to try, but I was sick, real sick with cluster episodes 4-6 times each day.  The quality of my life was gone and when I wasn't in excruciating pain I was worked up and worried knowing my next cluster was soon to arrive.  Sound familiar? Frightened and wondering if I could actually last a week with out any medications I bit the bullet had one of the worst weeks in my life and started the mushrooms in low doses. It took 4 doses, each 5 days apart before I showed any signs of success.  First I passed a time where I always had a cluster, then a day and on and on until I went 4 months pain free.  Interestingly, I broke a finger and that physical stress brought on a cycle.  I made some mushroom tea and again, after a few doses I was headache free.  I now am on a maintenance program and the clusters stay away.  No more trex injections, prednisone or blocks.  Oh and by the way I did discuss this with the family and there response was clear... they would rather I try anything including breaking the law than to watch me bang my head, scream and cry, pull my hair out and think of ending it all.  Good luck to all of you that read this message, perhaps mushrooms are worth try.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Jackie on May 1st, 2009 at 8:45am
We are most happy to stand up and be counted.

Over many years Blake has taken dozens of drugs, both preventative and abortive.  He felt they were slowly killing him and I believed it.  The clusters were terrible but the drugs were stealing his soul.

He went into remission for a couple years.  This was after 15 years of being chronic........then they came back.

We decided it was time for the alternative.  We did our homework and asked a lot of questions.  We had a lot of help from some very learned people.  Thanks to you all.  Then we started the dosing routine.....8 doses to date.

It is by far the BEST thing we've ever done for a treatment.  The beast still lets us know he's hanging around but it's NOTHING like before.  Blake runs his ass (the beast) off with a few snorts of miracle 02, coffee or energy drinks.  Our plan is to keep dosing the SOB until we totally stomp him (to quote a friend).

I know this isn't for everyone, for different reasons,  but it's been a miracle for us.

Life is good   :)

Love and PF Wishes to you all...
Jackie




Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by JDH on May 1st, 2009 at 9:50am

Jackie wrote on May 1st, 2009 at 8:45am:
We are most happy to stand up and be counted.

Over many years Blake has taken dozens of drugs, both preventative and abortive.  He felt they were slowly killing him and I believed it.  The clusters were terrible but the drugs were stealing his soul.

He went into remission for a couple years.  This was after 15 years of being chronic........then they came back.

We decided it was time for the alternative.  We did our homework and asked a lot of questions.  We had a lot of help from some very learned people.  Thanks to you all.  Then we started the dosing routine.....8 doses to date.

It is by far the BEST thing we've ever done for a treatment.  The beast still lets us know he's hanging around but it's NOTHING like before.  Blake runs his ass (the beast) off with a few snorts of miracle 02, coffee or energy drinks.  Our plan is to keep dosing the SOB until we totally stomp him (to quote a friend).

I know this isn't for everyone, for different reasons,  but it's been a miracle for us.

Life is good   :)

Love and PF Wishes to you all...
Jackie


SWEET!
I hadn't talked to ya'll for a couple of weeks and was wondering how Blakes head was doing. This is great news Jackie, you made my day!.   [smiley=sayyes.gif]
Here's to hoping Blake drops that MF like a bad habit once and for all. [smiley=me&mb.gif]

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Jackie on May 1st, 2009 at 10:20am
Thanks, Jim..... :-*  You noticed I quoted you with the 'stomp him'... ;)

Take care and love to you and Sue.

Jackie

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Beastfodder on May 11th, 2009 at 6:49pm
Goodness what a popular topic.

Been away for ages and am so delighted to see Bob still doing his thing and the momentum and professionalism it's gathering.

Reason I've been away?

Same reason I'm delighted Bob's still doing his thing.  Thank you.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Dr.mike on May 13th, 2009 at 2:33pm
Bobw.
Thanks for a very interesting post. I notice that all you are trying to do is help fellow clusterheads by sharing what you have found to be an effective treatment.

Unlike some in our community I don’t give a damn whether the legislators deem a medication legal or illegal. If there is a possibility that it can relive our suffering I will obtain it and trial it.

Guys we suffer from the worst pain the human body can endure, other humans when reaching levels of pain far below what we experience will pass out, or in some cases die from shock, one of the peculiarities of our condition is that we can do neither. In fact one danger of being a clusterhead is on the operating table; The beast will wake you up whilst anesthetised. Imagine waking to a Kip 10 during a kidney transplant, on second thoughts don’t.

And despite this some of you are against trying what could be an effective treatment, because it’s illegal in your country?

What is illegal is the misuse of certain medication (Drugs) this is for the protection of those who would abuse these, and those who would be affected adversely by substance abusers.
What I find strange is that when a medication is deemed illegal, due to misuse, the ban is draconian in that it also affects usage as a genuine medicine in the treatment of ailments. Look at the furore surrounding the trails of medicinal marijuana.
This means that drugs which help to alleviate certain conditions are dismissed out of hand because they fall into the illegal category, thank God Morphine was used as a legitimate pain killer, before it was abused or else that may have been banned too.

Well Clusterbuddies this is one guy who is not going to let the ignorance of blind judiciary stop me from dealing with the beast.
Bobw is not advocating Muti medicine or human sacrifice, just trying certain meds which have been stigmatised by a few weak minded idiots misusing them.

My experience; I have tried mushrooms (we call them magic mushrooms) and  LSD (under medical supervision), and Bobw I am one of those it failed. In desperation, and for a last attempt I stupidly  took 6 acid tabs, I started with the green glowing outlines, went very trippy happy had an attack and  hit my kip 10. The beast asked me what did I think I was doing and gave me a damned good kicking. I was just left with the after effects, which were similar to whiz, so no sleep afterwards which I found rather irksome. So endeth another trail…….

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Bob P on May 13th, 2009 at 2:39pm
Hey Doc, you probably did it wrong! ;)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Dr.mike on May 13th, 2009 at 2:54pm
bobp
Only at the end.
My trail was supervised; I may be crazy, but i'm not insane.....Yet.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Bob P on May 13th, 2009 at 5:02pm
Just a little inside joke I've got going with BobW.  Sorry to hear it didn't do the trick for you.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by sylverstar on May 13th, 2009 at 5:29pm
Yikes!  Is this true that Clusters break through anesthesia?  I hadn't heard about that!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by chrisw on May 13th, 2009 at 10:59pm
wow,  look at all the times this post has been read.  amazing!!!,  Busting didnt work for me,  but I was unable to get off of all of my other meds before I tried it.   I would try it again in a heartbeat though, if I didnt have to take anti seizure drugs.(they seem to block the effects for me)

The success stories are wonderful, and very uplifting. :D :D :D

christinew

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Pinkfloyd on May 14th, 2009 at 12:18am

chrisw wrote on May 13th, 2009 at 10:59pm:
The success stories are wonderful, and very uplifting. :D :D :D

christinew


Yes, and it's also good to hear from those that weren't successful, as thats how we can learn.
The more we learn, the higher we hope to get the success rate.

Sorry it didn't work for you Christine and Dr.Mike. Thank you for your contributions.

As our research expands, hopefully we'll come up with some new alternatives. Maybe even something for BobP ;-)


Bob

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by midwestbeth on May 14th, 2009 at 10:09am

sylverstar wrote on May 13th, 2009 at 5:29pm:
Yikes!  Is this true that Clusters break through anesthesia?  I hadn't heard about that!


Yes, ch did break through the anesthesia during my surgery to remove my thyroid.  It was like dreaming the ch pain, but I could not wake up.  The surgery was supposed to be as an outpatient, but since they had such a hard time getting me to wake up after surgery, they kept me overnight.  I'm sure it was all due to me being in high cycle and as sleep deprived as I have ever been.  Unfortunately, in the hospital, they love to wake you up just to give you a sleeping pill or shot for pain.  >:(

Beth


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Dr.mike on May 16th, 2009 at 12:45pm
Sorry to go a little off topic here. (maybe a new thread is needed).

One of the problems about CH and anesthesia is that when we do wake during an op' the doctors do not know what the hell is happening, they take our pain fueled thrashing as a seizure caused by an  anaesthetic problem. So unfortunately these incidents do not get logged as CH, and it's a bit difficult telling them when you are dead.
When going in for surgery we need to declare this condition and warn the operating team of the possible occurrences. As we can predict our attacks surgery can be scheduled between these.
MIke

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on May 16th, 2009 at 3:01pm

Quote:
As we can predict our attacks surgery can be scheduled between these.

Mind if I give you a call the next time I have to go under the knife? You can help me figure out what to tell the surgeon.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by [joHnny]w_ an_h on May 16th, 2009 at 3:55pm

Brew wrote on May 16th, 2009 at 3:01pm:

Quote:
As we can predict our attacks surgery can be scheduled between these.

Mind if I give you a call the next time I have to go under the knife? You can help me figure out what to tell the surgeon.


yeah i'm the same way. my attacks don't follow any kind of schedule though some of us do. ive never had an attack break through while busting though. perhaps in the future busting will become legal and can be used along with anesthesia.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Pinkfloyd on Jun 8th, 2009 at 1:40am
Bump  ;)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by MattyAA on Jun 13th, 2009 at 6:50am
I haven't tried yet the method but another sufferer from Poland who I told about this method tried Morning Glory seeds so far 2 weeks painfree, so another one to stand up and be counted.

EDITED BY MattyAA:

Actually it was product called Druid Fantasy, capsules that contain Morning Glory, Magnesium, Taurine to be precise, he took first 2 capsules (recreational dose is 6 capsules) 1 capsule at begining and second 1 hour after, his hits from 1.5 per day turned into 1 per two days and the pain level was lower, after 5 days (Since he used tips from cluster busters) he dosed 4 2 at time then 1 hour later 2 another, this time he felt nausea and a bit heavy as he described, but his hits stopped from occuring, he did trigger test and nothing happened, he will soon make an account here and say his story hopefuly, as I asked him, I will try also together with him to make this method more popular in Poland, but for that we need to translate articles and for that we need agreement from all doctors and Bob Wold and others who contributed to the case.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by MJ on Jun 14th, 2009 at 12:39am
Three years and 7 months now pain free with only a few minor breakthroughs using precision dosing with RC (Rivea Corymbosa) seeds.

34 years to find a life without pain. Its amazing I used to think it was only a fantasy to be able to live this way as since the age of 17 I had not experienced life without some aspect of the beast in it.

I still remain alert to every little twitch in my head and continue to wait  to be hit again but the hits never come because I have licked the beast every time and hope I will continue to do so. Life is good.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by kamil on Jun 18th, 2009 at 4:35am

Quote:
I haven't tried yet the method but another sufferer from Poland who I told about this method tried Morning Glory seeds so far 2 weeks painfree, so another one to stand up and be counted.

EDITED BY MattyAA:

Actually it was product called Druid Fantasy, capsules that contain Morning Glory, Magnesium, Taurine to be precise, he took first 2 capsules (recreational dose is 6 capsules) 1 capsule at begining and second 1 hour after, his hits from 1.5 per day turned into 1 per two days and the pain level was lower, after 5 days (Since he used tips from cluster busters) he dosed 4 2 at time then 1 hour later 2 another, this time he felt nausea and a bit heavy as he described, but his hits stopped from occuring, he did trigger test and nothing happened, he will soon make an account here and say his story hopefuly, as I asked him, I will try also together with him to make this method more popular in Poland, but for that we need to translate articles and for that we need agreement from all doctors and Bob Wold and others who contributed to the case.



Hello everybody. I'm new here. I'm 39 years old. I have been episodic for 12 years. It's me that Mattyaa wrote about.
Yes, count me.
The period lasted 8 weeks, average 1.5 attacks / day, average kip 7. It was longer than before so I decided to try something different. My choice was RC seeds (or HBWR seeds) but these are unavailable in Poland. The only legal choice was Druid Fantasy containing LSA. It is legal for collecting purposes.
First dose (2 capsules) caused none psychedelic effects, the only effect was reduction of pain to 0.5 attacks / day kip 2.
Second dose after 5 days (4 capsules) and again no psychedelic effects with some nausea and heaviness. But the best is that I've been pain free for 3 weeks. And there is still no pain at all.
Bless the day I've found clusterbusters.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Sandy_C on Jun 18th, 2009 at 2:44pm
Like MJ, I too am over three years pain free with rc seeds.

I dose about every 60 days with just 12 seeds as maintenance.  If I get the slightest inkling that something is trying to happen, I dose with 35 seeds immediately and wait.  If no more tickles, back to the maintenance doses.  If the tickles continue, I dose again, five days later, with another 35 seeds.  The tickles always stop.

Over these three years with this method, I have had only four breakthrough hits, in the K5 to 6 range, each one easily aborted with O2.

This has changed my life.

Thank you Clusterbusters!

Sandy

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Chad on Jun 19th, 2009 at 7:14am

Sandy_C wrote on Jun 18th, 2009 at 2:44pm:
I dose about every 60 days with just 12 seeds as maintenance.  If I get the slightest inkling that something is trying to happen, I dose with 35 seeds immediately and wait.  If no more tickles, back to the maintenance doses.  If the tickles continue, I dose again, five days later, with another 35 seeds.  The tickles always stop.
Wow!  I guess I can tone it down a bit.  I've been eating around 60 seeds every month as maintenance.  I guess I can try cutting it back a bit,  ;D.  Once I hit mid August, i'll be exactly 1 year pain free.  Without rc seeds, I was good to have about 2 cycles per year lasting anywhere from 2-7 weeks each.  These seeds are my savior up to this point.  I keep shrooms in the freezer as back up.

Like Sandy said, I had a little
tickle the other week and busted that night and nothing has happened since.

I guess I just do too much in quantity.  The nausea is worth being PF.  I'm going to cut back to 25 or less each month.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Kevin_M on Jun 30th, 2009 at 9:54am
BEASTLY TIMES GAZETTE

Changing Era, Sad Ending, Travel Warning


Detroit - A boisterous crowd of scavenging gulls setting upon the Detroit River as it was making its way into Lake Erie attracted the curiosity of a nearby boater.  The passing view prompted a 666 call bringing beast homicide forensics to the scene.  It was one of our very own.
 
Autopsy reports revealed a gruesomely brutal and prolonged torture, while signs of a proud and mighty struggle also appear before a vibrant life was dumped from shore in the night.  The victim's broken bones, partially mended were heartlessly rebroken again and again.  Still discernable neck marks have signs of strangling to near unconsciousness and upon reviving, beaten again to a constant edge of death before the eventually succumbing end.  

The area in east Detroit had been a popular vacation romping site of unabandoned beastly freedom.  Lately though, it has taken on a very seedy atmosphere. ;) Remembered times circulated to keep this beast resort a habitual favorite many years.  

The avidly frequented, fun-time, tough and rumble bar scene took on a sudden uneasiness.  Interviewed last night, a last lingering beastly patron remembers, "Before I could finish my first beer I sensed an echoing sound like a beating heart coming from the floorboards.  A vision of being sealed alive in the wine cellar was felt like a shuddering, eerie wave.  I got the hell out."

"Wadded prescription receipts with a cocoon were stuffed in the victim's throat, signs presuming this person was seeking change", said inspector Beastbutt. "This person took their time, I'd estimate since April, and, curiously perverse, the liver was not intact."  A travel warning issued by the beast state deparment is now in effect while a deranged Lecter-like suspect may reside in the vicinity.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by MJ on Jun 30th, 2009 at 10:16pm
No doubt its a war we have been through.
Good to see the beastly crowd on the run. Its too bad he had to be mangled like that to realize the beast wont allways win.

Nice writing Kevin, had to read it twice before I was sure you werent doing big hits of LSD or...    8-)

I bet the beast battlers will be shooting off fireworks there by Cobo Hall in celebration soon along the Detroit River. (is that still there ?)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Kevin_M on Jul 1st, 2009 at 7:28am

MJ wrote on Jun 30th, 2009 at 10:16pm:
No doubt its a war we have been through.


A constant seedy barrage and a little attitude.     8-)



Quote:
had to read it twice


Just some poetic justice, or rather a Poe-tically justified homicide,



Quote:
I bet the beast battlers will be shooting off fireworks there by Cobo Hall


against a Detroit backdrop.

Freedom Festival time is sensational pf time.




   :)





Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by midwestbeth on Jul 1st, 2009 at 8:00am
I am now over one month pf!!  This is the longest I have gone without getting hit.  I do not consider myself chronic anymore.  I now go about life without thinking of the beast and when he might show up.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by JDH on Jul 1st, 2009 at 10:01am

midwestbeth wrote on Jul 1st, 2009 at 8:00am:
I am now over one month pf!!  This is the longest I have gone without getting hit.  I do not consider myself chronic anymore.  I now go about life without thinking of the beast and when he might show up.


You go girl!  [smiley=sayyes.gif]


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by SnowWhite on Jul 1st, 2009 at 6:22pm
Count me as one.  I wish there was some way to get stuff like this to help treat clusters.  Unfortunately too many people are afraid of these drugs and/or refuse to acknowledge the good effects.

I am able to stop mine for about 4 months after one use and I am cyclical and normally only have a month or a little longer between cycles.

Maybe one day it will be legal.  

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Pinkfloyd on Jul 1st, 2009 at 7:53pm

midwestbeth wrote on Jul 1st, 2009 at 8:00am:
 I do not consider myself chronic anymore.


:)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by zanychef on Jul 11th, 2009 at 7:42am
bumping
and adding 3 months pf now:)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by thebbz on Jul 31st, 2009 at 1:40pm
Bump, ended episode last of January first of Feb 09. Mushrooms did the trick again.
the bb :-?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by [joHnny]w_ an_h on Aug 9th, 2009 at 10:25am
20 months and counting [smiley=headbanger.gif]

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Chad on Aug 10th, 2009 at 7:28am
12 months an counting.....

I'll drink to that  ;D

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by [joHnny]w_ an_h on Sep 21st, 2009 at 5:44pm
[smiley=hiya.gif] bump

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Oct 7th, 2009 at 5:51pm
Hi all,

I suppose, if we're ever to change the legal status of perhaps the only truly effective therapy for this horrible affliction, that we should heed bobw's admonishment and "stand up and be counted."

This is the first time I've told our story publicly, but I think it's high time we joined the fray. I say "we" because I suffer along with my 25-year-old son Michael as he lays in his darkened room rocking, crying, sometimes screaming through 15-20 hours of every day. I'm 63 and retired so it's no trouble for me to be home to care for him.

His clusters began when he was 12 years old. We thought they were migraines since both my mother and I had them from our mid-teens till our early thirties. She had nothing to help her but by the mid-sixties I had found "Medihaler-Ergotamine" which remained in my pants-pocket till I was 30 and my migraines went away.

Michael was taking a shower when his first cluster struck. Like a lightning bolt, it knocked him to the ground (or rather, to the bottom of the bathtub). Scared the hell out of us! Over the next several years, he would have spells of headaches lasting from a couple of days to a couple of weeks. We tried all the drugs. Took all the tests. He was diagnosed with episodic cluster headaches about 8 years ago. Imitrex, oxygen and the narcotics all worked for varying lengths of time. The rest of them worked very little, if at all.

Then, about 4 years ago, he was involved in a particularly bad car accident where he suffered some head trauma. His headaches became chronic and increased exponentially in severity and duration. The pain was incredible. In the hospital, none of the drugs brought any relief - he was put into restraints and finally, with his neurologist's consent, an induced coma. After a week, when they brought him out of the coma, he seemed improved for a few days. Then they came back. We fired the neurologist and I took him to my pain doctor (I've had 5 vertebrae fused in my neck). He promised not to rest till he had eased Mike's suffering. And he has really tried. But to no avail. He currently has him taking 120mg. of methadone every day and it barely touches the pain.

Michael has what he calls a "background" headache which he carries around 24 hours a day. This "background" headache is interspersed with "spikes" which vary in intensity from the comparatively mild experience of feeling like someone is ripping out one of his eyeballs to that same experience intensifying till a lockjaw-like symptom occurs which precedes an abrupt loss of consciousness which can last from a few seconds to a few minutes. A "spike" usually wakes him about 4 o'clock in the morning. Any number of recurrences typically keep him abed till about 8 at night. He then gets up and watches a movie or two with his old man. Back to bed about 1 in the morning. That's his life. He can't work or go to school. He has no social life. His family's love has kept him from suicide. I respect and admire him more than you can imagine.

Then, a few months ago, I read an article in the journal "Neurology" entitled "Response of cluster headache to psilocybin and LSD." I now consider this article a "must read" for anyone suffering from, or caring for someone suffering from, the awful affliction of cluster headache.

I HAD to try this! I remembered these drugs from my "hippy" days - I grew up in the '60's - and knew that under the proper circumstances they could be taken safely, especially at sub-psychedelic dosages. So I tried to find some. I no longer take drugs recreationally, but I know people. I felt that with the people I know, along with the people my son knows, we were bound to be able to find something. No luck. We tried for nine months and couldn't find anything. Apparently, in Southern California at least, psychedelics have fallen out of favor.

Then, a couple of weeks ago, we got a phone call. Somebody knows a guy that knows a guy that knows a guy. He had heard of our plight and would give us a single dose of LSD for free. Whoopee!! I cut it in half. Michael took that half and we waited. 1/2 hour, nothing. 2 hours, 3 hours, nothing. We figured that he had either not taken enough - he experienced no psychedelic symptoms whatsoever - or that he was one of those people for whom the drug was ineffective.

Then, all of a sudden, Michael sat up, looked at me and said: "My headache's completely gone, background headache and all, completely gone." F___ing amazing! And it didn't come back, not even the background headache. We hoped that he might be one of the lucky ones who take one dose and the monster never returns. But such was not to be. On the fifth day it returned - with a vengeance. He had 5 glorious, headache-free days. He was full of joy and promise and hope. And then they came back. F___!! So far, we've been unable to find more psychedelics. But we will. And we know they work.

I find it utterly astonishing that our government is unwilling to allow legitimate testing to be conducted on these substances as they show such amazing promise in the fight against this devastating affliction that is responsible for so much suffering.

Best wishes for all,

Mike's Dad


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bejeeber on Oct 7th, 2009 at 8:54pm
Wow. That's a stunning tale of horror, with a glimmer of hope at the end.

Hey Bonkers, you know you can order psilocybin mushroom fungi legally and grow your own. At least you could last time I checked.

And have you looked into RC seeds? Another hallucinogen that  appears to be becoming the first choice amongst CH sufferers, especially since you could order some legally, have them overnighted, and be taking them the next day, no waiting around for stuff to grow.

Have you been checking out clusterbusters.com?

One more thing in case you're not aware, apparently some drugs, especially imitrex, can interfere with the effectiveness of hallucinogens, and should be "de-toxed" from before ingesting.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Oct 7th, 2009 at 9:09pm

bonkers wrote on Oct 7th, 2009 at 5:51pm:
I find it utterly astonishing that our government is unwilling to allow legitimate testing to be conducted on these substances as they show such amazing promise in the fight against this devastating affliction that is responsible for so much suffering.

Not true. Such testing has been going on at Harvard for several years now, and more (BOL, a non-hallucinigenic, bromide form of LSD) is planned for next year.

There is hope.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Oct 7th, 2009 at 9:15pm
Hi Bejeeber and thanks for the info. Even the spoors of psychedelic mushrooms are illegal in Calif. Too bad. This is the first I've heard of RC seeds, but I'll definitely look into them.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Oct 7th, 2009 at 9:21pm
Hi Brew and thanks for the correction. That's very good news.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Oct 7th, 2009 at 9:27pm
Dr. John Halpern heads the studies, at Harvard's MacLean Hospital. Do a Google search on him when you have a couple of minutes.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bejeeber on Oct 7th, 2009 at 10:38pm
Bonkers,

Sorry, I'm getting so used to everyone calling the seeds "RC" around here that I didn't think to mention their real name: Rivea Corymbosa.

Here's a link to a good thread for info on the subject including where to buy:

START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Chad on Oct 8th, 2009 at 6:58am

Brew wrote on Oct 7th, 2009 at 9:09pm:
(BOL, a non-hallucinigenic, bromide form of LSD) is planned for next year.

There is hope.
I can't wait for that.  I just read that somewhere on here or somebody PM'd me about it.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by gizmo on Oct 8th, 2009 at 7:23am

Brew wrote on Oct 7th, 2009 at 9:09pm:
Not true. Such testing has been going on at Harvard for several years now, and more (BOL, a non-hallucinigenic, bromide form of LSD) is planned for next year.

A small BOL trial was already done in Germany and I was lucky to be a part of it.
IMHO it works better than the seeds.
The seeds only give me a 4-8 weeks break (with still some hits), whereas the BOL gave me 6 months (with some minor hits in between).

Oliver

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by MattyAA on Oct 8th, 2009 at 11:35am
I am reporting for a friend that lives in Poland and has Cluster Headaches aswell, he reported in June he boosted his 8-9 long weeks cycle in 2 weeks with Druid Fantasy a mixed morning glory seeds with taurin capsules, he had oncomming next cycle in september and after 3 doses he boosted it again, so far so good hopefuly he canceled it.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bejeeber on Oct 8th, 2009 at 12:00pm

gizmo wrote on Oct 8th, 2009 at 7:23am:
A small BOL trial was already done in Germany and I was lucky to be a part of it.
IMHO it works better than the seeds.
The seeds only give me a 4-8 weeks break (with still some hits), whereas the BOL gave me 6 months (with some minor hits in between).
Oliver


WOW wow wow wow that is COOl and encouraging!   :o :)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Oct 9th, 2009 at 3:15pm
Many thanks to you Brew, and to you Bejeeber. Due to your kind suggestions, the RC Eagle should land shortly. Any help you can provide with proper usage will be greatly appreciated. Has a proper way to take these seeds been determined? I read where some people soak the seeds in cold water; others, in white wine; still others just chew 'em up.

One HUGE problem: My reading suggests that a 5-day detox is necessary. That may well be true in order to achieve optimum results; but it won't be possible. Michael will lose control - really, like need to be put into restraints to avoid injuring himself or someone else - if he needs to go more than 10-12 hours without methadone. It's not that he can't handle the withdrawal symptoms. The withdrawal is nothing. Methadone is the only thing that can take the edge off. It's the only medication he is currently taking - but he NEEDS it. So, if anyone has any experience taking the seeds on top of a narcotic I would really appreciate hearing from them. Thank you all. 

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Oct 9th, 2009 at 3:32pm
Can't help you with the detox thing.

Having never gone the RC route (or any other buster route, for that matter), I can only tell you what I've heard. Select the number of seeds that you feel is right for you, grind them up in a pepper mill selected just for this task (I would think Goodwill or Salvation Army thrift store), soak the ground seeds in a few ounces of H20 for a couple of hours, and drink it down. I don't think I'd want to chew them as they have a reputation for tasting awful. Spend the least amount of time on the taste buds.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Kevin_M on Oct 9th, 2009 at 4:00pm

gizmo wrote on Oct 8th, 2009 at 7:23am:
The seeds only give me a 4-8 weeks break (with still some hits),


Same results I had, back in 2005 and again this year.  Long enough to get tapered off verapamil, which was a goal, but unsustaining within a couple weeks after, giving it every chance for quite a while.  Next try would like to be with the BOL.  Thanks.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Marc on Oct 9th, 2009 at 4:07pm
Yeah, well I end up kind chewing the sludge mixture left in the bottom of the cup anyway. At least I do because I use a small amount of water hoping to get it over with quickly..........

Bonkers,

If the half dose of LSD did that well, I'd have him try 20-40 seeds anyway. They are so cheap, it's worth the experiment - or two or three or..........

However, I would first spend some serious time researching possible interactions of Metahdone with the seeds before proceeding.

Since I have absolutely no idea if there is a potential for a nasty collision, I certainly would not proceed without checking. But then I tend to take a conservative approach to medications/chemicals.

Marc

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Oct 9th, 2009 at 4:12pm
Hi Brew. Should one drink the ground-up seeds along with the water they've been soaking in?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bejeeber on Oct 9th, 2009 at 5:04pm

bonkers wrote on Oct 9th, 2009 at 4:12pm:
Hi Brew. Should one drink the ground-up seeds along with the water they've been soaking in?


Well that's the way I roll. They're just teeny tiny seeds, so it's like a little powder at the bottom of the cup. No biggie. They don't taste so bad IMO.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Oct 9th, 2009 at 5:26pm
So, at this point, this is what I've got planned for the 100 seeds I ordered:

I'm going to grind up 10 seeds, soak the powder in 1 cup of distilled, room-temp H2O for 2 hrs, have Michael imbibe the mixture, wait and see what happens.

If it works - cool! If not, we'll try again with 20 seeds, then 30 and finally 40.

That should provide a pretty fair test.

One thing: how long should we wait between each dose?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Chad on Oct 9th, 2009 at 5:59pm
Bonkers,

Please read START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE thoroughly about LSA/rc seeds and everything about it.  It will give info on preparing, how to detox, how long to wait before you dose again etc...  I think it's 3 days between doses, but I could be wrong.  You'll find many here to dose as they wish.  Some do it everyday while in cycle.  It took me a good couple of evenings after work reading about it before I actually dosing.
The best part about it is there is NO trippy side effects at least for me.

Best of luck!

Chad

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Oct 9th, 2009 at 6:18pm
Chad,

Thanks for the advise. We'll report back to this forum with our results as they come in. You've all been a great help and inspiration. With a little luck I think we'll be able to get my son his life back.

Best,

Mike's Dad

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bejeeber on Oct 9th, 2009 at 7:15pm

bonkers wrote on Oct 9th, 2009 at 5:26pm:
I'm going to grind up 10 seeds, soak the powder in 1 cup of distilled, room-temp H2O for 2 hrs, have Michael imbibe the mixture, wait and see what happens.


Mmmm 10 seeds seems a bit too underdosey to me. I think I started with 25, went to 50, never felt any alternate reality type effects.

When I asked how long to wait between doses I was getting  5 days as an answer from someone or other  :) around here who semed to know what they were talking about.  :)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Oct 10th, 2009 at 7:55pm
Hi All,

Well, it's 4:30 here and the Eagle has landed. We ground up 30 of the little buggers (used a plastic, 2-piece, screw-together pill crusher - the only thing we had 'cause we didn't want to wait) which are now soaking in a small glass of room-temp., distilled H2O. We'll wait 2 hrs. and chug 'em down.

Mike's headache's pretty bad today (I guess it's always pretty bad) but his last methadone was about 4:00 this morning and he's not going to take his afternoon meds till after we see how the seeds work; we'll just have to wait and see how well this stuff works on top of the meds - I'm hopeful since he had good success with the LSD and that also was on top of the methadone. I'll come back on line about 7:30 and report.

Please keep your fingers crossed.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Weatherman on Oct 10th, 2009 at 8:16pm
Fingers are crossed! Adding a prayer as well.

Good Luck!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Oct 10th, 2009 at 8:39pm
From everything I've heard, be prepared for the headaches to get a little worse before they get better.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Oct 10th, 2009 at 8:56pm
Anybody know about how long after ingestion to expect some sort of reaction?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by MJ on Oct 11th, 2009 at 3:09am
Bonkers he most likely will feel no reaction at all from the seeds.

The seeds depending on the person may take from 15 to 40 minutes to have an affect on someone.
They are thought to be about 1/100th the strength of a small LSD dose but dont let that disuade you as they are very powerfull all the same in the work they do against CH. and serotonin adjustments

The low dose methadone probably creates a stronger though similar feeling. But the narcotics work on different receptors I think.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Mauro149 on Oct 11th, 2009 at 8:07am
Count me in.

I am experimenting with psilocybin for the very frst time, after countless efforts and different cures with the goal of (at least) diminishing the number of hits.

In 10 years no other therapy worked as effectively and predictably beginning from the very first (and low) dose. In my case, side effects are nothing compared to most other therapies, and (again, in my case) there is no need to use psychoactive doses.

Medical research must go on, and bigot and ignorant prohibitionism must be proved wrong.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Sandy_C on Oct 11th, 2009 at 4:45pm
Bonkers,

I've been using the rc seeds for almost four years.

I'm episodic, with cycles every 12 to 18 months, each lasting for 8 to 16 weeks.  I know I am not, nor ever have been at the level your son is. 

When my cycle began, I ground up 35 seeds in a pepper grinder, soaked them in a shot glass of warm water for 2 hours, then chugged down the tea along with the small amount of what I call "sludge" in the bottom of the glass.  It's not the tastiest thing, but at 35 seeds I experienced absolutely no "high" and it worked for me.

I did have a couple of pretty bad hits for the next few days, but waited 5 days (some of us don't wait that long) before taking another 35 seed dose.  My cycle completely stopped the day after that second dose.

Another cycle a year later tried to start, and it only took one 35 seed dose to stop it.

I've been completely pain free for over three years!

I can't answer whether your son's need for methadone falls within the detox drugs, but if you go to START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE and go to their FAQ section, scroll down to section 4.1.2 which contains a pretty long list of meds that should, if at all possible be stopped before or while dosing.  This list is directed more toward mushroom therapy, but it might hold true with the rc seeds.

I am sincerely wishing that the seeds help Michael.  I can't remember seeing in this thread whether Mike has oxygen or not, so if I'm repeating something, please forgive me.  But, O2, with a non-rebreather mask and a regulator that flows at a minimum of 15 lpm (25 is better) has been proven to abort hits within minutes.  I highly recommend looking into O2 to help him through the hits that the seeds don't stop.

Please feel free to PM me and I'll help if I can.

Sandy




Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Oct 11th, 2009 at 5:57pm
Well, last night's first dose of 30 seeds produced no apparent effects in today's headaches - except perhaps a slight increase in severity. We probably won't wait 5 days to repeat but will instead try again on Tuesday. We'll try 45 seeds.

We tried O2 a few years ago with very limited success but were at that time not using a breathing apparatus as sophisticated as those now available. I think that at this time it would be worthwhile for me to put $50.00 together for a good mask and talk to Mike's Doctor about trying it again.

Thanks all for the support and the great information and ideas. Mike's in his room suffering right now, as he has since about 3 o'clock this morning; but I really sense that we're finally coming to the end of this horrible nightmare - in large part due to the kind hearts of the folks on this forum.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Oct 11th, 2009 at 7:36pm
The closer the two treatments are together, the less effective the 2nd treatment will likely be.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Oct 17th, 2009 at 2:38am
Is there anywhere in the world where LSD, psilocybin or psilocybe mushrooms are both available and legal? It might be worth the time and expense involved for some of us for whom those chemicals are particularly effective - especially those of us suffering from particularly severe C.H.'s.

Also, are there any legitimate human studies currently being conducted with C.H. patients and any of the major psychedelics that can be applied to with any hope of admittance?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by thebbz on Oct 20th, 2009 at 3:34pm
MAPS.org

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by CC2004 on Oct 28th, 2009 at 3:10am
bump - hello & thanks to all for this post.  I'm back, its been 5 years... I am fortunate that my cycles went from every two years to four, then the last two have been 5 years apart.  After success with waterx3 last time breaking my cycle, thats all Ive done this time but its not enough and the hits are ramping up.
So I came back here as I had made up my mind last time I would do the shrooms next time, even though I am afraid! Anyway it was great to hear of RC seeds so Im going to try that instead, just ordered them online - wish me luck!

So here I am, [smiley=eek.gif] nearly ready to be counted

Bonkers - how is Michael doing?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Oct 28th, 2009 at 4:42am
CC2004, thanks to the support and information supplied by the great folks on this forum, Michael is doing much better. He had a pretty tough day today but not like those he used to have. Had his next dose of r.c. seeds today. With a repeat performance of the day after his last dose - and a little luck - tomorrow should be much better. Thanks for your interest - and for the bump.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Nov 4th, 2009 at 5:39pm
Well, it's been 2 days since his last dose (60 seeds) and Michael's having a pretty rough time of it. The seeds don't seem to have helped at all. I'm beginning to wonder if his initial improvement wasn't just the result of his wanting so badly for them to work. I ordered another 100 seeds and intend for him to take 30-35 every 5 days till they're gone. Can't hurt.

Getting Medicare to pay for O2 therapy for Michael's CH's, particularly at the delivery level necessary for benefit, is going to be more trouble than it's worth. He'd have to take a lot of tests and it'd take a lot of time. Luckily, his Dr. wrote him an Rx for a non-rebreather mask and O2 at 15LPM and it'll only (only?) cost $80-$100 for us to rent the equipment/O2 necessary to find out if it'll work.

I've been thinking: what do you suppose we can do as a group to help provide people like my son Michael, who have found that the major psychedelics like LSD completely eliminate their CH's, with legal access to these chemicals? There's got to be something we can do as a group that's unavailable to us as individuals. I'm not a lawyer, but I bet there're a lot of lawyers out there with CH's who would put a lot of energy into finding a way to provide legal access if they knew that these illegal chemicals could totally eliminate their headaches.

BTW, how about that new National Geographic show on TV last night about LSD that had a big segment about CH's on it? I hope every Dr. and lawyer and Clusterhead on the planet got to see it! It's on again this Sat. and probably next week. Tell all your friends.

Title: !
Post by CC2004 on Nov 4th, 2009 at 6:36pm
TV has got to be the best way to get noticed surely.  What's the count on this thread?  Surely one of the TV networks would love to have a story on something as juicy and contraversial as this - 60 minutes or ...?  A well constructed letter could be just the thing.  Any CH lawyers been counted?  I certainly have known a few who enjoyed the recreational use  :D

BTW any chance someone could record that show for me on VHS?  I have never seen a thing on TV about CH here in NZ!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bejeeber on Nov 4th, 2009 at 9:54pm
Bonkers, really to sorry to hear that Michael is back in the grips of the beast.

I sure hope you're able to came across some strong anti-cluster agent such as the one that helped him before.


bonkers wrote on Oct 17th, 2009 at 2:38am:
Also, are there any legitimate human studies currently being conducted with C.H. patients and any of the major psychedelics that can be applied to with any hope of admittance?


I'm afraid the only US study I've heard of is this one, and I suppose you're probably already aware of it:

"Drs. Halpern and Sewell are currently developing a randomized, dose-response study of psilocybin and LSD in people with episodic cluster headaches. If approved by the McLean IRB and the FDA, this research study will take place at McLean Hospital, a psychiatric facility and research hospital affiliated with Harvard Medical School."

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by slacker032 on Nov 10th, 2009 at 1:23pm

bonkers wrote on Nov 4th, 2009 at 5:39pm:
Well, it's been 2 days since his last dose (60 seeds) and Michael's having a pretty rough time of it. The seeds don't seem to have helped at all. I'm beginning to wonder if his initial improvement wasn't just the result of his wanting so badly for them to work. I ordered another 100 seeds and intend for him to take 30-35 every 5 days till they're gone. Can't hurt.


bonkers, you might want to try upping the dose.  I know a lot of people have had success with 30-35 seeds but that never hit the spot for me.  I've been taking RC seeds for the past 3 years and 100 seems to be the magic number for me with very minor side effects.  I know that might seem excessive but everyone's body is different.

Also, make sure he waits the full 5 days before taking another dose. 

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by midwestbeth on Nov 10th, 2009 at 1:28pm
I started having lingering heavy shadows and dosed with 50 seeds Friday night.  Success!!  No more shadows!!  I will be dosing again this week just to make sure. 

Beth :)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bejeeber on Nov 10th, 2009 at 8:52pm

slacker032 wrote on Nov 10th, 2009 at 1:23pm:

bonkers wrote on Nov 4th, 2009 at 5:39pm:


bonkers, you might want to try upping the dose.  I know a lot of people have had success with 30-35 seeds but that never hit the spot for me.  I've been taking RC seeds for the past 3 years and 100 seems to be the magic number for me with very minor side effects.  I know that might seem excessive but everyone's body is different.

Also, make sure he waits the full 5 days before taking another dose. 


After hearing that, if I was in Michael's ultra critical condition  I'm sure I'd be taking the whole bag in one go (usually 200 or so seeds I believe when you order a quantity of 100).

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Nov 11th, 2009 at 3:20am
Thanks everyone for all your caring and kindness. Several of you suggested that we dramatically raise Michael's r.c. seed dose. Well, we did. 116 seeds this evening after soaking from this afternoon. They're at least that many left. We'll (actually he'll) take those in 5 or 6 days. I won't be terribly surprised if it works since both he and I seem to require more than the "usual" dose of almost everything. We'll keep you posted. Thanks again.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by MattyAA on Nov 11th, 2009 at 10:48am
Please do update us with what is going to Michael how he responds, also if the RC seeds fail at that dose, I red about histamine desinsetization helping also, try to read about it on internet.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Nov 11th, 2009 at 5:59pm
Hi MattyAA. Your mention of histamine desensitization led me to look into it. The fourth result on Google was our website:  START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE, where it isn't given much credibility. However, this article START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE is much more positive, but it's very complicated and expensive. To me, that means that is has yet to find its way into the mainstream where, if it works, it will be simplified to the point where most any Doc can do it, and, the cost'll come way down. I trust that procedures and medications found to be effective by members of this forum themselves who have used them and offered them up for everyone else to try, if proven effective over time, should provide us with our best weapons.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Shakey on Nov 27th, 2009 at 4:26am
Amazing! So glad to have read this topic. I am just off my cycle and I'm soooo getting the seeds for my next cycle.
Bonkers, your story is heartbreaking, I keep my fingers crossed for some breakthrough.

Jure

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Millan on Nov 28th, 2009 at 10:46am
What drugs are you talking about specifically? I feel like I've tried everything...the nerve blocks, beta blockers, anti-depressants, Frova, Imtrex, Relpax, Treximet, demeral, lortab....


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by MattyAA on Nov 28th, 2009 at 11:00am
It is generaly RC seeds, Morning Glory Seeds, Hawaian baby woodrose seeds containing LSA, or LSD, or Mushrooms with Psylocybin all in subhallucinogenic dosage.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Dec 15th, 2009 at 12:03am
During the '60's, when I was a Hippie, LSD was everywhere. Not only in quantity but in quality! I know it takes more than a kitchen chemist to make it but there are folks out there with the skills. I'm not advocating illegal drug use, I'm just curious if its scarcity is due to a loss of favor or to the relative abundance of alternatives. Just a bump in curiosity.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by MattyAA on Dec 15th, 2009 at 3:22pm
It is because government wrong insight into problem and people who abuse it and media making it stand in dark spot.

I still wonder why cigarettes are sold legally but drugs not, I guess governments are just copying their laws from eachother.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by vietvet2tours on Dec 15th, 2009 at 3:44pm

bonkers wrote on Dec 15th, 2009 at 12:03am:
During the '60's, when I was a Hippie, LSD was everywhere. Not only in quantity but in quality! I know it takes more than a kitchen chemist to make it but there are folks out there with the skills. I'm not advocating illegal drug use, I'm just curious if its scarcity is due to a loss of favor or to the relative abundance of alternatives. Just a bump in curiosity.

Your profile says you are 25.

      Potter

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Dec 15th, 2009 at 5:23pm
You got me Velvet2tours; 25 I am - er. . . almost 26. Actually, my son Bonkers is 25. I'm his dad. I'm 63.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by MattyAA on Dec 15th, 2009 at 9:17pm
I think forums without vietvet2tours would be boring :P

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Dec 19th, 2009 at 5:19pm
I agree, MattyAA. Sorry for the delay in responding; my computer's modem has been out since the 15th.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by MattyAA on Dec 19th, 2009 at 7:06pm
Report how is going with your son, did you try busting again or are you looking for stronger busting med?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Dec 19th, 2009 at 9:51pm
Michael has his ups and downs but generally I'd have to say he's better; most days he has a background headache but by itself it usually doesn't keep him in bed. He's had a few - very few - spikes; they scared him but haven't become common enough to be devastating. We gave up on the seeds. Got all the right stuff for O2 therapy which we're still experimenting with and we've started a Clustermushroom garden. Mike's pain Doc thinks at least part of his background headache is due to the Methadone he's taking which he's very gradually weaning himself from. (The more you take and the longer you've been taking it, the more difficult it is to break the habit and he's been taking a lot for a long time). All in all, I'd have to say that since the LSD Michael has become more hopeful, less bed-ridden and has had several 100% more PF days and nights. If our garden bears fruit and that fruit is as effective or even almost as effective as LSD, we'll be great!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by MattyAA on Dec 20th, 2009 at 1:51am
Good, I am really thrilled and would love to be informed how it is going on for your son.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bejeeber on Dec 20th, 2009 at 9:54pm
So glad to hear that there is still some optimism there Bonkers, and I would guess (and hope!) that psilocybin will have therapeutic qualities much MUCH more like the previous successful LSD trial.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bumpsetspike on Dec 28th, 2009 at 5:55am
bump

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by shaggyparasol on Dec 28th, 2009 at 9:15pm
Hi everyone.  I always feel like the cluster'ers of the world are a bit of a family (although I have never met a sufferer besides me). I don't want to get involved in the name calling or hurt feelings on this thread, but want to share what has been working for me for a year now.  My c.h.'s went undiagnosed for about 20 years(long story).  A year or 2 later I found the clusterbusters website and tried it out.  Until about 7 years ago I was on a random drug screen for different piloting jobs I had had for about 15 years.  Illegal drugs were the farthest thing from my mind (I don't think  that psilocybin gets picked up on the tests??) .  BUT during my episodic cluster pain I would be willing to try anything that wouldn't seriously harm me. 

With my piloting career happily behind me I talked to my friends who have used psilocybin recreationally over the years to see how to use it safely without incident.  Seems like Phish and The Grateful Dead are popular shroom events. I have been following the busters advice and it has aborted all of my cycles this year.  1 headache snuck in and I was using the mushrooms 2 days later. 

I can find them in the wild near where I live and I have plenty of friends who can double check my species identification (be very careful if wild collecting any mushrooms of course).  I have used them for 1 1/2 years now at various doses.  they seem very promising for the long term and I would rather use a natural 'illegal' substance than a synthesized pharmaceutical, especially since I haven't heard that much good stuff about all of the prescribed medications (that's just me though, I am not telling anyone what to do).  I am also out in the woods a lot for work and dragging an oxygen bottle doesn't seem like a good option for me.  I know oxygen would work for me given my days flying fighter jets and being required to breathe pure oxygen (never seemed to get a headache while flying).

Please note the side effects of properly used psilocybin treatments: smiling, giggling, feeling good, clear head, awe of beautiful world etc etc.  Additionally there are plenty of cautions that should be adhered to with regards to dosing, frame of mind, location etc that the website covers well.

Good luck!!  If you are at your wits end with the pain, check it out, maybe it will work for you --shaggyparasol

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bejeeber on Dec 28th, 2009 at 10:21pm
Glad to heard of your inspiring experience so far - thanks for the report.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Jan 19th, 2010 at 6:48am
I've been thinking; would it make any sense at all; to move this topic and all the replies to the ClusterBuster forum?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Chad on Jan 19th, 2010 at 6:55am

bonkers wrote on Jan 19th, 2010 at 6:48am:
I've been thinking; would it make any sense at all; to move this topic and all the replies to the ClusterBuster forum?
It wouldn't be up to me, but that forum isn't as active as this one.  I'm sure it will explode with activity soon enough.  It's certainly very informative over there centering around clusterbusting methods.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Jan 27th, 2010 at 5:16pm
Hi All,

It's been awhile since I've posted on this forum so I thought I might update anyone interested on my son Michael's current status. He's on Social Security and Medicare and I'm retired so I can be home to take care of him. He can't work or go to school or have a social life. He's in bed, in pain, all day every day.

Michael is 25 years old and has had cluster headaches since he was 12. After a car accident about 5 years ago he became uncontrolled chronic with what we call "spikes" which build till he is unconscious, several times a day. Most of the common legal pharmaceuticals, in particular Imitrex, provided at least some relief; but even it lost all effectiveness over time. The only medication he is currently taking is Methadone, 50mg. twice a day.

About a year ago I read an article in the journal Neurology which showed that psychedelic drugs held great promise in the treatment of cluster headaches. Given its illegality and loss of favor, it took many months for me to find a single dose of LSD. Michael took a little more than half that dose and after 2 or 3 hours still didn't feel like he had taken anything - except that his headache was completely gone! And it stayed gone for five full days! They came back after that but not with the same intensity and without the "spikes." He still gets the occasional "spike," but it's rare; maybe one every couple of weeks. The source of the LSD disappeared and I haven't been able to find another one.

Then, I found this forum and all the wonderful folks that frequent it. I learned far more about cluster headaches in the next few days than I had in the past 10 years! I learned about oxygen and Rivea Corymbosa seeds. And, I learned how easy it is to grow Psilocybe mushrooms at home.

We got a prescription for O2, bought an exceptionally good mask and a regulator which allowed us to deliver a flow from 0 to wide open. We've experimented with the O2 for the past 2 months and found that for Michael it's totally ineffective. Most people get at least some benefit from O2; I'm sure that Michael is the exception rather than the rule.

Michael has taken a lot of RC seeds; from 15 to 120 at a time, doses 5 days apart, powdered in a coffee grinder and soaked for a few hours in a little water with a squirt of lemon juice. Completely ineffective. Also, probably the exception rather than the rule.

I learned about cultivating and using Psilocybe mushrooms on this and the sister site. Apparently safe and effective but illegal. I'm fumbling through my 1st crop and Michael has yet to use them, but we're very hopeful given his previous success with LSD.

We may soon be rid of this horror. Please keep your fingers crossed for us.

PF2U

Michael(Bonkers) and Ron(Dad)







Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by MattyAA on Jan 28th, 2010 at 12:02am
Hey Bonkers, say you mentioned accident worsening Michael's headaches, creating for him those spikes, have you attended good doctor from head traumas, are those spikes always one sided unchanged behind eye/temple? Because it could be another type of headache he got after accident, if it does not respond to most medications, apart trying shrooms which I know you plan to, Michael also should visit some specialist, enduring such pain isn't fun.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Jan 28th, 2010 at 5:43am
Thanks for the input, MattyAA. The head trauma from Michael's accident wasn't severe; a few stitches, mild concussion. He was Medivaced from the accident scene, his car was destroyed and he arrived at the hospital bandaged up like a mummy but it wasn't nearly as bad as it looked. He was thoroughly examined; CAT scan, x-rays and EEG. All normal. A Neurologist and a pain specialist both diagnosed CH. We've seen a lot of other Dr.s. I wish it was something else but it doesn't appear to be. The spikes may be unrelated to the CH but they only appear when the CH is severe and to him they feel the same only much stronger.   

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by zanychef on Jan 30th, 2010 at 7:44am
still there pf a year now Just about:)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by MattyAA on Jan 30th, 2010 at 2:05pm

bonkers wrote on Jan 28th, 2010 at 5:43am:
Thanks for the input, MattyAA. The head trauma from Michael's accident wasn't severe; a few stitches, mild concussion. He was Medivaced from the accident scene, his car was destroyed and he arrived at the hospital bandaged up like a mummy but it wasn't nearly as bad as it looked. He was thoroughly examined; CAT scan, x-rays and EEG. All normal. A Neurologist and a pain specialist both diagnosed CH. We've seen a lot of other Dr.s. I wish it was something else but it doesn't appear to be. The spikes may be unrelated to the CH but they only appear when the CH is severe and to him they feel the same only much stronger.   


Well, what can I advice, try the shrooms, hopefuly it will have some benefit, or maybe Hawaian Baby Woodrose seeds instead RC ones?

There is always LSD, but I am not sure how to get it in USA, probably very hard, and places that you could get them is, probably Europe, Holland or maybe Czech Republic, from January 1st the law in Czech Republic allows possesion of such substances from what I heard, although its Europe, so travelling from USA to Eastern parts of Europe sure costs a lot.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bejeeber on Jan 30th, 2010 at 9:17pm
Sheesh Ron, both RC and O2 turned out to be ineffective....that's beyond messed up, really sorry to hear that.

The psilocybe approach sounds like it could be more of a case of pulling out the BIG guns, since it is some very powerful stuff compared to RC and much more in the realm of LSD (at least it is at high doses).

Michael is just so overdue for some successful therapy, I sure hope the psilocybe works.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Jan 30th, 2010 at 11:24pm
Hi Bejeeber,

Please check this out:

START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE

We are both so happy. Thanks everybody!

Ron

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Feb 27th, 2010 at 5:48am
Hi All,

Michael's reaction to p.c. mushrooms is the same as it was to LSD; his headaches completely disappear a few hours after ingestion. He has taken the mushrooms 4 times now with the same reaction each time. The problem is that after 4 days they return, also the same as with LSD. We're in the process of altering the dosage and/or the spacing of his dosing in the hope of lengthening his PF time. One element of the problem is the Methadone he takes to partially numb the pain of CH. Methadone is the only drug that has helped him in the long term. It's very addictive and he's been taking it for a long time. He's going "cold turkey" out of necessity since an error in calculating his supply led him to take more of the narcotic than he should have on his birthday and on other occasions this month when he thought he could take more so as to hurt less. We're both at fault. Me for not monitoring his usage more closely. Him for taking more than he should have when he thought he had more than he did. It won't kill him but he's really miserable. In the long run it's a good thing because breaking an addiction like this by gradually weaning oneself from it voluntarily is rarely successful.

Can anyone out there offer any suggestions that could ease his discomfort while he's detoxing? He dosed yesterday so his CH's are gone for a few days. He's very lucky that the mushrooms work as well as they do for him. They completely eliminate the pain of his CH's, so all he has to deal with is the withdrawal. A lot of you would probably trade your CH's any day for narcotic withdrawal but any of you that have had to go through it know that it's far from easy and very uncomfortable. My son is really going through a rough time right now. If anyone can help, we would both very much appreciate it.

Thanks,

Ron

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by -johnny- on Feb 28th, 2010 at 3:13am
lots of o2
ice water treatment
hot or cold showers
an ice cube on top of his head
back of the neck rub
physical activity- jogging, chopping wood, biking
keep the air in the house as  humidified as you can get it
pray

going med free is hard but it can be done.
my results didn't take full effect until about 3 weeks after i busted. that first day when it wears off is just horrific. be patient. you'll get though it. only another week or 2

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Mar 1st, 2010 at 1:49am
Thanks a lot Johnny. Your advise is very much appreciated. I'll let you know if any of it helps.

PF2U

Ron

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by lorac on Mar 1st, 2010 at 8:00am
Hey Ron.
   Just wanted to say hang in there!   we are all pulling for you.            lorac

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by -johnny- on Mar 1st, 2010 at 1:23pm

bonkers wrote on Mar 1st, 2010 at 1:49am:
Thanks a lot Johnny. Your advise is very much appreciated. I'll let you know if any of it helps.

PF2U

Ron


your welcome ron. please let us know what you did, what worked and what didn't. good luck [smiley=wave.gif]

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Mar 1st, 2010 at 11:29pm
Thanks for being there for us, you guys.

johnny, we got rid of the o2 tank a couple of weeks ago. I don't know what "ice water treatment" is though he is drinking a lot bottled h2o from the fridge. He wouldn't go for any of the rest of the stuff but I've got a humidifier that I'm going to set up in his room. I saw his Dr. today and he gave me an Rx for clonidine patches that he says are used for withdrawal.

One thing both of us are afraid of is his going through withdrawal and dosing with mushrooms. He feels that the shrooms will heighten his awareness of his withdrawal discomfort and make for an exceptionally bad experience. Anyone with any experience here, please chime in.

Ron

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by koctail on Mar 2nd, 2010 at 12:37pm
hi Ron. i don't have an answer to your question, but i have been following your story with your son and i am encouraged by his progress with clusterbusting. i am curious as to how u procured your shoom spores as i note you are in san diego. i am also in CA and from what i have read no retailers will sell them to CA. please email me if u want to provide me some info. id love to find out. thanks.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Mar 2nd, 2010 at 3:37pm
Hi koctail,

I wish I could help you. A dear friend in another state ordered them and I drove several hundred miles to meet her. If you want them badly enough, you could probably do the same. Sorry I couldn't be of more help.

Ron

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Sandy_C on Mar 6th, 2010 at 12:37pm
Ron, I can't help you with any information on using shrooms, or anything other than rc seeds with the use of oxygen.

I know my CH is most definitely not like Michael's.  His is much more severe than mine, and, in all honesty, it is possible that his need to use Meth is interfering with all attempts of any kind, shrooms, O2, seeds, whatever to curb his CH.

All I can offer you and Michael is my support in whatever decisions you and Michael make.

I would, however, just because using oxygen now may not be helping, please do not rule it out for future use. 

My combination of rc seeds and oxygen use has kept me pain free for almost four years.  Again, I am not Michael, nor is my CH as severe as his seems to be.

Just don't rule out anything at this point.

Sandy

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Mar 6th, 2010 at 4:19pm
Sandy, I really think we're doing okay. You're right, we didn't get much use out of the r.c. seeds. Same with the O2. Our luck with shrooms, though, is completely different. He's taken them 4 or 5 times now, and each time the relief is complete, leaving no trace at all of his typically constant CH. Each treatment gives him 4-5 days of complete relief and each time the beast returns it's with less energy, less capacity to cause pain. I have no doubt that within a very few months we'll have this thing licked; Michael will have a life and his CH will be controlled with a 3-4/year dose of Magic Mushrooms. No doubt.

Thank you for your interest in my son.

Ron

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Mar 6th, 2010 at 4:31pm
Sandy, we've found that his Methadone use has virtually no effect on Michael's use of the shrooms. It may well have effected the results of his attempts to use O2 and r.c. seeds. Along with our current success in using the shrooms, Michael has been able to drop his use of Methadone from 10/day to 6/day. He's using a Clonidine patch to help with the withdrawal and it's very effective. Give us a couple of more months and the Methadone will be a thing of the past.

Ron

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bejeeber on Mar 6th, 2010 at 5:26pm
Ron,

The news from you and Michael just keeps getting better and better, thank gosh.

Michael deserves some kind of resilliency award for hanging in there until something worked, and the way that you have researched and stuck with it and finally found something that works for him after the medical profession has offered a big fat zero, well that is inspiring and you have my strong admiration.  :)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Mar 6th, 2010 at 8:35pm
You know, bejeeber, I really don't mean to boast but I think maybe I'm more proud of what I've been able to do to help my son with this horrible affliction than I am of maybe anything I've ever done. This running narrative of what we've been doing, I hope has been helpful to others. I would like at some point to find a way to ease the fears that others have of using these substances as weapons against CH. With enough support and positive reports from people like us who have been successful using these substances, maybe we can decriminalize their use for Clusterheads, much like what has been done with marijuana for cancer patients and those with glaucoma.

Ron 

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Mar 8th, 2010 at 9:03pm
Michael just went back to bed. The mild/moderate headache he's had almost all day today finally got to be too much. This was the 4th day since his last dose of mushrooms. Three days of absolutely no pain whatsoever. This is how it's happened the last four times; he doses, a few hours later his head completely clears and it stays clear till the 4th day when it starts to come back.

It does seem that each time the CH returns, it returns with less energy than it had before he dosed. That's great! He's dropped down from 10 methadone/day to 6 on the days when he has the headaches and we're going to drop the shroom dosage a little each time too.

If the effectiveness of the shrooms will just last 1 or 2 more days, he'll be headache-free!!!!! Then we can start lengthening the time between doses till he can hopefully be taking just a maintenance dose once or twice a year.

Title: 2-bromo-lysergic acid diethylamide
Post by cluster on Mar 26th, 2010 at 5:14pm
Published online today:

Matthias Karst, John H Halpern, Michael Bernateck, and Torsten Passie: The non-hallucinogen 2-bromo-lysergic acid diethylamide as preventative treatment for cluster headache: An open, non-randomized case series. ''Cephalalgia.'' first published on March 26, 2010; [OnlineFirst PDF]

Free full text until March 31st, 2010

START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE

Found here: START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Redd on Mar 26th, 2010 at 5:21pm
I can't wait to get home and read this tonight. 

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Sandy_C on Mar 26th, 2010 at 8:34pm
Ron, how is Michael doing?  Hoping things are getting a little better for him.

Please keep us posted.  We care about both of you.

Sandy

Title: Re: 2-bromo-lysergic acid diethylamide
Post by bejeeber on Mar 26th, 2010 at 8:53pm

cluster wrote on Mar 26th, 2010 at 5:14pm:
Published online today:

Matthias Karst, John H Halpern, Michael Bernateck, and Torsten Passie: The non-hallucinogen 2-bromo-lysergic acid diethylamide as preventative treatment for cluster headache: An open, non-randomized case series. ''Cephalalgia.'' first published on March 26, 2010; [OnlineFirst PDF]

Free full text until March 31st, 2010

START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE

Found here: START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE


Just starting to browse the highlights and a couple things jump out at me:

"All patients, who were seriously
affected by the disease, were non-responders to
verapamil"...

...."The results show that three single doses of BOL-148
within 10 days can either break a CH cycle or considerably
improve the frequency and intensity of attacks, even
resulting in changing from a chronic to an episodic form,
with remission extending for many months or longer."

..."the potential breakthrough treatment of BOL-
148 warrants wide dissemination of these early findings
to encourage aggressive development to randomized
controlled trials."

Title: Re: 2-bromo-lysergic acid diethylamide
Post by George on Mar 26th, 2010 at 9:28pm

cluster wrote on Mar 26th, 2010 at 5:14pm:
Published online today:

Matthias Karst, John H Halpern, Michael Bernateck, and Torsten Passie: The non-hallucinogen 2-bromo-lysergic acid diethylamide as preventative treatment for cluster headache: An open, non-randomized case series. ''Cephalalgia.'' first published on March 26, 2010; [OnlineFirst PDF]

Free full text until March 31st, 2010

START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE

Found here: START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE


Very interesting, and very impressive.  Thank you for posting this.

Best wishes,

George

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by George on Mar 26th, 2010 at 9:31pm
Personally, I think this important development deserves its own thread. 

Best,

George

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Mar 26th, 2010 at 10:51pm
Thanks for the great news, cluster!

Hi Sandy_C,

Michael's doing extremely well, thank you. The Beast isn't dead but he's badly wounded. Michael's had several doses of shrooms, each with the same effect: He'll be lying in bed CH'ing, dose (2.5g seems right for him), 4-6 hours later his CH COMPLETELY disappears, he'll remain absolutely perfect for the next 3 days, spend 1 day with a mild headache, back to CH'ing. Each time the Beast returns, it's with less energy, less ability to do damage. Blacking out is a thing of the past. He's taking 1/2 as much methadone as he was 6 weeks ago. We have no idea what will happen; the shrooms may stop working; the Beast may get tired of getting beat-up and leave, never to return; we may reach a point where there is still some headache, but it's no big deal. Right now, he's getting better all the time and we couldn't be happier! We have no doubt that he will now be able to have a life. Glory, glory Hallelujah!

Love to All,

Ron 

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by neuropath on Mar 27th, 2010 at 12:00am
bejeeber, agree that you should make your posting a separate thread indeed. I think this is important stuff. Science is slowly catching on with the great work the Clusterbusters have been doing. Bravo.


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by cluster on Mar 30th, 2010 at 7:04am
Added April 8th, 2010: The following remarks were made refering to a message which has been deleted.
-----------------
Hi Paul,

excellent book, thank you very much! Unfortunately I couldn't find anything at all about cluster headache in it.

These are my three favourite "power tips" out of the 101:


Quote:
14.
Eat plenty of carrots; they are good for your eyes.

77.
Avoid irritating people. Anger and irritation are
major causes of headaches.

86.
If you find it impossible to stay away from dust at
least wear a gas mask.


I'll try - and hope this helps. Any suggestions on how to eat carrots while wearing a gas mask?

The following tip is not quite as good as the other ones, because daytime napping may trigger cluster headache in some people:


Quote:
100.
Take a 20 minute power nap during your lunch break.


best wishes!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Sandy_C on Apr 1st, 2010 at 3:32pm
Ron, I am so thrilled to hear that Michael is improving so much!  He's getting his life back right now, and if things keep on keeping on - he will be whole again.

Hugs to both of you

Sandy

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Apr 2nd, 2010 at 2:49am
Hi Sandy_C,

I don't know how to do the little, yellow-face thingies, so just imagine 2 of 'em with great big smiles.

Hugs back,

Ron and Mike

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Apr 9th, 2010 at 3:12am
Hi,

There has been a change in Michael's symptoms that I hope someone - a Neurologist perhaps? - can shed some light on. Day b4 yesterday, Michael dosed again. He has dosed every 5-7 days for about the last month and 1/2. I know that's a lot, but what else can I do when it works so well and that's all the longer it lasts for him? Anyway, evening b4 last he dosed with 3.25g. Very mild psychedelic effects but he went to bed and woke up the next day (yesterday) PF. He was mildly nauseous - actually, he was quite nauseous and barfed 3 or 4 times b4 we headed into town - and a little light-headed. The most significant thing though was that he fainted 5 times! Once in the shower, twice on the couch and twice in the car. I don't know what I'm talking about but I think he's got some kind of seizure disorder. It was just like when he used to black-out from the pain, only it didn't last as long and he wasn't in any pain! I mean, it's really fast; he knows it's coming just a couple of seconds beforehand and says something like "uh, oh" and then he's out. Really out. No response to shaking or yelling or anything for about 10 seconds. And then he comes to. It hasn't happened at all today. Weird, huh? Any ideas?

Ron

p.s. - I'm posting this exact message on CB.com because I don't think everybody reads both and I'm too lazy to write the same story a different way.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Apr 9th, 2010 at 7:50am
Ron - I'd definitely have Michael checked for the seizure disorder. Almost sounds like narcolepsy. It's definitely not characteristic of CH.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Apr 9th, 2010 at 10:39am
Good idea Brew. We'll take your advise. Thanks.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Jeannie on Apr 9th, 2010 at 10:46am
This may have nothing to do with anything but I thought I'd throw it out there. Could he have had a virus?  There is a stomach bug going around.  Several people I know have had it.  It causes nausea, vomiting and dizziness.   I have not heard of anyone fainting from it though.  I would feel more comfortable having him checked out.

Jeannie

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Linda_Howell on Apr 9th, 2010 at 8:13pm


Just a moment to say that I am so glad that this thread has gone to so many pages and STAYS up here.


carry on...

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Groov on Apr 9th, 2010 at 8:31pm
I dont know why shrooms haven't become legal for CH'er to use as a legitimate medication/treatment.
Personally I am disgusted that shrooms arent being made legal as a legitimate treatment for CH.
I do not wish this pain on anyone. I do, however, wish the DEA or lawmakers or whoever could experience it just once to understand how serious it is as a medical problem.
Maybe then something would get done about it.

I just started a few weeks ago on a cycle and got my bottle filled and some Imitrex nose spray and shots.

So far, I have aborted all the attacks.
But if I found something that would remove the attacks altogether, I'd go for it.

It would be wonderful to no longer suffer as opposed to short duration/aborted attacks.

Maybe someone here can tell me why shrooms aren't being looked at as a legal treatment.
Thanks, Dave

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Marc on Apr 9th, 2010 at 9:11pm

bonkers wrote on Apr 9th, 2010 at 10:39am:
Good idea Brew. We'll take your advise. Thanks.


Ron,

How is Michael's progress with the Methadone intake reduction?

Marc

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Linda_Howell on Apr 9th, 2010 at 9:20pm

Quote:
I dont know why shrooms haven't become legal for CH'er to use as a legitimate medication/treatment.


Because the wheels of legalities and progress are slow. There are dedicated people right here & Dr.s and scientists researching this and they will be heard soon.  Go here and ask what you can do to see this exact thing that you are referring to...happen.

    START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE



Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Apr 9th, 2010 at 9:38pm
Hi Jeannie,

He has those other symptoms, so he may have some kind of bug. I've never heard of any kind of bug though that makes a fella faint.

Hi Linda,

I'm with you. It's veeery important and I think that eventually it will be the way out of this misery for all of you.

Hi Groov,

A lot IS happening. Check the CB.com forum. It's just gonna take awhile, tha's all.

Hi Brew,

Methadone addiction's a bitch! It's also gonna take awhile. When he's free of the CH, he immediately drops from 12/day to 6/day. Dropping from 6/day to 0/day is gonna take awhile. He wants off it. He knows that everything in his life, including the effectiveness of the shrooms, will be much better without it.

Thanks for your interest in my son, you guys.

Ron

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by lorac on Apr 12th, 2010 at 9:07pm
For what its worth...Our area has a nasty outbreak of the Nora virus.
   vomiting the Trots...extreme stomach pain, and Passing out.
   Health dept said the only thing that will kill it, is bleach/water solution.  spritz everything, as you reinfect your self over and over.
       YIKES


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by lorac on Apr 12th, 2010 at 9:10pm
Ron..I have been following your story.....you two have been through soooo much.
   I pray for some relief for ya soon.   Hang in there!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Apr 13th, 2010 at 3:59am
Hi lorac,

Mike's really doing great! The shrooms work like.... magic. They just don't seem to last very long, is all. He'll get 3 maybe 4 days PF and then it returns. But hey, look where we were. It'll take some experimenting but we'll get it. Thanks for your support.

Ron

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bejeeber on Apr 13th, 2010 at 4:16pm
Yes considering that horrific place you guys were in for so long, I'd say this calls for a raucous celebration!

When Michael gets to 7 days a week PF then the truly wild partying must ensue - just wthout drugs or alcohol though of course.  ;D




Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Apr 13th, 2010 at 6:16pm
I'll have my staff prepare the mega-yacht for our celebration. You guys have all been so good to us, I really wish I could. My days of "truly" wild partying are over, I'm afraid. But "conventional" wild partying - that I can do!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by fightguy on Apr 13th, 2010 at 8:45pm
I have tried the RC seeds without success, but will be trying them from another vendor in the next few days. I also purchased the HBWR seeds, so I will try those if the RC seeds don't work. The last option, which my wife is not a fan of, is trying the mushrooms.

I hope that one of the seeds I have coming stops the headaches!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Apr 13th, 2010 at 10:26pm
Hi fightguy,

A lot of folks here are pulling for you.

Best of luck,

Ron

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bejeeber on Apr 14th, 2010 at 6:24pm
Hey Flightguy,

If the RC seeds from the new vendor don't work, well then if I were you, and if you have access to mushrooms, I'd go straight to them and say screw whether the wife approves.

That's a big "if" about the access to mushrooms though, because I would personally have a tough time getting ahold of some, and it can take a good lil' while to grow 'em yourself I guess.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by fightguy on Apr 15th, 2010 at 10:45am
I might be wrong, but I don't think that's how marriage works

Can anyone speak to the efficacy of RC seeds vs HBWR seeds? Has anyone had success with one but not the other?

I have to admit, the shrooms seem to show a lot of promise, however, like the above poster I wouldn't even know where to get any without growing them myself which takes awhile
:(

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by fightguy on Apr 19th, 2010 at 1:02pm
I ordered some RC seeds and they did not seem very potent in terms of LSA. I had about 25-30 of them, ground up and soaked in wine, and barely felt any different. This is in contrast to the 5-6 HBWR seeds that I got from Iamshaman, prepared the same way, which had got me pretty messed up. I know I got a substantial dose of LSA from those!  :o

No headaches since dosing with the HBWR seeds on Friday though!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by shaggyparasol on Apr 19th, 2010 at 1:22pm
Sounding good fightguy.  I was never an experimenter growing up so when presented with the success of psilocybe mushroom use to help with the CH I had to really think hard.  After a few big bangers/kippers it made my decision to try the fungus a little easier. 

I read a ton of stuff on the traditional uses of plant medicines from central and South America.  People there really used the fungus and plants as healing medicines.  The current and ancient stories gave me a better perspective on these medicines.

The first time, I took a low dose and had my girlfriend watch over me to make sure I didn't do anything too strange.  We talked a lot about why and what to expect based on friends' experiences.  It went good and has been working since.  Maybe a nice sit down conversation with your wife and further mushroom education would help (warning: don't take relationship advice from me).

Don't take this as 'advice', just more of my 2 cents which can be easily discarded: I would stick with what you are trying and if it works, good.  It is harder to break a cycle typically than to stop it before it starts.  So don't declare the seeds ineffective before you have used them as suggested at the busters site.  If you need to up the ante, start a mushroom home grow operation.  Your cycle should be done by the time you figure this out so this will be for next time.  grow, dry, freeze.  pull them out in a year or 2.

Good Luck! :D (spinning eye smile guy for you)

--Shaggy


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Chad on Apr 19th, 2010 at 1:37pm

fightguy wrote on Apr 19th, 2010 at 1:02pm:
I ordered some RC seeds and they did not seem very potent in terms of LSA. I had about 25-30 of them, ground up and soaked in wine, and barely felt any different. This is in contrast to the 5-6 HBWR seeds that I got from Iamshaman, prepared the same way, which had got me pretty messed up. I know I got a substantial dose of LSA from those!  :o

No headaches since dosing with the HBWR seeds on Friday though!
The key to seeds is getting results w/o the tripping effects.  That's why they're so popular.  If you're looking to manage your cluster problem along with a buzz, then psilocybin/LSD would be your best bet.  I had enough of the tripping stuff in college, but if I need a good dose, I always keep a bag of shrooms in the freezer as my last resort.  Now, as far as your LSA potency, one will never know.  The best thing to do is grow  your own so when you harvest your seeds, you'll know they're at maximum potency.  Getting them from these online vendors gives you no knowledge of how long they've been sitting on the shelf.  Catch my drift?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by fightguy on Apr 19th, 2010 at 3:34pm
I wasn't trying to fry balls, but I read that 1 HBWR seed = 4 RC seeds, and since 25-30 RC seeds didn't really do anything I tried 5-6 HBWR, and it was much stronger than anticipated. I suppose that means that there was plenty of LSA in them to be effective in treatment

And thanks for your input Shaggy. Per your recommendation, I am going to divorce my wife, quit my job, and start a massive mushroom growing operation. I appreciate your sage-like relationship counseling  ;D

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Apr 19th, 2010 at 6:40pm
Hi all,

A quick update on my son, Michael. He dosed last Thursday with 3.75g; .25g more than he's ever taken. He always has a low-grade HA on the 4th day after dosing and is back into CH on the 5th day. This is the 4th day; it's almost over and he hasn't had even a hint of a HA! His refractory period is 6 days. As soon as we can get his PF time to last 6 days, he can be PF all the time! Please keep your fingers crossed for us.

PF2allofu2!,

Ron


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by anthony g on Apr 19th, 2010 at 6:50pm
MY FINGERS AND TOES ARE CROSSED!!!!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Apr 20th, 2010 at 3:25am
Thanks, Anthony!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Chad on Apr 20th, 2010 at 11:29am

fightguy wrote on Apr 19th, 2010 at 3:34pm:
I wasn't trying to fry balls, but I read that 1 HBWR seed = 4 RC seeds, and since 25-30 RC seeds didn't really do anything I tried 5-6 HBWR, and it was much stronger than anticipated. I suppose that means that there was plenty of LSA in them to be effective in treatment

And thanks for your input Shaggy. Per your recommendation, I am going to divorce my wife, quit my job, and start a massive mushroom growing operation. I appreciate your sage-like relationship counseling  ;D
I believe that 1 HBWR seed is far more potent than 4 rc seeds, however that is just a starting point.  Those who have taken those seeds correctly have gotten pretty messed and very nauseous.  They're strong.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by fightguy on Apr 20th, 2010 at 1:24pm
Actually, I meant to type 1 HBWR = 5 RC seeds, which is what clusterbusters website says, if I recall correctly. It has been my experience that 1 HBWR seed is equivalent to MUCH more than 5, possibly more like 10

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Chad on Apr 20th, 2010 at 1:48pm

fightguy wrote on Apr 20th, 2010 at 1:24pm:
Actually, I meant to type 1 HBWR = 5 RC seeds, which is what clusterbusters website says, if I recall correctly. It has been my experience that 1 HBWR seed is equivalent to MUCH more than 5, possibly more like 10
I'm not talking from personal experience, but those who have tried them say they're super strong.  The hardest part about any of these seeds are whether or not there is a enough LSA in them to do the trick.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by fightguy on Apr 20th, 2010 at 2:54pm
There must have been plenty, because I was tripping!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by vietvet2tours on Apr 20th, 2010 at 6:19pm

fightguy wrote on Apr 20th, 2010 at 2:54pm:
There must have been plenty, because I was tripping!

  No orange wedge for you.

           Potter

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Kevin_M on Apr 20th, 2010 at 7:59pm

Chad wrote on Apr 20th, 2010 at 11:29am:
that is just a starting point.  Those who have taken those seeds correctly have gotten pretty messed and very nauseous.  They're strong.


When tried, dosing heavily enough to think I might try to permanently begin to manage CH with HBWR gave a very uncomfortable situation.  Settled on a daily tedious regimen, getting pf time with each three soaked at six hour intervals, unnoticeable and comfortable even at work.  After a month an a half though they gave way to an unprotected tidal CH period.  Maybe they lost potency over time, but I'm not going to dose again in any amount large enough to think it might begin to do away with CH, wasn't pleasant for me. 

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by fightguy on Apr 21st, 2010 at 10:35am
Bummer. After 5 days headache free, I was hit last night shortly after going to sleep with a kip 7

Does it usually take dosing more than once to be effective, or is it more likely that the HBWR seeds are not going to work for me?

I am so disappointed and was feeling very enthusiastic about this.  :(

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Kevin_M on Apr 21st, 2010 at 10:51am

fightguy wrote on Apr 21st, 2010 at 10:35am:
5 days headache free,

Does it usually take dosing more than once to be effective,


Attempting an initial knockout dose was effective for the same, five days.  Another perhaps lower dose can be usual for eventually helping to disperse hits.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Chad on Apr 21st, 2010 at 10:52am

fightguy wrote on Apr 21st, 2010 at 10:35am:
Bummer. After 5 days headache free, I was hit last night shortly after going to sleep with a kip 7

Does it usually take dosing more than once to be effective, or is it more likely that the HBWR seeds are not going to work for me?

I am so disappointed and was feeling very enthusiastic about this.  :(

Switch to psilocybin or try another natural remedy like Kudzu.  A lot of folks here have good luck with that.  That beast constantly changes patterns so it's a game to him and makes our management harder.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by shaggyparasol on Apr 21st, 2010 at 12:18pm
Don't be frustrated fightguy, that is about right given the experiences I have read and/or experienced myself.  Hard to break an active cycle.  Took 3 bigger doses last time, 1 week apart.

Read all the cluster busters stuff, most people can avoid a cycle with a smaller dose in the shadow period before the cycle starts.  If you wait too long and you start to get hit you have to dose more and bigger. 

That is why it is important to have your arsenal ready all the time, not just when you feel them coming on.  Same with oxygen or whatever, when you are in pain it is too late to call the pharmacist.

For me, the psilocybes break or avoid my cycle but the cycle tries to come back 1-6 months later.  So when I feel a series of shadows (or tiny kips) for several days in a row, I know the CH is trying to come back.  Small dose has been effective for these.  That is why people say you can take non-psychoactive doses effectively.  You have to be in touch with your CH cycle.  Has taken me 2 years to sort it out, now I think I have it??

Keep at it and read a lot on the other site :o(squiggly eye guy for you today) :) (ok, and a smiley guy too).
START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE

--Shaggy

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Pinkfloyd on Apr 21st, 2010 at 11:54pm

fightguy wrote on Apr 21st, 2010 at 10:35am:
Bummer. After 5 days headache free, I was hit last night shortly after going to sleep with a kip 7

Does it usually take dosing more than once to be effective, or is it more likely that the HBWR seeds are not going to work for me?

I am so disappointed and was feeling very enthusiastic about this.  :(


Dont be too disappointed. 5 days pain free from the first dose usually means you'll have pretty good luck. Most people need at least two and more likely more, especially with the seeds.

have you ever gotten 5 days pain free time from a shot of imitrex?

Seed potency varies greatly. On an average, HBWR are 5 to 8 times more potent than RCs. if I remember correctly, the CB website suggests starting at TWO HBWR.

We've had Rivea Corymbosa seeds analyzed by a lab and some seeds contained exactly zero LSA. That is one reason you hope to get an average dose from those seeds.

When you open the HBWR, you can more easily tell if they are fresh and more likely to have a full compliment of LSA. There is no way of telling with the RCs.

I understand people being hesitant about using the mushrooms.
Maybe consider coming to the Clusterbuster conference this year in Portland in August and you can introduce you wife to a bunch of busters and she'll see we're (for the most part) ordinary people, leading ordinary lives.

Psilocybe mushrooms have been used for thousands of years for medicinal purposes. They would actually be one of the least toxic medications you'd ever used. You would have to eat your body weight in mushrooms, in one sitting, to get close to a lethal dose.
Try eating just one pound of Tylenol.

Not trying to convince anyone, just supplying facts for a discussion.

Bobw

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by fightguy on Apr 22nd, 2010 at 10:29am
Thanks for the response, Pinkfloyd.

I was actually just talking to my wife yesterday about attending that conference.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Apr 29th, 2010 at 3:32pm
Wow!, I mean Damn!, I mean F**kin'A!

I don't want to jump the gun reporting this, so take it with a grain of salt but I think we may have crossed a line here. I've been disappointed that Michael hasn't been able to extend his PF time, regardless of the size of dose he's taken. Same ol', same ol' - headache, dose, 3-4 days PF, headache again. Not this time.

He took a lot this last time: 4.25g. But he seemed to have the same reaction (or so we thought). This is the 7th day after dosing and he isn't interested at all in doing it again yet! He's been headachy and feeling pretty gnarly since about the 4th day after - but it's different this time.

The 1st day after dosing, he dropped his methadone intake from 12 to 6/day. I think he's had some kind of bug because he's had a stomach ache and hasn't been eating worth a damn. Nor has he been sleeping well. As those things have worked themselves out, he's felt better and better. Till today when he tells me he's feeling pretty good and would like to take a hike! Far f**king out!

We're both pretty nervous and I think some advise here would be well received. So, whadda we do? Do we wait and see if the HA comes back or do we dose while he's feeling good? We're in new territory here and could use some guidance.

Cool, huh?

Ron

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bejeeber on Apr 29th, 2010 at 7:09pm
Great news!! :)

If it was me, I'd be dosing even when still feeling OK, since I know people do this as a preventative, but I'm not all that well informed on the subject, and I'm sure there are better informed folk 'round here (and on clusterbusters).

Hopefully they'll pipe in.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Chad on Apr 30th, 2010 at 7:45am
Ron,

That is AWESOME news man!  I would do what Bejeeber said and keep dosing as a preventative measure.  I'm not near Michaels state, but i'm convinced my maintenance dosing has kept the beast away further and further as the years go on since I have kept up with the seeds.  I know Michael uses psilocybin which to me seems to be more affective in treating CH, however since the lesser of the two in strenght being rc seeds works for me, that's why I don't need the psilo.  Keep up the good news coming.
Have a great weekend :)

Cheers,
Chad

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Apr 30th, 2010 at 3:19pm
Thanks for the responses and for the encouragement you guys. I'd bet my bottom dollar that the Beast is gaining strength and just looking for a way to get in. But damn!, this is Michael's 8th day PF! That's twice the amount of PF time he's gotten with any lower dose! The effect could very easily be cumulative; he's had a lot of psilocybin over the last couple of months. Also, as I mentioned, each time he's dosed the beast has returned weakened. This last time may well have been a knockout punch, and like most knockout punches, it will be followed by a recovery.

F**k the description!, this is really cool! 

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Pinkfloyd on May 1st, 2010 at 12:12am
At this point and knowing how you've been dosing, I don't think you would make the wrong decison no matter what you do as far as the next dose.
You could either wait it out and see how things go and how long he can go before needing the next dose.....or dose now. Either way and I think you'll be good to go.
If things are holding and not getting worse, or getting a little better each day. I'd probably hold off as long as possible. Thats the goal....to be able to go a LONG time between doses.

Bob

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on May 2nd, 2010 at 3:04am
9 DAYS PF!! YA HOO!!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by shaggyparasol on May 2nd, 2010 at 12:57pm
Nice work guys! 

You have an interesting study going on with psilocybes and methodone.  Wonder if anyone else around here is doing the same??  As time goes on we will have more info thanks to your work.  Keep track of it, someone else will need the help too.

Good luck! :) (smiley face for pain free) and a  >:( (and a mean guy to ward off evil spirits)

--Shaggy

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Sandy_C on May 2nd, 2010 at 3:58pm
Ron, I'm excited for you and Michael!

Do not hesitate to dose again, even when he's feeling good.  I've used the rc seeds as a prevent, taking a monthly small dose, then upping it if I get inklings of a CH coming.  I haven't had a full hit in over four years. 

Maintenance dosing seems to have helped many of us whether seeds, or shrooms.  So, don't rule anything out at this point.

Crossing everything I've got that he's finally hitting a possible breakthrough.

Sandy


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on May 2nd, 2010 at 6:25pm
Thanks you guys. This is day #10 and not even an inkling! I think we'll dose at either the 1st inkling, the 1st hint or maybe just the 1st suggestion. Sound good?

Ron

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on May 3rd, 2010 at 4:06pm
Well. . .

About an hour after I wrote the last post, my kid started feeling headachy so I put on my alchemist's hat and mixed him up a 4.25g brew. This was the 1st time EVER that he's been able to dose when the Beast wasn't kicking his ass. Very cool! I'm not gonna play hippie and relate how he's describing last night's experience in religious terms, but it sure does bring back memories.

Anyway, we blocked the attack way b4 it took hold, so it's almost like this is his 11th day PF - the longest PF period he's had in almost 6 years!

Cool, huh?

Ron

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bejeeber on May 5th, 2010 at 10:35pm

bonkers wrote on May 3rd, 2010 at 4:06pm:
the longest PF period he's had in almost 6 years!


YEEEEHAW!!!


[smiley=sayyes.gif] [smiley=sayyes.gif] [smiley=sayyes.gif]

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by fightguy on May 6th, 2010 at 1:08pm
After dosing a few more times, I have now gone more than a week without a hit!!

I don't want to get too excited, but these HBWR seeds seem to be a Godsend! I feel so blessed and thankful right now!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on May 7th, 2010 at 2:50am
Hey, fightguy -

Whadaya say me and you have a race? 1st guy to 100 days PF wins.

Ron

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on May 7th, 2010 at 2:52am
Today's Michael's 14 day PF. The longest he's gone in almost 6 yrs.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on May 7th, 2010 at 7:47am
Finally.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on May 7th, 2010 at 3:41pm
Yeah. Finally. At long last, finally.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Chronic on May 7th, 2010 at 4:13pm
As a side note to this post.  If/when my Verapamil stops working, I intend on giving this a try...but I have to let everyone in on a little fact -

In college, I used Shrooms a few times for recreational purposes.  The first Cluster Headache I ever had was the morning I woke up after the first time I ever tried them.  I thought I was having some type of post-trip bad reaction/stroke.  I find it interesting that this is having such positive results.  It may have been completely random timing, but for me, I would say that they triggered my first cycle.  I would have had them at one point anyway, but it seems too coincidental to ignore the timing.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on May 7th, 2010 at 4:47pm

Chronic wrote on May 7th, 2010 at 4:13pm:
As a side note to this post.  If/when my Verapamil stops working, I intend on giving this a try...but I have to let everyone in on a little fact -

In college, I used Shrooms a few times for recreational purposes.  The first Cluster Headache I ever had was the morning I woke up after the first time I ever tried them.  I thought I was having some type of post-trip bad reaction/stroke.  I find it interesting that this is having such positive results.  It may have been completely random timing, but for me, I would say that they triggered my first cycle.  I would have had them at one point anyway, but it seems too coincidental to ignore the timing.

I don't believe I know anyone on this board in that position, namely they have never experienced a CH attack, but they anticipate it so they take the treatment before the disease strikes. Only to potentially find out that the treatment caused the disease.

You do see how odd that would be, right?

In regards to your first statement, many successfully bust while on verapamil. In other words, you don't have to wait.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by -johnny- on May 9th, 2010 at 11:45pm

fightguy wrote on Apr 21st, 2010 at 10:35am:
Bummer. After 5 days headache free, I was hit last night shortly after going to sleep with a kip 7

Does it usually take dosing more than once to be effective, or is it more likely that the HBWR seeds are not going to work for me?

I am so disappointed and was feeling very enthusiastic about this.  :(


i would try it again. i had a similar experience. looks like its been a few weeks since you posted. anything different?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by fightguy on May 12th, 2010 at 1:45pm

-johnny- wrote on May 9th, 2010 at 11:45pm:

fightguy wrote on Apr 21st, 2010 at 10:35am:
Bummer. After 5 days headache free, I was hit last night shortly after going to sleep with a kip 7

Does it usually take dosing more than once to be effective, or is it more likely that the HBWR seeds are not going to work for me?

I am so disappointed and was feeling very enthusiastic about this.  :(


i would try it again. i had a similar experience. looks like its been a few weeks since you posted. anything different?

You must have missed my post on the last page. Things are going great!!


fightguy wrote on May 6th, 2010 at 1:08pm:
After dosing a few more times, I have now gone more than a week without a hit!!

I don't want to get too excited, but these HBWR seeds seem to be a Godsend! I feel so blessed and thankful right now!


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Lee_Ann on May 16th, 2010 at 6:46pm
Hello Everyone,

I am so happy to be reporting good news here.  My husband is chronic but the last week has been wonderful.  Here is his busting journal.

4/28/10 - 1st dose, 1.5 grams - several post dose hits for 2 days, 1 hit per day on day 3 and 4, oxygen worked better than ever

5/3/10 - 2nd dose, 1.5 grams - heavy shadows and a few hits for 5 days, oxygen still working well

5/10/10 - 3rd dose, 2 grams, 10:50pm Kip 4, quickly aborted with oxygen

5/11/10 - 5:30pm Kip 6, quickly aborted with oxygen

5/12/10 - No headache, went fishing and caught supper :D

5/13/10 - No headache

5/14/10 - No headache

5/15/10 - No headache

5/16/10 - No headache

This is the longest he has ever been pain free.  We are so excited.  This is the best medicine we have ever found Grin

We are hoping we can stretch the pain free days long enough to make a trip to Portland in August.  Looking forward to meeting you all there.

Thanks so much to all our wonderful supporters.  Special thanks to BobW and Dallas Denny and all those who have gone before us and shared their success stories.

Wishing you all success and many pain free days and nights.

Lee Ann

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bejeeber on May 17th, 2010 at 1:32am
That is awesome.
[smiley=shore.gif] [smiley=thumbsup.gif]

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by -johnny- on May 23rd, 2010 at 4:26am
just a reminder. clusterbusting is a great alternative if you aren't having success with your RX drugs.

START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Jun 2nd, 2010 at 3:50pm
Hi All,

I think maybe it's time we brought some more attention to the only truly effective counter-measure yet discovered in the fight against Cluster Headache. No one here needs to be reminded of the cost to their lives in having to deal with this horrible affliction. Yet, by some curious turn of events, a class of drugs has been re-discovered which could end it!

By no means have all the kinks been ironed out in the effective use of them, but, for most if not all sufferers, psychedelics can provide a path out of their personal Hell. Our government, in its concern for our welfare, has stifled legitimate research and criminalized the personal use, production and propagation of plants containing these substances. Fear of prosecution and belief in the myths surrounding them and their use have prevented most law-abiding sufferers - and their doctors, caregivers, friends and families - from paying any serious attention to the use of psychedelics in the treatment of Cluster Headache.

I know a lot of people get almost miraculous relief from hyperventilating pure oxygen. Many couldn't get through the day without Imitrex or Verapamil. But who would continue using them if they found something that provided more than short-term, superficial relief?

Far too little research has been conducted to provide anyone with a prescription giving precise instructions on using psychedelics to treat their headaches. I'm sure that will come in time. In the meantime, general guidelines are all we have and everyone to some extent is his own guinea pig. How much to take, when and how to take it, how to prepare oneself; all these things and more require individual experimentation. I'm not saying that there's no risk. There's risk in everything we do and risk induces fear - particularly when dealing with substances which have (or can have) a profound effect on our psychology. Whether the reward here is worth the risk is something that everyone must determine for themselves.

For most, the fact that these substances are illegal to possess, produce, transfer or use is enough to prevent them from even being considered. For others, the promise of a drug that can end their suffering, at dosages far below what has been used recreationally and in religious ceremonies for centuries, is worth the risk.

I may be mistaken, but as far as I can determine, this is the most widely read and posted-to Topic on this forum. I think that's as it should be. Maybe it should be required reading for anyone diagnosed with Cluster Headache.

Just my too sense,

Ron

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by davidj35 on Jun 2nd, 2010 at 4:04pm
Amen Joe, just read my thread for more than 2 cents.

David

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by davidj35 on Jun 2nd, 2010 at 4:04pm
Sorry read too fast I mean Amen Ron.

:)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Jun 2nd, 2010 at 4:26pm
My too sense, two! Amen, brutha!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Jun 2nd, 2010 at 11:22pm


Thanks guys. I thought the post would generate more interest. I guess not.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Jun 2nd, 2010 at 11:30pm
Give it a few days.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Openminder on Jun 3rd, 2010 at 1:35pm
Thank you pink floyd. I tried some mushrooms 4 days ago. Not even enough to catch much of a buzz and one of the worst cycles I've been in and was looking at another 4 or 5 weeks of it, is gone. It took 4 days to completely work. I tested it out big time by going out to a party last nite and having several beer. (MAJOR TRIGGER -normally one would be enough to trigger) I was so happy about how I wasn't feeling the headaches, I got carried away, had a few more than planned, (i think it was 7) got kind of drunk but no attack. no threat of attack no phantom. Except for the hangover this morning, no pain. I was almost happy about having a normal hangover headache.
I am an advocate here in BC Canada for Medical Cannabis and who would have thought that mushrooms would have helped me. It must have had an effect on some of my remissions without knowing, as fall or spring would be the time I usually would try them recreationaly. I know what medicine to take now.
thank you - thank you - thank you.
by the way, I've seen pink floyd 3 times now. 71, 78 + 2008

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by birdman on Jun 3rd, 2010 at 1:52pm
Hoping to dose soon.  Last time it stopped a stubborn cycle dead in its tracks.  Hoping for more of the same!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by davidj35 on Jun 3rd, 2010 at 4:30pm
START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE

I don't know if this is posted elsewhere, but I just read the article about a trial using "legal" lsd in November of last year on the National Headache foundation site titled the effects of hallucinogens on cluster headaches. I am sure people are aware of this but since this thread is so long I thought I would post it.

David

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Jun 3rd, 2010 at 4:54pm
It's called 2 Bromo-LSD, or BOL. The first trial was done in Hannover, and they're looking to do another, bigger trial at MacLean Hospital at Harvard sometime soon.

The "bromo" part of the molecule renders it non-hallucinogenic while preserving the beneficial aspects of the compound. This non-hallucinogenic form is our best chance of fast-tracking through the FDA.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by davidj35 on Jun 3rd, 2010 at 5:26pm
Brew,

I'm in if they need volunteers, I live 3 hours from Boston, please keep us posted.

Thanks
David

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Jun 3rd, 2010 at 5:29pm

davidj35 wrote on Jun 3rd, 2010 at 5:26pm:
Brew,

I'm in if they need volunteers, I live 3 hours from Boston, please keep us posted.

Thanks
David

I'm pretty sure you'd need to be in active cycle when the study commences. Not sure how that works.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Lee_Ann on Jun 16th, 2010 at 3:39pm
Here is an update and recap to my husband's journal.

4/28 - Dose 1 - 1.5g
5/03 - Dose 2 - 1.5g
5/10 - Dose 3 - 1.5g
5/17 - Dose 4 - 1.5g
6/04 - Dose 5 - 1.5g - 18 days between dose 4 and 5

Began dosing 49 days ago. 24 days totally pain free. At 3 headaches a day, that is 72 headaches totally avoided. The rogue hits have been easily aborted with oxygen. They are more like an inconvenience now. Today is 12 days since last dose and he has only had 2 minor headaches in the last 12 days. Life is good ;D

Wishing you all success and PFDAN.

Lee Ann

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Guiseppi on Jun 16th, 2010 at 6:23pm
That's fantastic Lee Ann...hoping the success continues. Hugs to both of ya!

Joe

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Lee_Ann on Jun 16th, 2010 at 6:43pm
Thanks Joe.  Hope all is well with you.

Lee Ann

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by fightguy on Jun 17th, 2010 at 3:13pm
Mark me down as a 100% supporter of ClusterBusting. By far, the best treatment I have ever had.

I am so grateful for this site and the people who have gone before me busting. I would encourage EVERYONE who has not found relief with prescriptions to give it a shot. It has been a lifesaver

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by davidj35 on Jun 17th, 2010 at 3:22pm
Ditto to Fight Guy 1000%.

David :) :) :)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by black on Jun 17th, 2010 at 5:18pm
something is wrong here,doesn't fit.

From what i see there two kinds.
the ones who are not willing to take this risk and 02 happens to work great if set properly.
and the ones who are using the seeds and O2 doesn't work as they claim.

So i skip the
wee areee all different part
and raise just one question.

2)does 02 works if set properly yes or no?


I am getting very suspicious about this topic which is here for what?four years?
a lot of people coming out of the blue with just a few posts saying yea it works!(not all)and then never appear again jsut to keep it on top maybe?I even saw that statement somewhere inbetween posts -that maybe they are getting on their beautiful lifes now.As if it suggests that the rests are smacks for not giving it a try.
And leaves me with the question don't they bother
to check in again?to see if there is a medical research maybe for what they using i suppose repeteatly now and then as you never really get free but in remission and is psychotropic(or whatever is called)?

i tried very hard to understand what's about and read that it was used for recreation in early 70's?
is it true?till now i thought pool was recreation :D




Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by fightguy on Jun 17th, 2010 at 5:44pm
Are you implying that there is some sort psychedelic conspiracy going on? That might be the stupidest thing I have ever heard

Sorry if I misunderstood, but it wasn't exactly written in the most clear fashion

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by black on Jun 17th, 2010 at 5:46pm
Didn't you see the question?

your thoughts are not mine.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Lefty on Jun 17th, 2010 at 6:20pm

black wrote on Jun 17th, 2010 at 5:18pm:
and raise just one question.
does 02 works if set properly yes or no?


Aye, and so does the Psychedelics... I think it's just a case of Eeny, meeny, miny, moe,...


Lefty



Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Lettucehead on Jun 17th, 2010 at 6:41pm

black wrote on Jun 17th, 2010 at 5:18pm:
From what i see there two kinds.
the ones who are not willing to take this risk and 02 happens to work great if set properly.
and the ones who are using the seeds and O2 doesn't work as they claim.


So i skip the
wee areee all different part
and raise just one question.

2)does 02 works if set properly yes or no?



O2 DOES work if set and used properly - for 80% of people.  The question is, if it is not working for you - are you in the 20% for which it does not work or are you using it incorrectly?

Now, as for your 'two kinds of people', unfortunately, there are those of us for whom O2 does not work 100% but still cannot take seeds for other reasons including health issues and/or concerns about legality and job security.

just saying...

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Lefty on Jun 17th, 2010 at 7:08pm

Quote:

Lettucehead wrote on Jun 17th, 2010 at 6:41pm:

black wrote on Jun 17th, 2010 at 5:18pm:
From what i see there two kinds.
the ones who are not willing to take this risk and 02 happens to work great if set properly.
and the ones who are using the seeds and O2 doesn't work as they claim.


So i skip the
wee areee all different part
and raise just one question.

2)does 02 works if set properly yes or no?



O2 DOES work if set and used properly - for 80% of people.  The question is, if it is not working for you - are you in the 20% for which it does not work or are you using it incorrectly?

Now, as for your 'two kinds of people', unfortunately, there are those of us for whom O2 does not work 100% but still cannot take seeds for other reasons including health issues and/or concerns about legality and job security.

just saying...


I don't mean to stray of topic to much but I often wonder why that is. I mean is it a simple case of the 20% or so just not using the apparatus correctly or are there indeed physical factors that are having a part to play. Has there been any research into why 02 will work for some and not others.


Lefty

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by nani on Jun 17th, 2010 at 7:14pm
I'm not sure exactly what your question is either, black, but for me O2 only worked about half the time before I started busting. Since busting, I have a 95% success rate with it. When I need it, which is very rarely.

As to this thread in general, let me update by saying I've not had an attack in over two years. Since I haven't busted in about 18 months, I will assume I'm in remission at the moment. I will probably do a preventative dose sometime, since I know most remissions aren't permanent. I keep O2 around anyway, because one never knows.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Jun 17th, 2010 at 7:29pm

nani wrote on Jun 17th, 2010 at 7:14pm:
I'm not sure exactly what your question is either, black, but for me O2 only worked about half the time before I started busting. Since busting, I have a 95% success rate with it. When I need it, which is very rarely.

As to this thread in general, let me update by saying I've not had an attack in over two years. Since I haven't busted in about 18 months, I will assume I'm in remission at the moment. I will probably do a preventative dose sometime, since I know most remissions aren't permanent. I keep O2 around anyway, because one never knows.

I hope to be exactly where you're at someday, Nani.

Someday quite soon.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Lee_Ann on Jun 17th, 2010 at 8:54pm
Before my husband got the non-rebreather mask, 02 did not work very well for him.  The non-rebreather mask and busting are a great combination for him.

The purpose of this topic is for people that have tried busting to give a report, whether successful or not.

Lee Ann

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Jun 17th, 2010 at 9:04pm
Perhaps, then, I should add:

EXTREMELY successful.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by vietvet2tours on Jun 17th, 2010 at 9:37pm

Brew wrote on Jun 17th, 2010 at 9:04pm:
Perhaps, then, I should add:

EXTREMELY successful.

Fukneh  Bill.

Potter

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Jun 17th, 2010 at 9:41pm
Yep.

Fuckeneh!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Lee_Ann on Jun 17th, 2010 at 9:49pm
Double Ditto ;)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by davidj35 on Jun 17th, 2010 at 11:48pm
I am waiting till tomorrow to finish my thread "and so the experiment begins" however I needed to jump in to blacks comments. I am one of the 80% for whom luckily both 02 and now busting has been successful. There are so many factors involved in a successful bust from detox to viability of product to correct dosing that we don't know why it doesn't always work or why 02 doesn't as well. It is one of the many mystery's of these f*&%ing things. All I can say is if you haven't tried either therapy you may be missing out on great alternatives to our various meds.

David

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by black on Jun 18th, 2010 at 8:51am
thank you for your replies.

pf wishes

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by wimsey1 on Jun 18th, 2010 at 9:29am

Quote:
And leaves me with the question don't they bother
to check in again?to see if there is a medical research maybe for what they using i suppose repeteatly now and then as you never really get free but in remission and is psychotropic(or whatever is called)? (sic)


I'm a little surprised some others didn't jump on this but to answer your question, yes. There is research (and patents both received and pending) for the use of non-hallucinegenic psychedelics and O2. Most of that is available either on this site or on clusterbusters.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by MattyAA on Jun 18th, 2010 at 9:52pm
Well to answer question, for now 3 doses of Morning Glories.

Busting does not touch my CH, but maybe I use them wrong or I am in the 20% but too early to say Morning Glories are weak though I take around 60-100 of them so not sure.

Yes I am detoxed and I only use O2 hopefuly succesful for my headaches.

Well next to try is RC HBWR or shrooms :)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bejeeber on Jun 19th, 2010 at 12:32am

MattyAA wrote on Jun 18th, 2010 at 9:52pm:
Busting does not touch my CH, but maybe I use them wrong or I am in the 20% but too early to say Morning Glories are weak though I take around 60-100 of them so not sure.....Well next to try is RC HBWR or shrooms :)


If it was me and I had access to them I'd go straight to the big guns - the shrooms. You certainly wouldn't be the first to have no success with seeds, then find that psilocybin will do the job.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Callico on Jun 19th, 2010 at 12:48am
Black,

You raised a valid question as to why some post about the success they have had busting and then never show up again.  Having been around here for several years I can tell you there is quite a significant number of those who come around while in cycle, but when the beast is gone so are they.  They don't want to be reminded of the horror they endured during cycle or they just get busy with life and CH is not a part of it at that time.  I've an idea that many of those who post about the success with busting fall into that category.  Another reason we don't see some of them around here as much anymore is that they have gotten involved at clusterbusters.com and don't take the time to do both. 

I have not busted (yet) due to personal reasons that make it problematic at best.  I've watched closely to see what is going on with it, and have seen first hand the results of a couple of friends who have had phenominal success with it.  I'm glad for them,and  one day hope to join them. 

Please don't get the idea that those who post about busting are all a bunch of trolls who show up to shill for their idea and then disappear.  For those for whom it works it works well.

Another thing you are confusing is that busting is a preventative whereas O2 is an abortive.  One's success or failure with one has no bearing on one's success or failure with the other.

Hope this helps.

Jerry

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Lee_Ann on Jun 19th, 2010 at 12:36pm
There are a number of reasons it may appear that people just show up and post.

I have actually been reading this board since 2003.  Started out as Shinydellgirl and forgot my password and reregistered in 2007.

I am a shy person and didn't feel like I had much to add.  Just popped in to see if there were any new treatments.

Well after 7 years of trying just about every medication there is and two surgeries, severed both occipital nerves and the ONS trial in April this year, I was at my wits end.

Time for the big guns and what a difference it has made. 

My goal is that by standing up and giving our story and attending the Clusterbuster Convention in Portland that we may be able to make a difference in people's lives.  Hopefully pushing for a legal form of drug, BOL.

I am so glad I finally started posting here and on CB.  I have met so many new friends and supporters like myself.  We are not alone now. ;D

Lee Ann

 

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Lee_Ann on Jun 19th, 2010 at 12:48pm
Oh, and yes, I am trying to keep this thread at the top. ;)


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Jun 19th, 2010 at 5:31pm
Hi,

I'm one of the guilty who posted almost continuously while my son was severely chronic and then backed off as the busting became more and more successful.

Two things are to blame here in my case. One, desperation faded as we first found that shrooms were effective and then gained ready access to them through cultivation and anonymous donations. Michael has reached the point where we know how much to dose with and when. He differs from most in that the shrooms are almost immediately effective; a few hours after dosing, his headaches completely disappear and he remains completely free of them for 5-7 days. At the first sign of their return, he doses again and is free of them for another 5-7 days. For now at least, he can begin to reclaim his life. Our dosing routine has for him, for now, been completely successful. He is currently headache-free after many years of almost constant agony. The board is a reminder of what used to be and though I feel responsible to spread his story as widely as we can, for the first time in years we can both finally relax a bit and enjoy some of the rest of what life has to offer.

The second factor is the success of and our participation in ClusterBusters. Their focus is on the use of psychedelic drugs in the fight against Cluster Headaches. None of the currently prescribed medications, or oxygen, or the various seeds and energy drinks; nothing has helped my son except the more powerful psychedelics.  Much good is done in this forum and it is of enormous benefit to many sufferers. We first learned about ClusterBusting from this website and from this topic in particular but for us nothing else proved helpful besides ClusterBusting and that in a very dramatic way, so my participation in this forum is now mainly directed toward guiding CH sufferers from here to the ClusterBuster website.

Ron

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by black on Jun 19th, 2010 at 6:33pm
please bonkers i would be extremely interested of a list of the medications he has tried.just the names.
cause only methadone i saw on your previous posts and this as far as i know,as i never took it,neither any doc ever recommend it me,doesn't apply for ch

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Jun 19th, 2010 at 10:03pm
You're right, Black. No doctors and, as far as I know, no one else for that matter, recommends Methadone for Cluster headaches. From our family doctor to a Neurologist and then to the Pain Specialist who is currently treating him, over the course of 14 years, from the time he was 12-years-old till now, he has tried everything recommended by those 3 caring people. All the commonly prescribed medications (outside the really over-the-top ones) listed on the CH websites have been tried and discarded. It's possible that if he had had a Cluster Headache specialist treating him that he would have come up with a cocktail that would have worked for him; I don't know. The only thing tried that in the end provided any relief at all was narcotics. And all they did was dull the ache. He still spent all his time in the fetal position in bed, crying, sometimes screaming. He ended up taking dangerous levels of both Fentanyl and Oxycontin. His doctor finally prescribed Methadone, which is equally effective and for him at least hasn't resulted in his needing more and more of the drug. He stabilized(?) at 120mg/day and has not required an increase for the last couple of years. But that's all in the past (fingers crossed). He's still taking 50mg/day. He's still an addict. Our hope is that without the headaches he'll be able to break the addiction without too much trouble.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Jun 21st, 2010 at 10:59pm
As usual, things didn't work out as planned. A dose taken at the first hint of a headache, 5 rather than 7+ days after the last, only provided 3 days of relief. I guess this is going to take a lot of experimenting before we get it right. We're thinking maybe wait a long time (8-10 days) and then take a big dose (6-7g rather than 4.25). We're so lucky that we found something that we can experiment with. Also, that the Psilocybin has had the effect of lessening the pain of the CH while he's got it. We'll keep pluggin' on and reportin' on what we find.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by davidj35 on Jun 22nd, 2010 at 11:51am
Bonkers,

Isn't it ridiculous how we have to be our own guinea pigs!! I feel so badly for you and your family that you have to be the one's figuring this all out. Good luck with the new attempt I will be following your posts as always.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by MattyAA on Jun 22nd, 2010 at 1:41pm
Damn... maybe it is the methadone interfering with it, who knows, and then Michael needs it to not hurt, which makes testing psylocibes on him unmedicated very hard.

I just hope that this big dose knocks his headaches out or it is just temportal change in the way psylocybin works.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Jun 22nd, 2010 at 3:47pm

We're pioneers! How cool is that? Be glad for us that we GET to do this.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by MattyAA on Jun 22nd, 2010 at 8:12pm
Indeed we are, but I wish all of us had at least something that stops these headaches and gives relief for longer than temporary. Or at least tool to make life feel like our headaches arent painful malady but something less dreadful so we fear not.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Jun 22nd, 2010 at 9:32pm
Hi Matty,

Is there no way - for sure - for you to get your hands on any of the stronger psychedelics? Is there any way for anyone here or anywhere outside Poland to help you?

Ron

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by MattyAA on Jun 23rd, 2010 at 9:10am
Will see what future brings :)

So far the seeds do not seem to do the trick although I still got some of those morning glory extracts will try to dose at least twice times more, I still haven't taken any med only red bulls and O2.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by vietvet2tours on Jun 23rd, 2010 at 10:22am

bonkers wrote on Jun 22nd, 2010 at 9:32pm:
Hi Matty,

Is there no way - for sure - for you to get your hands on any of the stronger psychedelics? Is there any way for anyone here or anywhere outside Poland to help you?

Ron

   This crap is best left to pm.

           Potter

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Jun 23rd, 2010 at 9:35pm

As far as I can tell, this topic is the appropriate place to post questions and information about this "crap." In the future, I'll reserve more personal questions such as this one to PMs. Sorry if I ruffled anyone's feathers.

Ron

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Callico on Jun 24th, 2010 at 12:15am
Ron,

As I understand it, this is a proper place for discussing efficacy and proper usages, but when it gets into finding suppliers, getting the material, etc. it is better to go private and keep it out of the lime light. 

Just my  [smiley=twocents.gif] and understanding.  We don't want to give the idea we are interested in dealing, etc.

Jerry

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by MattyAA on Jun 24th, 2010 at 7:42pm
I edited my post, I don't want to cause this forum any trouble becuse it is life-saver to all of us including me.

Sorry for those who felt offended if I crossed line a bit too far.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by coach_bill on Jul 30th, 2010 at 10:59pm
Bump...

Coach Bill

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Aug 1st, 2010 at 5:54am
Hi Coach Bill,

Nice of you to bump the topic. Too bad there doesn't seem to be much interest in alts just now. Maybe the ClusterBuster website (START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE) is getting most of the "alt" traffic just now. Maybe we got off-topic.

I'm happy to report that my son Michael is starting work at a local brewery soon. Psilocybin therapy has lessened the severity of his HAs to where the methadone he is still taking (40-70mg/day) is enough that he can conduct his daily affairs. And that's just for the days when he has any HA at all. His last dose (40g) gave him 7-1/2 days of total relief from the pain. Right now he's in a 10 day cycle of sorts. He doses. He has 2-3 days of HAs where he has to take a little more methadone. He has about a week of complete relief. Repeat. Is that cool, or what?

The methadone addiction is serious. But he at least seems to be committed to getting out of it. We're both pretty sure that it's preventing him from getting full use out of the psilocybin. Plus it does a whole lot of other really awful stuff to him both physically and mentally.

Ron

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Arde on Aug 1st, 2010 at 11:00am
Been following yor story since I've been here. Good to hear that your son is finally getting well enough to get a job. At a brewery no less, well at least we know the beer will be safe.
About the methadone addiction, are you aware of START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE ? I heard of this years ago being touted as a cure for just about any kind of addiction, nicotine, alcohol, opiates, etc. It seems to be getting back in the news again. As I recall from years ago, people with addictions would use the drug recreationally, and when they came down from the trip, would no longer have any craving for the drug they were addicted to. Sounded too good to be true at the time, but seems to be something to it after all.
I would wish Michael good luck on the job, but heck, luck is for amateurs  :)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Aug 1st, 2010 at 12:17pm

Thanks for the post, Arde. I have not heard of Ibogaine. Will definitely look into it.

I don't know if the beer will be safe or not. Alcohol has very little effect on Michael's HAs. Jealous?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Arde on Aug 1st, 2010 at 12:19pm

bonkers wrote on Aug 1st, 2010 at 12:17pm:
Jealous?


Damn right!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Dallas Denny 62 on Aug 1st, 2010 at 12:31pm

bonkers wrote on Aug 1st, 2010 at 5:54am:
I'm happy to report that my son Michael is starting work at a local brewery soon. Psilocybin therapy has lessened the severity of his HAs to where the methadone he is still taking (40-70mg/day) is enough that he can conduct his daily affairs.

 
Hey Ron!!

Thanks for makin an old man cry first cat outta the bag on a Sunday Mornin!!!  Ya'll have come a million miles in the past 9 months and I am so proud of you my friend!!!!!

Michael, heres a big Texas "YEEEE Phuckin HAWWWW" to ya dude!!!!

DD

Edited to add.......umm Michael...you will be workin at the brewery by the time I get there for my visit right?...you know...freebies and all that kinda stuff...lmao!!!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Neal on Aug 1st, 2010 at 1:55pm
Wildhaus,

       Like you, I won't be using the "ClusterBuster" methods due to the fact that they are illegal. Like you, I am at an age (mid-40's) where finding another job would be more difficult, especially in these difficult economic times. If they were legal I would try them. Instead, though, this Tuesday I will be undergoing "CyberKnife radiosurgery". In essence a "trigeminal rhizotomy" (cutting the trigeminal nerve where it exits the pons) will be performed using a tightly focused beam of Gamma radiation. I do not relish this option, but all else (except the CB methods, of course) has failed.
      Having said that, though, I strongly urge you to attend this conference and discuss BOTH CH and the CB methods. The more this disease and the CB methods are discussed, the more research will be done, and perhaps a truly effective method of dealing with it will be discovered, and eventually legalized (at least for medical use). PLEASE do not let your distaste of someone's tone make you avoid going to this conference to discuss or present information on cluster headaches and the "ClusterBuster" methods. Many people here and on the sister site START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE have gotten excellent results, at the risk of their freedom, their jobs, etc. They are truly pioneers in seeking what seems to be, for many, a veritable cure for this life-destroying malady (I won't bore you with the details of everything this disease has taken from me.)
      Yes, those who have had great success with the use of hallucinogens may seem a bit "preachy" like the fundamentalists you mention, but that (to me) indicates the passion these people have for a simple method that has "given them their lives back."
       In closing, please attend this conference and share this information with your colleagues. It could eventually lead to a cure for cluster headaches. I'm not sure if I have this quote exact, but I will leave you with the following: "All it takes for evil to succeed is for good men to do nothing." Be a good man.      


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Arde on Aug 1st, 2010 at 2:43pm
Neal, you seem to be a bit paranoid about the piss test. I don't think they even test for the psychedelics, mostly looking for weed, speed, opiates, and cocaine. A phone call to the clinic conducting the tests should clear it up. Although I could be wrong, but it's been my understanding that testing for hallucinogens is too expensive to be worthwhile.
Even if they do test for them, using the small amount necessary for HA treatment on a Friday after work shouldn't show up the following Monday if you did get the bad luck of the draw.
Hoping your treatment goes well, no one deserves this crap.
Go from legal-illegal, to works-doesn't work.
Live free

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by vietvet2tours on Aug 1st, 2010 at 3:14pm

Neal wrote on Aug 1st, 2010 at 1:55pm:
Wildhaus,

       Like you, I won't be using the "ClusterBuster" methods due to the fact that they are illegal. Like you, I am at an age (mid-40's) where finding another job would be more difficult, especially in these difficult economic times. If they were legal I would try them. Instead, though, this Tuesday I will be undergoing "CyberKnife radiosurgery". In essence a "trigeminal rhizotomy" (cutting the trigeminal nerve where it exits the pons) will be performed using a tightly focused beam of Gamma radiation. I do not relish this option, but all else (except the CB methods, of course) has failed.
      Having said that, though, I strongly urge you to attend this conference and discuss BOTH CH and the CB methods. The more this disease and the CB methods are discussed, the more research will be done, and perhaps a truly effective method of dealing with it will be discovered, and eventually legalized (at least for medical use). PLEASE do not let your distaste of someone's tone make you avoid going to this conference to discuss or present information on cluster headaches and the "ClusterBuster" methods. Many people here and on the sister site START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE have gotten excellent results, at the risk of their freedom, their jobs, etc. They are truly pioneers in seeking what seems to be, for many, a veritable cure for this life-destroying malady (I won't bore you with the details of everything this disease has taken from me.)
      Yes, those who have had great success with the use of hallucinogens may seem a bit "preachy" like the fundamentalists you mention, but that (to me) indicates the passion these people have for a simple method that has "given them their lives back."
       In closing, please attend this conference and share this information with your colleagues. It could eventually lead to a cure for cluster headaches. I'm not sure if I have this quote exact, but I will leave you with the following: "All it takes for evil to succeed is for good men to do nothing." Be a good man.      

START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE

     Potter

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by -johnny- on Aug 1st, 2010 at 9:21pm
i've busted on a saturday and pissed clean early monday morning with no preparation other than 1 cup of coffee. the extreme pain outweighs the legalities of busting. by far. getting stabbed in the face with a red hot poker several times a day is far more likely to interfere with you keeping ANY job than the unlikelihood of you not passing a piss test cause you ate some shrooms

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by -johnny- on Aug 1st, 2010 at 9:32pm
matty when i busted it took about 3 weeks to be totally headache free. this was with mushrooms and lsd. try to  make it through the first week to 10 days with o2 and red bulls to decide its not working. i know its tough  but be patient.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Aug 2nd, 2010 at 12:00am
Yo Denny,

This isn't that weak, fizzy, yellow $hit you Texans pass off as beer, my friend. This is big, bold California beer; Alpine beer to be exact. Beer with names like Exponential Hoppiness and Chez Monieu. But yeah, we'll have some Alpine beer for you. Btw, thanks forever for your support from the beginning.

Ron

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Guiseppi on Aug 2nd, 2010 at 9:53am
Would that be from Mcilhenny's Alpine Brewery??? His "Pure Hoppiness" is an IPA version of heaven on earth. After we leave Fred's we may have to stop by Mcilhenny's and grab a "Growler to go!"

Joe

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Aug 2nd, 2010 at 10:03am

bonkers wrote on Aug 2nd, 2010 at 12:00am:
This is big, bold California beer;

Ron - As a life-long Wisconsin resident who spent a number of years brewing his own beer (yes, even mashing his own wort when extract brews proved to be sub-standard), I find this hilarious!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Aug 2nd, 2010 at 3:56pm
Yes Joe, the very same. Btw, did you know they made beer in Wisconsin? I think they ship it to Texas.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Aug 2nd, 2010 at 4:29pm

bonkers wrote on Aug 2nd, 2010 at 3:56pm:
Yes Joe, the very same. Btw, did you know they made beer in Wisconsin? I think they ship it to Texas.

You're killing me, dude!

I'm not talking about Big Beer (hell, Miller/Coors is owned by some South African company now, I think) - some of the world's best microbreweries are right here in my hometown.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Redd on Aug 2nd, 2010 at 4:38pm
Or near ME...

Stevens Point Brewery and Central Waters Brewery.

Glacial Trail IPA is a must try from Central Waters as is their Mudpuppy Porter.

Seasonally, their Burbon Barrel Cherry Stout was 2006 Great American Beer Festival Gold Medal Winner. 

Mmmmmm I'm getting thirsty already....

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Aug 2nd, 2010 at 4:53pm
Why don't you guys come along with us? By the time we're done, you'll be throwing rocks at Wisconsin beer.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Aug 2nd, 2010 at 5:07pm

bonkers wrote on Aug 2nd, 2010 at 4:53pm:
By the time we're done, you'll be throwing rocks at Wisconsin beer.

Watch it, buddy. ;)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Redd on Aug 2nd, 2010 at 5:24pm

Brew wrote on Aug 2nd, 2010 at 5:07pm:

bonkers wrote on Aug 2nd, 2010 at 4:53pm:
By the time we're done, you'll be throwing rocks at Wisconsin beer.

Watch it, buddy. ;)



Next thing you know....he'll be saying California Cheeses are better than Wisconsin's too. 

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Aug 2nd, 2010 at 5:31pm

Redd wrote on Aug 2nd, 2010 at 5:24pm:
Watch it, buddy. ;)Next thing you know....he'll be saying California Cheeses are better than Wisconsin's too. 

Cuzonaccounta the cows are happier? That translates as "stoned" to me.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Dallas Denny 62 on Aug 2nd, 2010 at 5:31pm
Well, Brew and Ron, thanks for another good belly laugh!!! 

Guess I can't get involved in this fray...lol.....grew up not far from Golden, drank my first Colorado Koolaid when I was around 13 and it's been my choice now for half a century (damn, that'll make you feel old) so ya'll will get to break a micro brew newbie in!!!

I did drink a few San Miguel in the Phillipines on my way to Nam......their quality control sucks out loud.....depending on which bottle you happen to get, it's anywhere from 18 to 24 %...all of it tasted like crap but if you happened to get 3 or 4 bottles that were 24% you could get uncontrolably happy mo riki tic!!

I sure as hell hope ya'll don't have a sudden heat wave while I'm there (yeah, I've heard about SD's "perfect" weather)........just caught the 7 day forecast for Dallas......105 today and tomorrow, 104 weds and thurs, 103 on fri, and then the cold spell gets her for the weekend...only 102.....and he said it looks like more of the same thru at least the middle of next week!!!!

DD


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by -johnny- on Aug 3rd, 2010 at 12:30pm
START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Aug 3rd, 2010 at 10:45pm
"Willer time," huh? Now we've REALLY gotten off topic. One more thing: I heard recently - and I'm not just trying to add fuel to the fire - that southern California has become the new hub of micro-brewing. That's all. "I will fight no more forever" - some Indian.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Guiseppi on Aug 4th, 2010 at 9:34am
So the next get together for CH'ers will be a Pub Crawl...moving from state to state to compare micro brews ;D.....with deepest apologies to those on cycle. :(

Joe

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by davidj35 on Aug 4th, 2010 at 10:53am

Guiseppi wrote on Aug 4th, 2010 at 9:34am:
So the next get together for CH'ers will be a Pub Crawl...moving from state to state to compare micro brews ;D.....with deepest apologies to those on cycle. :(

Joe


I am in!!!!! The ultimate beer test :)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Mike NZ on Aug 4th, 2010 at 7:38pm

Guiseppi wrote on Aug 4th, 2010 at 9:34am:
So the next get together for CH'ers will be a Pub Crawl...moving from state to state to compare micro brews ;D.....with deepest apologies to those on cycle. :(


I guess that those on cycle will be doing the driving.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Arde on Aug 5th, 2010 at 1:57am
I'd volunteer to be the designated drinker if it didn't hurt so bad.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Guiseppi on Aug 5th, 2010 at 4:08pm

Arde wrote on Aug 5th, 2010 at 1:57am:
I'd volunteer to be the designated drinker if it didn't hurt so bad.


Fortunately it stops hurting as soon as the pain goes away.....sadly at times that takes a while. :'(

Joe

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Aug 10th, 2010 at 8:03pm
Hi All,

Back on topic and an update on Michael. He dosed 11 days ago, spent 3 days with a moderately painful - whatever that means - but manageable headache and the last 8 days PF. A new record for him. He's not ready to dose again so we'll just wait and see how long it lasts.

One thing that was mentioned but not emphasized, something that I haven't heard about anyone else, is the change in timing of Mike's post-dose hits subsequent to the last two dosings. From the very first psychedelic "interruption" of Michael's HAs, he's gotten immediate, total relief a few hours after dosing. That relief then lasted 3-4 days b4 the HA's return. However, these past 2 dosings have been followed by 3 days of increased HA activity b4 getting any relief - the way it works with everybody else. In addition to changing the timing, his PF times have increased from 3-4 days to 7-8 days (and counting). Not to complain. It's all good stuff.

Ron

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by -johnny- on Aug 10th, 2010 at 9:08pm
right on ron! this stuff works man. ;) my hits didn't follow any kinf of time frame so i cant comment on that but after 4 or 5 days the intensity and frequency of the attacks was much less.  14 days my attacks where one a day and very controllable. 3 weeks i was bullet proof. that was 2 1/2 years ago and haven't had one since. (knock on wood)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Aug 11th, 2010 at 12:41am
Your experience gives us hope, Johnny. I hope that a year or so down the line, we'll be able to say the same.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by -johnny- on Aug 11th, 2010 at 2:36am

bonkers wrote on Aug 11th, 2010 at 12:41am:
Your experience gives us hope, Johnny. I hope that a year or so down the line, we'll be able to say the same.

me too  :)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by LostAgain on Aug 11th, 2010 at 3:48am
Just started my first cycle in a year and a half. I have been doing RC seeds for the past 2-2.5 years and the results are obvious. I've dosed twice for the cycle. It seems to be muffling the Loud Female Dog in my temple, but hasn't busted it. Maybe one more dose... either way probably going to try the shrooms when I can get a hold of them. But trust me when I say the seeds worked with absolutely NO SIDE EFFECTS, and it was the best treatment I ever tried.

pf times everyone,
Lost
Shoes.JPG (Attachment deleted)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by MattyAA on Aug 24th, 2010 at 7:25pm
I will be off topic.

Nice shoes ;D

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Chad on Aug 24th, 2010 at 9:23pm
Lost...besides your shoes, LOL, keep on dosing every 5 days, maybe even larger amounts.  I busted using 80 seeds in the middle of this cycle.  I using 30 seeds last sunday (my 3rd dose in cycle).  It  has definitely tamed it.  Not broken it, but I only get shadows and I can have several beers w/o shadows :).  The weird thing is, i'll get hit with a minor shadow like every other day.
I know the seeds are working.  I'm considering using a round of psilo tea for the final KO punch if I continue to get shadows.  I guess i'm spoiled because I can deal with shadows.  The one thing we all know about shadows is that the cycle isn't completely over till you get nothing for days on end.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by davidj35 on Aug 24th, 2010 at 11:29pm
Hey Chad,

I too am getting hit again, I did 40 seeds last Wednesday and 60 tonight. Back down to 1 hit today so far and I too am working on getting some tea made next week to KO the sucker.

David

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Chad on Aug 25th, 2010 at 10:08am
David, my pattern this summer has almost been identical to yours.  It's been an on and off cycle for a couple of months with lower kip CH or shadows.  I've been shadow free for 2 days now and had 3 tasty beers last night.  No hits through the night or this morning.
I'm hoping that last dose of seeds from Sunday night did the trick.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by davidj35 on Aug 25th, 2010 at 11:43am

Chad wrote on Aug 25th, 2010 at 10:08am:
I'm hoping that last dose of seeds from Sunday night did the trick.


I hope so too.

I am thinking that since I busted my spring cycle in July that maybe it wont take as many doses to bust my fall cycle in August, make any sense?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Chad on Aug 25th, 2010 at 12:21pm
Well David, just when we think we have this beast in check, he changes patterns.  I have had 1 cylce/year for 14 days for several years.  This year is changed quite a bit.  It's been 2 months.  Two easy months with minor pain due to the busting methods.
The thing you and I have and all clusterbusters have is the knowledge on what to do when a cycle starts and we have an advantage to those who choose use the conventional meds with all of those side affects.
Everybody has their reasons to use whatever method they wish.  Educating ourselves with a little trial and error is the key to busting.  Hopefully you won't need as many doses to break this cycle.

Best of luck David!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Aug 28th, 2010 at 2:43am
A quick update on Michael. After spending the last 10 days with a HA, because for the first time in months Michael wasn't able to bust, this last time it worked. 3 days of post-dose HAs and now PFdom! Let's see how long it lasts this time.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Guiseppi on Aug 28th, 2010 at 3:14am
Hugs for the both of you Ron, wish him luck for me.

Joe

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by davidj35 on Aug 28th, 2010 at 11:23am
So glad to hear he is back on track and getting some pf time, best to both of you.

David

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by MattyAA on Aug 28th, 2010 at 4:53pm
Keep us updated please so we may figure out something maybe or help.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Sep 17th, 2010 at 5:37pm
Hi All,

A bump for the topic and an update on my son, Michael.

With continued dosing, PF times are increasing. Michael has settled into the more common routine whereas his HAs increase in intensity for typically 3 days subsequent to dosing. These days this is followed by 7-10 days of PF time. When the HAs return, he doses again. The increased PF time may be due to the reduction in his use of methadone. He has dropped from a high of 120mg/day to 20-40mg/day.

He's working part-time (18-30 hrs/wk) at our local brewery which puts a few dollars in his pocket, increases his feeling of self-worth and allows interaction with his fellow human beings. The brewery recently opened an attached pub where he also works as a server. Tips, chicks, the works. The severity of his HAs - when he has them - has decreased to the point where he can work when he gets them with no one being the wiser. He now has a life. Cool, huh?

Ron

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by black on Sep 17th, 2010 at 6:37pm
and he still doesn't interact with other ch sufferers cause...........really why?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Jackie on Sep 17th, 2010 at 6:40pm
Ron,

Really glad your son is doing so well.  Bless both your hearts...it's been a long struggle.

I'll say it one more time....
If you can bust do it!!!  My heart goes out to any who can't for whatever reason.

It saved Blake.....I swear it did!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Sep 17th, 2010 at 7:33pm

Jackie wrote on Sep 17th, 2010 at 6:40pm:
Ron,

Really glad your son is doing so well.  Bless both your hearts...it's been a long struggle.

I'll say it one more time....
If you can bust do it!!!  My heart goes out to any who can't for whatever reason.

It saved Blake.....I swear it did!

Saved me, too.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Jackie on Sep 17th, 2010 at 8:15pm

Brew wrote on Sep 17th, 2010 at 7:33pm:

Jackie wrote on Sep 17th, 2010 at 6:40pm:
Ron,

Really glad your son is doing so well.  Bless both your hearts...it's been a long struggle.

I'll say it one more time....
If you can bust do it!!!  My heart goes out to any who can't for whatever reason.

It saved Blake.....I swear it did!

Saved me, too.


Yep.......I believe that too!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Guiseppi on Sep 17th, 2010 at 8:59pm
That's great news...Christy is back home so we'll be setting another brew pub date with y'all soon!

Joe

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Linda_Howell on Sep 17th, 2010 at 10:21pm


Partee in Menomenee Falls????    :-?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Sep 17th, 2010 at 11:15pm
Hi Black,

Really? The best answer I've got for you is that he's lazy. That and he knows I'll do it for him. This forum is therapy for ME. I've told him that I think he'll get a lot out of it if he'd just put in a little time, but he doesn't. He's 26 years old. I can't force him. He's got to want to do it on his own, not because I want him to. I'm still hopeful. Another thing: when he doesn't hurt, he wants these HAs as far out of mind as possible. Spending time on this forum just keeps it fresh. My argument is that he shouldn't do it for me or for himself but for you; that his story could be an inspiration for many. It hasn't worked yet. Sorry.

Ron

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Lee_Ann on Sep 18th, 2010 at 10:33am
So glad to hear Michael is doing well.  I can understand why he doesn't get on here.  I couldn't get my hubby on for the longest time either, even though this has saved his life as well.

Dan is finally on CB, but he's 52, not 26.  Michael has a lot of livin to do.  Good for him.  We will support the cause for him until he feels ready.

Lee Ann

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Callico on Sep 18th, 2010 at 12:57pm
Ron,

Don't worry about whether or not Michael comes on.  THis is a free forum, which means he is also free to stay away.  With what he goes through I fully understand and support him wanting to stay away from the reminders this place brings.  One day he may change his mind and come around.  Till then he's still part of the family.  (No matter what ANYBODY says about it.)

So glad to hear he is doing better, and is able to work.  Still praying for you all.

Jerry

Edit to add:  So glad we can provide therapy for YOU.  Most of us here NEED therapy! :D

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by black on Sep 18th, 2010 at 3:11pm

Quote:
No matter what ANYBODY says about it.


hey i didnt say anything like that.i am just favorite of conversation no matter what instead of parallel speeches.it creates understanding and therefore true bonds.
anyway good for you bonkers,good for your son too
of course everyone is free to do whatever is the best for himself and whatever.
sorry for asking.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Callico on Sep 18th, 2010 at 4:24pm

black wrote on Sep 18th, 2010 at 3:11pm:

Quote:
No matter what ANYBODY says about it.


hey i didnt say anything like that.i am just favorite of conversation no matter what instead of parallel speeches.it creates understanding and therefore true bonds.
anyway good for you bonkers,good for your son too
of course everyone is free to do whatever is the best for himself and whatever.
sorry for asking.


I just PM'ed Black with an apology for the way my post sounded.  It sounded as if I was aiming at him, which I was not.  Others have made disparaging comments about people not being involved enough here that were far stronger than what Black said.  He just triggered my thoughts on the matter and my comment looked as if it was aimed at him.  I said it very poorly. 

My point was simply that this is a family and if a person doesn't want to participate in the public forum or even be around us when PF it's OK.  We like having them here, but it doesn't change our need to support them. 

Ron is doing a heck of a job for Michael, and I appreciate both of them.

JErry

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Sep 18th, 2010 at 4:26pm
Please don't apologize, Black; your input is welcome and I'm happy to answer any questions you might have as best I can. Thanks for your interest in my son. I'll keep trying to get him on board.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Sep 18th, 2010 at 4:37pm
Maybe we're all a little thin-skinned at times. That's okay, I guess.

Callico, please know that your wonderful sons are very much appreciated. We all sleep better knowing that they're out there protecting our families and way of life. Congratulations and thanks.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Guiseppi on Sep 18th, 2010 at 6:55pm
Hey Bonk...check your PM's....Wed nite at the Brewery???

Joe

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Sep 18th, 2010 at 8:54pm
Hey Joe,

Wed's cool. YOU didn't read YOUR PMs. Like the one at 8:01 last night. Huh?, huh? How 'bout 5:30? Mike sez best last time b4 crowded. Ron

p.s. - check your PMs. Do it now. Don't forget.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Guiseppi on Sep 18th, 2010 at 10:23pm
It was there......sigh.....I'm not a very smart man!!! ::)

Joe

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Sep 18th, 2010 at 10:56pm
Sez who? Show 'em to me. I'll fight 'em. Er... nix that; I'll have my people fight 'em.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by MJ on Sep 19th, 2010 at 1:11am
Its good to have people...  :)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Sep 23rd, 2010 at 3:43pm
Well, I guess this last bust worked. Mike's been under the weather recently (me too) which made him unsure. If the bust had been successful, we expected him to be completely PF yesterday morning and when he wasn't we felt the bust hadn't worked. Saturday night was the first time since the very first that he busted using LSD rather than shrooms. He took 3 tabs from an Angel's gift of 6 tabs of unknown strength. We decided on 3 tabs since 2-3/4 tabs only made our benefactor a little light-headed. The effect on Michael was similar. It'll be interesting to see if his PF time increases using the stronger psychedelic.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Oct 3rd, 2010 at 2:08pm
We learned something new with this last dose. Michael took the last 3 tabs a week after the first but while still PF. We hoped to be able to avoid the 3 days of worsening HAs he experiences when dosing after the HAs return. It didn't work. He's had a HA all week. Not incapacitating but very uncomfortable. It's been a long time since he's had an incapacitating HA (Hooray!, Hooray!). Anyway, I think we now know that dosing when PF doesn't work for him - but it was worth a try. He'll dose again tonight with shrooms

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bejeeber on Oct 3rd, 2010 at 4:25pm
Thanks for keeping us updated on the trial and error pioneering y'all are doing, and here's hoping the shrooms get Michael back to the PF zone this week!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Guiseppi on Oct 5th, 2010 at 10:01pm
That's great news! Tell him as soon as he kicks the beast to the curb I'll meet him at McIlhenny's for another round of Exponential Hoppiness! ;) (REALLY strong IPA..not for the faint of heart!)

Joe

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Oct 18th, 2010 at 2:37pm
Just when you think you know, you know?

Michael's Dr gave him a medication to try to help him not sweat so much. I didn't pay much attention to it at the time; I mean, what could he give him for sweating that could affect his CHs? He tried to bust twice subsequent to starting on the sweating med and neither time was effective. We thought that maybe the psychedelics had outlived their effectiveness. Then I read the label on the sweating Rx: Inderal (Propranolol); A beta-blocker. Damn! He spent 3 weeks unnecessarily suffering with a HA. Not horrible. They don't get horrible anymore. (Knock on wood). Saturday b4 last was the last time he took the Inderal. He busted last Thursday, had his now typically worsening HAs for 3 days following busting and woke up this morning PF!

Joe, it's almost time for some more Expo.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Guiseppi on Oct 18th, 2010 at 3:30pm
Joe, it's almost time for some more Expo.

You know I'm all over that!!!

Joe

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bejeeber on Oct 18th, 2010 at 7:49pm
If I may interject something into your booze guzzling festivity planning  :D for a moment, glad to hear that the interference of the pesky drug may have worn off now for Michael, and here's hoping this bust gets him back to some nice lengthy PF time!


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Oct 19th, 2010 at 4:07am

Thanks for the thoughts. Come on out, Jeebs. We'll buy you a beer!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Guiseppi on Oct 21st, 2010 at 9:00am
Stories like yours make all of us smile! :) Would strongly suggest you visit   clusterbusters.com     as they have this treatmnet regimen down to a science! Could not be happier for you, as a fellow musician, I can't stand the thought of the beast silencing the music! >:(

Keep the smiling, pain free days coming.

Joe

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bejeeber on Oct 21st, 2010 at 12:57pm
What an inspiring story and a perfect photo to sum it up.  8-)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Oct 21st, 2010 at 4:12pm
Hi violinmaker,

Damn! Now, that's how I like to start the day. Can't imagine a much stronger recommendation. Exactly how many of us have felt (though your picture is far more eloquent than any description). I'm guessing that the expression on your face was much like my son's when he first yelled: "It works!, it works!" Little wonder that they're called "magic mushrooms."

You mention reading most of this and the "other board." Is the "other board" START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE If not, you really should check it out. It's devoted to the use of "alternatives" (mainly psychedelics) in the treatment of CH. I'm sure that everyone there would be very much interested in your story. Your dose (1/8 oz. or 3.5g) is up into recreational size. Most "Busters" find 1.5-2.0g adequate. You don't need to "trip" for it to work.

I once had shingles from mid-chest around to the left to mid-back. It was the worst case that either of the doctors I saw had ever seen. I can't imagine having it on my face.

Welcome violinmaker. We hope you stick around. Your experiences will benefit many.

Ron

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Callico on Oct 22nd, 2010 at 9:57am
Wonderful news!  It gives hope to those of us who need it.

Jerry

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Oct 26th, 2010 at 4:41am
I think I just now learned, from another topic on this site, that those of us who are of a mind to recommend or to advise on the use of psychedelics in the treatment of CH should not but rather should direct the questioner to START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE. Did I read that right?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Callico on Oct 26th, 2010 at 9:37pm
As I responded to the other post I don't think that is necessary.  I hope you will keep this alive over here.  It gives hope that the research will be finally approved and we can all access the relief those who are able to bust can enjoy.  I rejoice with you every time you post about Michael's successes and groan with you every time you post of his struggles.  Please don't get the idea alternatives should not be discussed here.  DJ is the only one who should say that.

Jerry

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Oct 26th, 2010 at 11:10pm
Sounds good to me, Callico. The error was mine. I misinterpreted what was being said by others. My bad.

Michael's last bust got him just short of 7 days PF. A shadow woke him up at 2 or 3am on the 7th day. He immediately got up, dosed with 4-2/3g and WENT BACK TO SLEEP! He said that neither his sleep nor his dreaming were effected by the dose. He must REALLY be used to taking this stuff. He started taking a new drug for his overactive sweat glands (Catapress pills). I hope it doesn't interfere with his busting because it works. Let's see: too much sweating or cluster headaches. What to choose. What to choose.

Something we haven't tried yet is busting while he's PF. This next time, he's going to dose at about the 4th or 5th day of his painfreedom and see if maybe we can avoid the 3 days of HAs which typically follow dosing. Wish us luck.

Ron

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Callico on Oct 27th, 2010 at 2:34pm
Ron, that is easy to do.  We don't have the advantage of body language or vocal inflection on our posts, and a lot of times our answers are truncated.  I know a lot of times newbies misinterpret some of what is said because of that.  I'm just glad you asked rather than taking your ball and going home! ;D  I've been trying to be careful that my posts are clear.  I'll try harder.

Jerry

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Nov 20th, 2010 at 6:29pm
Hi all,

In the BOL protocol, subjects were administered the drug on days 1, 5 and 10. We decided to try this and last monday Michael successfully busted with 4.0g of mushrooms. The bust was followed - as usual - by 3 days of HAs. He was PF when he woke up yesterday morning and dosed again last night with 4.0g. This is the 1st time he's dosed when PF. This is also the 1st time he's dosed when not having had ANY methadone for more than 24 hrs. Narcotic addiction's a bitch and the detox is hell, but during the last couple of weeks he's dropped from 6-8/day to 1-2/day and now to nothing. He no longer wants to take "just one more." Cool, huh? I'll let you know how it goes.

Ron


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Guiseppi on Nov 20th, 2010 at 6:37pm
Ron that's great news! Give him a hug for me!

Joe

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bejeeber on Nov 20th, 2010 at 7:56pm
That is the COOLEST.  8-) :)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Nov 20th, 2010 at 8:18pm

You guys have been such constant friends and supporters. Not just to us, but to everyone lucky enough to call you friends. Thanks for being there for us. Love you guys.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by vietvet2tours on Nov 20th, 2010 at 8:21pm

bonkers wrote on Nov 20th, 2010 at 6:29pm:
Hi all,

In the BOL protocol, subjects were administered the drug on days 1, 5 and 10. We decided to try this and last monday Michael successfully busted with 4.0g of mushrooms. The bust was followed - as usual - by 3 days of HAs. He was PF when he woke up yesterday morning and dosed again last night with 4.0g. This is the 1st time he's dosed when PF. This is also the 1st time he's dosed when not having had ANY methadone for more than 24 hrs. Narcotic addiction's a bitch and the detox is hell, but during the last couple of weeks he's dropped from 6-8/day to 1-2/day and now to nothing. He no longer wants to take "just one more." Cool, huh? I'll let you know how it goes.

Ron

Good onya.

          Potter

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Nov 20th, 2010 at 9:17pm
You too, Potter. Thanks.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Callico on Nov 20th, 2010 at 11:43pm
Ron, that is the best news I've heard in a month of Sundays!  Give him a big man hug for me and congratulate him on kicking the Methadone to the curb.  That takes guts and I couldn't be prouder of him if he were my own.  Here's hoping the dosing works and he gets a long, long break, like forever.

Jerry

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Nov 21st, 2010 at 1:49am
Thanks, Jerry. Very good of you to say. I too hope that the dosing works forever and that the Methadone's gone forever. How are things going for you?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Callico on Nov 21st, 2010 at 11:51pm
One day at the time.  Got a nine week break about a month ago, but ... :)

Waiting for the BOL and wishing I could bust in the meantime.  When things are bad, God is still good.  I rest in that.

Jerry

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by -johnny- on Nov 28th, 2010 at 12:59pm
"shocked" posted this on our sister site. thought it was pretty cool. thanks bob

START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by just-squiggles on Dec 3rd, 2010 at 4:31pm
I know of 4ppl that shrooms don't work for (Happy now BobP?)
That being said,I've lost count of the number of ppl
that they do work for.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Chad on Dec 3rd, 2010 at 10:49pm

wrote on Dec 3rd, 2010 at 4:31pm:
I know of 4ppl that shrooms don't work for (Happy now BobP?)
That being said,I've lost count of the number of ppl
that they do work for.
This is usually the case for most of us.  Those 4 ppl you speak of possibly aren't even using this therapy correctly.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by just-squiggles on Dec 4th, 2010 at 12:15am

Chad wrote on Dec 3rd, 2010 at 10:49pm:

wrote on Dec 3rd, 2010 at 4:31pm:
I know of 4ppl that shrooms don't work for (Happy now BobP?)
That being said,I've lost count of the number of ppl
that they do work for.

Can only speak for two of them6yrs and one 9yrs
(lost count of how many doses)3 kinds of seeds, shrooms
, LSD ((also various mixtures of both)) still
the same.But you may be right and the right dose and
dosing schedule just might do the trick.I still believe
in clusterbusters but it may be like any other med
nothing works for everyone.

PF2ALL

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by thebbz on Dec 6th, 2010 at 12:11am

Quote:
Those 4 ppl you speak of possibly aren't even using this therapy correctly.

See Bob! ;D Told ya.
the bb

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Bob P on Dec 6th, 2010 at 6:17am
I saw it and had to smile.
Busting or no busting, pain free for almost 6 years now.  Maybe I should have hung onto some of the doses I gave away at the Atlanta OUCH conference just in case.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Callico on Dec 6th, 2010 at 12:32pm
Bob,

6 yrs PF, may it never end.

Jerry

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by thebbz on Dec 6th, 2010 at 2:53pm

Quote:
pain free for almost 6 years now.

Gee Bob, perhaps you did it correctly after all. You know I had one of the longest remissions ever after my first busting attempt. I don't recall keeping it a big secret.
Its' that or this: [IMG]START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE
In any event I sure am happy for you big man.
the bb :D

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Dec 6th, 2010 at 5:13pm
I've been known to don an aluminum chapeau from time to time...

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Bob P on Dec 6th, 2010 at 8:06pm
The PF time is just because I am getting old.  Outgrowing them.  Doesn't mean I don't believe in busting.  Glad it works for so many.  My only problem was in the early days when some professed conjecture as fact.  Felt I had to call them out on that.

How is Flash BTW?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by thebbz on Dec 6th, 2010 at 8:24pm

Quote:
My only problem was in the early days


You are old. ;)  I am glad you called the conjecture you speak of. One of the many reasons I like and respect you. That and your huge, a little guy like me likes to have large friends. [smiley=bigguns.gif] Whatever the reason, I am happy your in the big remission.
the bb

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Jan 8th, 2011 at 7:43pm
I had to think of something to get this thread back up near the top, so.... the 1-5-10 day dosing schedule that Michael tried was not only ineffective but set him back a bit. Two attempts subsequently also failed so Michael's had a pretty tough time of it for the last month.

Then, an Angel appeared in our lives with a blotter gift which was taken last evening. A very mild experience that we hope produces some PF time, but we'll just have to wait and see. We all hoped that the psychedelics would prove to be our magic bullet. It seems that almost everyone gets positive results with them but we're finding that there's little consistency in those results both from one person to another and from dose to dose for the same person. Gradually increasing the dosage until the CH is busted is typically only the first step. The HAs usually return. For some, once is all it takes. For most, a dosing schedule must be found whereby a specific amount (which usually varies with time) is taken at lengthening intervals until maintenance dosing from once to several times per year is adequate. Many have been able to find that unique combination for themselves but many more are still experimenting. Everyone's waiting anxiously for BOL. In the meantime, though, I still feel that psychedelics are by far the best and least damaging weapons we have.

Ron

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by 1961mom on Jan 16th, 2011 at 8:57pm
I've spent the entire day reading this thread from beginning to end :)

I really appreciate the manner in which CH sufferers and supporters alike interact.  Issues come up, are discussed, ideas are thrown out there for the reader to try (or not), folks are genuine and sincere, funny and even pissy at times....but its all good, we're the best family I've ever adopted!

:) :) :) :)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Mar 7th, 2011 at 6:16pm
Hi all,

I haven't posted here for a couple of months so, both to provide an update on Michael for anyone interested and to bump this thread up where someone might find it, here goes:

Michael's had very little PF time since the 1st of the year. The transition from winter to spring is I think a big part of it as many others seem to be experiencing the same thing. He's busted regularly but rarely over the past few months has he gotten significant PF time. Occasionally a lightening up or maybe a few hours here and there but nothing much to speak of. He has a job in a brewery that he loves and even though a big part of the time he's had to work with a HA, he's missed very little work. His overall condition has improved so much since he started busting that even the bad days now are so much better than the good days before that he can almost live a normal life. Each bust seems to have weakened his CH a little and strengthened his response to it. It's frustrating that the process is so slow; at least that's been the case for him.

It's a little premature to shout success but, in view of our lack of progress the past couple of months, I've just got to think that this is significant: Night before last, Michael took a single tab of LSD along with 2.0g of mushrooms. Over the past year or so, he's had a lot of psychedelics but never a combo. His recent experiences have been that the day he takes one of the drugs is followed by 3 days of worsening HAs and then hopefully some PF time. This time both his CH and his constant background HA (that's what he calls it but it's probably chronic migraine) gradually receded until this morning all traces of both were gone. It hasn't been a very long time; less than 1/2 a day (although yesterday he said he had a little hangover but no HA, so maybe it's been more like a day and 1/2), but he's completely PF. That's awesome news! I'll report back in a couple of days.

Ron

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Guiseppi on Mar 7th, 2011 at 6:50pm
Crossing my fingers for you and Michael, Ron. Good to hear he's finally catching a bit of a break.

Joe

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by thebbz on Apr 9th, 2011 at 9:58pm
Bumpareenooo'sssss
the bb :D :D

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by MattyAA on Apr 10th, 2011 at 10:29am
Your posts are always making me smile and feel that little bit of joy from life inside Ron.

I am praying to God Michael will get PF asap, and work on Psychadelics will advance so much he will be taken into trial as his case is one of many around here, that need attention from medical and university professionals.

Matty

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Apr 10th, 2011 at 4:04pm
He's a tough nut to crack, Matty. That's for sure. He's far from okay but compared to where he was a couple of years ago, he's been cured. He's got a job that he loves where he's appreciated. Being chronic, his HA is always present but the average Kip level has dropped from probably 7 to 3. He's optimistic about his future. Planning to return to school within the next year. Got his driver's license back. Every bust makes it a little better.

So, Matty, how are you?

Ron

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by MattyAA on Apr 10th, 2011 at 4:44pm
I am good, just moved to other city and lived in dorm for 3 and half month at my university, but I moved finally to apartment or studio, however you call it, and got myself internet connection so I am back :)

It is really awesome to be back again, I love to read this site and sister site, I have lots of threads and posts to read through!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by thebbz on May 4th, 2011 at 7:02pm
2 year anniversary, thanks clusterbusters
thebb

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Linda_Howell on May 4th, 2011 at 7:14pm
In my wildest dreams I couldn't be happier that this thread has reached what?????   20-plus pages? 

Go Bob, Go Bob...

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Jeannie on May 12th, 2011 at 4:50pm
RC seeds have my head under control.   I'm so glad I decided to try them.   

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by jmchris on Jun 15th, 2011 at 11:52am
Just to share with any skeptics.  HBWR and RC have done nothing short of given me my life back over the last year.  I used HBWR to terminate a cycle last year.  Preventative doses have kept my CH away each time it started to return over the last year.  Recently my cycle stated again and  I waited too long on my dose to prevent it.  A few days ago I self treated and am nearly PF in less than 4 days.  (only 2 mild hits since last dose).

I'm no longer the angry, zombie, scared to sleep, on edge of loosing my job etc. etc. I was before I started hallucinogen treatment.  (and by the way they're really nothing like TV would have think they are).  I've NEVER hallucinated at all, at worst, just a little dizzy.  Actually significanly less impact to my mental ability to think straight than Imitrex!  I can't think straight for 3 days after an imitrex injection, and that only works for one hit!  Hallucinogen treatments have a high success rate of breaking the entire cycle.

I hope this helps, and gives hope to those researching options after their Dr treatments have failed.  (Nothing the Dr prescribed worked for me accept O2, and needless to say that does nothing for cycle termination)

PF wishes to all!
Jeff

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by kika on Jun 26th, 2011 at 3:53am
Add me to the list. I am beyond astounded that this method worked, but it did. For the first time in 11 years I have circumvented the most awful part of my life using this approach ( after trying 95% of all the other prescription preventatives with zero success).

Thank God for clusterbsuters ( and CH.com for leading me there) is all I can say.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Guiseppi on Jun 26th, 2011 at 8:23am
That's fantastic news Kika, we love "beast slaying" stories! [smiley=thumbsup.gif]

Joe

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bejeeber on Jun 26th, 2011 at 1:20pm

kika wrote on Jun 26th, 2011 at 3:53am:
Add me to the list. I am beyond astounded that this method worked, but it did. For the first time in 11 years I have circumvented the most awful part of my life using this approach ( after trying 95% of all the other prescription preventatives with zero success).

Thank God for clusterbsuters ( and CH.com for leading me there) is all I can say.



Another beast bites the dust.

The term YAY!! immediately comes to mind.  :) [smiley=2vrolijk_08.gif]

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Jenny G on Jul 22nd, 2011 at 2:21pm
I am back after a pretty nice pf run using RC seeds which appear to now only keep the beast just under the radar, but he's starting to poke though. I can tell I am running out of time for preventing a full-on cycle.

Has anyone had success with "Blue Honey"? I am not able to source caps, but might be able to get the honey.

It's really frustrating. I am a mini-van driving 37 year old mom trying to source these things. I don't exactly know the right people and had to stoop to asking my kids for help. I don't know what else to do.  :'(

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Guiseppi on Jul 22nd, 2011 at 2:49pm
Sorry to hear Beasty is breaking thru. Bob Wold gave a great talk on the various busting options at the OUCH Convention, one of the issues with seeds is assessing their strength, as there are so many variables. If you have not already done so, go register on this board. All they deal with on that board is busting options, a much richer source of real, first hand experience then you'll find here. Good chance of getting your questions dealt with.....

START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE

Joe

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bejeeber on Jul 22nd, 2011 at 5:42pm
What Joe said.  8-)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by gardengal on Jul 23rd, 2011 at 10:23am
Who cares if it illegal? If it helps people who experience this kind of pain? Just like medical marijuana...

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Jul 23rd, 2011 at 11:33am

gardengal wrote on Jul 23rd, 2011 at 10:23am:
Who cares if it illegal? If it helps people who experience this kind of pain? Just like medical marijuana...

For some people, their employers might care....

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Guiseppi on Jul 23rd, 2011 at 11:39am

gardengal wrote on Jul 23rd, 2011 at 10:23am:
Who cares if it illegal? If it helps people who experience this kind of pain? Just like medical marijuana...


It's why we have a separate board dedicated just to that. I used to be in law enforcement so I had to be very careful with what I "supported" on a public forum. As Brew said, a lot of employers would just not "get it!" :)

Joe

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by tuck on Jul 23rd, 2011 at 9:21pm
hello all, havent been here in quite some time,, many reasons,, one was a long battle with cancer,, no worries,, i beat it.! anyway,,, i come back, just to browse, and after the VERY first topic i browse through,, i remember the MAIN reason why i dont come here so often any more. Someone writes a good post,, states HIS opinions, backs them with a few facts, and,, writes like he is passionate and sincere, and right away, some #@%$#$@# takes offense!!!!!!!!!!!!  OH boo-fucking-Hoo  for gods sake ,,, everyone of us here has hurt so freakin bad, been through so damn much, and when a fellow bro or sis in pain talks with passion, some bleeding heart, "takes offense"  . The same type of jerk who thinks his kid SHOULD be on the ball team, and bat and get a trophy like everyone else!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!  I bet he even likes his government to look out for his welfare, becasuse obviously, we cant do it ourselves!!!!!!!!!!!  and we all use to wonder why johnny got so pissed at some people on here!!!!!!   oh ,,, by the way,, earlier today,,, i was driving 31 MPH in a 25 zone,,, ohhhh myyyy thats ILLEGAL
well pal,, i take offense AT YOU!!!!!! i am offended that a person is doing what he thinks best and trying TO HELP people,, and you got your little heart broke! you know what,, 50 bucks says that the in the state you live in , sodomy is ILLEGAL,,, look up the def. guilty?? and you  know what else,, suppose he "IS" saying that his way IS the only way,, big effin deal,, . sounds to me like you are being just as obnoxious by saying he is wrong!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
soo much pain,, soo much suffering, soo many trying to help,, and some nutless , liberal bleeding heart takes offense.
Hope i pissed a few of you off with this, ahhh ,,, anger and pain,,, just like love and pleasure,,, lets us all kkow we are still alive!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by jon019 on Jul 23rd, 2011 at 11:08pm
yikes tuck...well...ok then...you're fine...how am I?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Jul 24th, 2011 at 5:27am
Whoa!!! Looks like somebody forgot to take his medication... or doubled-up on it. Maybe an anger-management class? Whaddaya say?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Guiseppi on Jul 25th, 2011 at 9:26am
Did I miss something?????? [smiley=yikes.gif]

Joe

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by thebbz on Jul 28th, 2011 at 10:33pm

Quote:
OH boo-fucking-Hoo

Reminds me of Walter, one of Jeff Dunhams puppets.
;D ;D ;D ;D
Time for a mainenance dose. :D :D ;)
the bb :-/

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bejeeber on Jul 29th, 2011 at 12:15am

Guiseppi wrote on Jul 25th, 2011 at 9:26am:
Did I miss something?????? [smiley=yikes.gif]


I'm a little baffled meself.  [smiley=yikes.gif]

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by nani on Jul 29th, 2011 at 6:10pm
Hey...still in remission. :)
hugs and pf wishes, nani

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Callico on Jul 30th, 2011 at 11:21pm

nani wrote on Jul 29th, 2011 at 6:10pm:
Hey...still in remission. :)
hugs and pf wishes, nani


Nani, that is wonderful news!  it give s the rest of us hope.  May it never end!

Are you going to the CB convention in Chicago?  Hope to see you there.

Jerry

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Ricardo on Aug 2nd, 2011 at 12:54pm

tuck wrote on Jul 23rd, 2011 at 9:21pm:
Hope i pissed a few of you off with this, ahhh ,,, anger and pain,,, just like love and pleasure,,, lets us all kkow we are still alive!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 


I'm probably a bleeding heart liberal....and I bet we would get along real good!  Have to admit, even if the drug warrior zealots forced us to make our own separate page for one of the most effective treatments for clusters (Never noticed anybody arguing for a Oxygenbusters page....:)) I think it's for the best.  Seems like people are just a bit more respectful on our sister site! 

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bejeeber on Aug 2nd, 2011 at 1:38pm
I think we gotta stick together and not be tempted to create or fan the flames of a rivalry between this forum and cb.com.  These are sister sites after all, so we need good relations in the family. Many of us participate in both forums.

I know that many of the moderators here fully support cb.com, and I can think of one who often mentions busting as an option to look into when responding to newcomers in posts here. So I really don't find that we have a forums division of drug warrior zealots vs. respectful people at all.

Heck I routinely bring up the busting option and provide links to newcomers here and never once has anyone uttered a single discouraging word to me. If anything I'm extremely appreciative of the general open mindedness and freedom here these days. We're all CH'ers, we know what's at stake, and if a treatment really works there's not going to be a conspiracy to suppress it.

Of course there will be a different dynamic in each forum - this one has a relatively super long history, has so many more members and is very busy with many more newcomers arriving daily, so there's more chance of the  occasional disrespectful post, and some folks who may be concerned about the legal issues of discussing illegal treatments here are certainly entitled to their views.

I think we have a good thing going with these 2 forums, one of them having a more specific focus.  :) Both forums good. Both forums saving lives. Me likey both. A lot. :)


Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Guiseppi on Aug 2nd, 2011 at 6:02pm

bejeeber wrote on Aug 2nd, 2011 at 1:38pm:
I think we gotta stick together and not be tempted to create or fan the flames of a rivalry between this forum and cb.com.  These are sister sites after all, so we need good relations in the family. Many of us participate in both forums.

I know that many of the moderators here fully support cb.com, and I can think of one who often mentions busting as an option to look into when responding to newcomers in posts here. So I really don't find that we have a forums division of drug warrior zealots vs. respectful people at all.

Heck I routinely bring up the busting option and provide links to newcomers here and never once has anyone uttered a single discouraging word to me. If anything I'm extremely appreciative of the general open mindedness and freedom here these days. We're all CH'ers, we know what's at stake, and if a treatment really works there's not going to be a conspiracy to suppress it.

Of course there will be a different dynamic in each forum - this one has a relatively super long history, has so many more members and is very busy with many more newcomers arriving daily, so there's more chance of the  occasional disrespectful post, and some folks who may be concerned about the legal issues of discussing illegal treatments here are certainly entitled to their views.

I think we have a good thing going with these 2 forums, one of them having a more specific focus.  :) Both forums good. Both forums saving lives. Me likey both. A lot. :)



Well said Bejeeber, there are still a few who remember the hateful flame wars which used to regularly occur here, and stop by occasionally, almost appearing to want to fan those flames up again. I firmly believe BOTH boards provide critical information which gives people their lives back. Anyone who has spent any time on this board would have a tough time pointing out anyone bad mouthing the busting board! ;)

Joe

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by kika on Aug 11th, 2011 at 7:40pm

Jenny G wrote on Jul 22nd, 2011 at 2:21pm:
I am back after a pretty nice pf run using RC seeds which appear to now only keep the beast just under the radar, but he's starting to poke though. I can tell I am running out of time for preventing a full-on cycle.

Has anyone had success with "Blue Honey"? I am not able to source caps, but might be able to get the honey.

It's really frustrating. I am a mini-van driving 37 year old mom trying to source these things. I don't exactly know the right people and had to stoop to asking my kids for help. I don't know what else to do.  :'(



I totally hear you. I am a member both here and on cb.com and can't recommend that place enough for the info you are seeking.

See you there?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Ricardo on Aug 12th, 2011 at 1:23pm
"Blue Honey" is really just honey that has had mushrooms soaked in it, then you get rid of the mushy's--everything you want is in the honey.  It's kinda like making tea, but more shelf stable. (It'll last a long time without going bad)  If the mushy's would work for you, so should the honey!

And you should still check out our sister site!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Dallas Denny 62 on Aug 13th, 2011 at 8:36pm
Hey ya'll,

Most here who know me also know that I've been an active clusterbuster advocate for the past couple of years......alas, it has come time for me to "stand up and be counted".....been experiencing some low level shadows for the past 2 or 3 weeks and flunked the "beer test" miserably this evening......just hopin and prayin that I'll be able to include myself in the 75 - 80%!!!!

Dallas Denny

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bejeeber on Aug 13th, 2011 at 9:06pm
Oh no - flunking the beer test miserably this evening sounds like the LOUSIEST possible way to end up spending a Saturday night.  That blows DD.   :o >:( :(

Busting must work, simply must.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Guiseppi on Aug 14th, 2011 at 1:43am
Kick his arse Denny...then I'll meet you back at Mcilhenny's and we'll try the beer test again!

Joe

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Ricardo on Aug 22nd, 2011 at 11:02am
Anybody else feel like this info should be made available under "important topics"?  Maybe not this thread, maybe just something along the lines of "Many people have gotten great relief, sometimes total remission of their cluster cycle from alternative therapies, some of them illegal.  Many people for various reasons can not venture into therapies that may break the law, but if you are interested in others experiences with these substances you should visit our Clusterbusters.com site"  We could title it "deviants" or maybe "relief through debauchery"  or "criminals are cool" 

Ok, maybe somebody else needs to come up with a title  :)

-Ricardo

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Ricardo on Aug 25th, 2011 at 3:56pm
My bad.  I just noticed the various links to clusterbusters we already have on the site.

My update--Since dosing with morning glory seeds about a month ago I've had a dramatic change in my clusters.  I've been chronic for about 5 years now, This is the first time in a long time that I've been able to go 3 weeks without having to take something.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Chad on Sep 7th, 2011 at 12:17pm
Aren't seeds something else?  They have changed the last 3 years of my life in an amazing way.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Dallas Denny 62 on Oct 3rd, 2011 at 8:25pm

Dallas Denny 62 wrote on Aug 13th, 2011 at 8:36pm:
Hey ya'll,

Most here who know me also know that I've been an active clusterbuster advocate for the past couple of years......alas, it has come time for me to "stand up and be counted".....been experiencing some low level shadows for the past 2 or 3 weeks and flunked the "beer test" miserably this evening......just hopin and prayin that I'll be able to include myself in the 75 - 80%!!!!

Dallas Denny



Well folks, I do believe the time has come for me to "STAND UP AND BE COUNTED"!!!!!

The cycle I posted about above began on Aug 1st......began busting with medicinal fungi on Aug 15th, taking a total of 6 doses between then and Sept 18th.....began getting some PF days after the 2nd dose.......only a few rogue "wannabe" hits in the week following dose 6 and only a couple since then (takes longer to get outta bed and walk to the O2 than it does to huff it away).

My cycles typically last 12 to 16 weeks with a 6 week hi cycle of 8 to 10 hits daily and even with O2, a good many of those reach high Kip levels.......in the 64 days of this cycle, I experienced ONE Kip 10 (ran out of O2 on Labor Day weekend!!!)and a handful of hits above a K5, did not jab myself with Trex one time, spent a total of $82 on welding ox (still got 3/4 of my 3rd tank left).......when compared to cycles past, this one was more on the level of a minor inconvenience!!!

I'm 64 years old, and I left the recreational use of these substances behind me in 1983......were it not for CH in my life, I'm comfortable in stating that I would have never used them again.......dosing is NOT something I look forward to and if I never had to dose again it would be too soon....BUT......I will NEVER again suffer through a cycle with the beast without the use of indole ring substances!!!

Dallas Denny

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Dec 31st, 2011 at 4:28pm
Bumpitty bump bump. Making it easier for a newbie to find this thread. Ron

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Chad on Jan 1st, 2012 at 10:46am
Great idea Ron!

Happy New Year to all

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by dennisoc on Jan 4th, 2012 at 11:31pm
Take what ya need...
After living here...at this site..shortly after those whackos met in the garage. Leftside episodic.
I gave the shroom guys plenty of shit when they surfaced...
being a rational person who had clusters...the kind who swore I'd try anything. I finally grew a batch.
I took advice from the busters. Many trials and failures and miracle days of success.
It simply finally worked. It is 2012. I had my last dance in 2007.
Don't come around much anymore. I saw Linda and Mel and Charlie and (bow in respect) DJ...old friends.

....and leave the rest.

Gettin old...if anybody sees drummer ...kick him in the butt and let him know I don't do Jesus anymore...and Paco...I still read his story now and then...and Bob...you dumb ass do it right wouldja?

walk in the sunshine
den

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by RTD on Jan 5th, 2012 at 1:10pm
My 2 cents............. First time I tried them they worked the very first day and busted that cycle. That was 10 years ago. I have a cycle every year. Average 6 months per cycle. Never had that success again and believe me I've tried and still do. Of course my experience with CH is different than most on here that I've read, it seems what works once never seems to work again :'(.....

Rick

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by -johnny- on Jan 9th, 2012 at 1:52am
still PF since January of '08

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Tara Ann on Jan 15th, 2012 at 2:13am
Sure wish I could be one to stand up and be counted.  I'm not one that is against it.  Just not in a place to make it happen. :'(

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by -johnny- on Jan 20th, 2012 at 2:13pm

Tara Ann wrote on Jan 15th, 2012 at 2:13am:
Sure wish I could be one to stand up and be counted.  I'm not one that is against it.  Just not in a place to make it happen. :'(


why not?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Tara Ann on Jan 20th, 2012 at 2:58pm
I have most of the equipment to make it happen.  Just missing the spores. 

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Jeannie on Jan 20th, 2012 at 3:47pm
Rivea Corymbosa seeds work for many.   

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Tara Ann on Jan 20th, 2012 at 4:08pm
Tried the seeds, and got sick as a dawg [smiley=hurl.gif]

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by bonkers on Jan 20th, 2012 at 4:55pm
Lookin' for spores, huh? Try these guys:  START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by thebbz on Jan 30th, 2012 at 9:01pm
note to self, dont eat seeds on an empty stomach................... [smiley=hewey.gif]

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by coach_bill on Apr 5th, 2012 at 9:10pm
count me again! This post should never leave the front page. EVER.

Balls matter...
Coach Bill

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by tachead on May 10th, 2012 at 3:39pm
It wont.
tachead

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by tachead on Aug 15th, 2012 at 3:20pm
bumpity bumpity bump ;)
tachead :-?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by tachead on Oct 2nd, 2012 at 4:33pm
When you are done and have tried everything. Consider something else. ;)
tachead

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Headbanger on Oct 3rd, 2012 at 9:30pm
I'd like to know where you work that tests randomly for mushrooms. Never happen.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by coach_bill on Nov 26th, 2012 at 7:12pm
I will never let this post die!!!  EVER!!!!!

Coach Bill

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by nani on Nov 26th, 2012 at 8:47pm
Thanks coach bill. I have been remiss in keeping you up to date... Still in remission, last cycle in 2008. Thanks you clusterbusters!!! [smiley=applause.gif]

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Melissa on Nov 28th, 2012 at 8:57am
In about 5 days, I will be 4 yrs PF (normal cycle is every 3 years). 


8-)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Tim Cobb on Nov 29th, 2012 at 5:30am
Ok here's the issue with that I am a CDL driver I must pass a drug screen at any time that the company or DOT deems it. So as much as I would love to try an alternative treatment as such I can not and will not. I pull double trailers everyday and am lic and must be ready to pull trips if needed.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Melissa on Nov 29th, 2012 at 7:16am

Tim Cobb wrote on Nov 29th, 2012 at 5:30am:
Ok here's the issue with that I am a CDL driver I must pass a drug screen at any time that the company or DOT deems it. So as much as I would love to try an alternative treatment as such I can not and will not. I pull double trailers everyday and am lic and must be ready to pull trips if needed.

But not all employers test for hallucinogens.  Either way, that's a decision you need to personally make.  No one here is trying to pressure you into doing something you're not comfortable with.  I hope you can find relief in other ways in order to be PF. :)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Red Dog on Nov 29th, 2012 at 3:46pm
I had over a 5 year remission. The cycles usually came every 18 months.

Cdl drug tests don't look for shrooms. It's not included in the normal 5 panel test. I have one myself along with a twic card.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by boinng on Dec 24th, 2012 at 12:33pm
Just thought I'd pop in again (as it's over 3 years since my last post) and update the forum on my current situation, as it was officially the end of my annual season on the 21st. I'm overjoyed to post that I haven't had a single CH episode in over two years, thanks to a strict regime of 1 dose of shrooms per week during the cycle, and one dose a month during the rest of the year. 1 dose is 5 Liberty Caps i.e. barely perceptible levels of mental effect other than a rather good mood.

The reason I adopted the once a month cycle is that on the first year following a successful 'cancellation' (my season was usually Sept 21st to Dec 21st) I had a sudden onset of CH on June 21st, from nowhere too. One day I was fine, the next day back in hell. None of the slow build-up over a fortnight I would normally experience. Additionally, the long days were really confusing, as it was obvious that long nights (over 12 hours dark) were my normal trigger.

I had to assume that the busting of the previous  year had 'worn off', and that a 'reset' rather than total cancellation was the primary effect of the shroom treatment. Not having much idea what to do, I started the usual once-a-week treatment, hoping like hell that I wouldn't be too late, as I found most success beginning the treatment before the CH attacks began. After two doses, the headaches faded quickly in intensity and then stopped. So I decided that a once-a-month dose is probably a good idea, and just 'reset' for ever!

I was methodical in my collection this year, as I'm determined never to get stuck again, and probably have enough for three year's worth of treatments now. Plenty more up the road when I eventually run out.

So - I call that a success. No other meds needed, no cost other than the bus fare to the countryside to pick them (and a nice walk whilst I'm there adds value!), and no more unwanted disruption to my life from excrutiating pain.

Merry Christmas!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Tim Cobb on Dec 24th, 2012 at 1:38pm
My CH's have never stayed on any paticular cycle the first couple years were in the summer but then after that they were totally unpredictable anywhere from 6-22 months between cycles.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Batch on Dec 24th, 2012 at 6:27pm
Bioavailability of ergocalciferol from UV-B irradiated mushrooms in healthy adults deficient in serum 25-Hydroxyvitamin D, 25(OH)D: a randomized controlled trial.

Mushrooms are abundant in ergosterol, which can be converted into ergocalciferol by ultraviolet (UV) irradiation. Our objective was to investigate the bioavailability of ergocalciferol-enhanced mushrooms by UV-B in humans, and comparing it with an ergocalciferol supplement.

Fresh mushrooms were irradiated with an UV-B dose of 1.5 J/cm(2), increasing ergocalciferol content from <1 to 491 μg /100 g of fresh mushrooms and made to an experimental soup. In this 5-week, single-blinded, randomized, placebo-controlled trial, 26 young subjects with serum 25(OH)D 50 nmol/l were randomly assigned into three groups ((a) mushroom, (b) supplement and (c) placebo). They received during winter (a) 28,000 IU (700 g) ergocalciferol (2) via the experimental soup, or (b) 28,000 IU ergocalciferol via a supplement or (c) placebo, respectively.

Results:
After 2 weeks, serum 25(OH)D was significantly higher in the mushroom than in the placebo group (P=0.001). The serum 25(OH)D concentrations in the mushroom and supplement groups rose significantly and similarly over the study period by 3.9 nmol/l (95% confidence interval (95% CI): 2.9, 4.8) and by 4.7 nmol/l per week (95% CI: 3.8, 5.7), respectively.

Conclusions:
We are the first to demonstrate in humans that the bioavailability of ergocalciferol (vitamin D2) from mushrooms irradiated with UV-B was effective in improving vitamin D status and not different than a vitamin D2 supplement. This trial was registered at START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE as DRKS00000195.

My take on this study… Psilocybin mushrooms clearly contain large quantities of ergosterol.  If they're dried in direct sunlight, they'll have a high enough concentration of ergocalciferol, (vitamin D2), to have a significant preventative effect on cluster headaches.

Take care,

V/R, Batch

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Clusterman59 on Dec 24th, 2012 at 7:52pm
I was chronic for 37 years until i found Pete Batches Vitamin D3 therapy and I have been pain free for 67 days now so i just want others to know about this also and the success rate is about equivalent to busting so there is a legal alternative to busting which i have no doubt works well for so many but everyone needs to know about all alternatives to the traditional meds which most do not have the success rate as busting and D3 therapy and many of these old school meds have severe long lasting and some permanent side affects.Everyone has the right to treat there CH the way they want to but with alternative therapies you just have more options that WORK and just give you the option to try so not trying to offend anyone but just be helpful and give information that is factual and optional for those seeking alternatives. I know Bob W. and i believe he is a knowledgeable sincere good man who wants to help those with CH become pain free....Just my 2 cents but i just want to share my pain free joy too.....Johnny :)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Tim Cobb on Dec 24th, 2012 at 7:59pm
I have been taken D3 and am not pain free but am not having as many or as severe attacks. I am just wondering if I need to add D2 to my regiment as well?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Clusterman59 on Dec 24th, 2012 at 8:15pm
I don't believe so but Pete Batch is the expert on D3 therapy so he would be the person to message for those answers but personally i have not heard of anyone needing D2 as well also you need to be patient with D3 therapy as it may take as long as 2 months to get to the pain free level and hearing what you said that your headaches are les frequent and less of strength is the classic signs that it is starting to work for you so just be patient and good things should happen.....best of luck....Johnny :)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Tim Cobb on Dec 24th, 2012 at 8:26pm
Patience is one thing CH teaches and how.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Clusterman59 on Dec 24th, 2012 at 8:29pm
You need to follow Batches instructions on the thread Vitamin D3 Regimen and Survey here on the medications and treatments page and get your D3 levels checked by your doctor with a 25 ohd lab test to get your levels between 60 and 110 ng/ml level to become and maintain a pain free  D3 level so just follow Batches treatment instructions also the facts with any medication is it doesn't work for everyone and everyone is different but from hearing you it sounds like you are well on your way!! I wish you the very best of luck to become pain free cause it is AWESOME!!.....Johnny :)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Ricardo on Dec 27th, 2012 at 10:58am

Batch wrote on Dec 24th, 2012 at 6:27pm:
My take on this study… Psilocybin mushrooms clearly contain large quantities of ergosterol.  If they're dried in direct sunlight, they'll have a high enough concentration of ergocalciferol, (vitamin D2), to have a significant preventative effect on cluster headaches.


The highest dosage of Vitamin D found in mushrooms (shiitake's) exposed to sunlight was 46,000 IU per 100 grams, making it 460 IU per gram.  To get to the doses of Vitamin D that we are talking about people would need to take astronomical amounts of hallucinogenic mushrooms.  Very few people take more than 3 grams at a time, at the most they would do this once a week, but even that would be extreme.  Most folks are taking these mushrooms once a month or just a few times a year.  It would be very hard (and very dangerous for your mental health) to try to get your Vitamin D requirements from Psilocybin mushrooms.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by nani on Dec 30th, 2012 at 12:42pm
It would be very hard (and very dangerous for your mental health) to try to get your Vitamin D requirements from Psilocybin mushrooms.


Yes, it would. Thank you, Ricardo. This thread is about entheogens' efficacy on CH. There is (at least) one other thread that extolls the virtues of D3 and its efficacy (123 days pf). I think it would serve new readers best if we stay on topic.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by coach_bill on Jan 4th, 2013 at 6:21pm
Yep,

Nani, your right again... Apples and Oranges.

Coach Bill

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by tachead on Feb 1st, 2013 at 12:44pm
hugs nani! :) vitamin m.....not d.   

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by coach_bill on Mar 18th, 2013 at 9:09pm
Over 5 years and still going strong!!!!!

Coach Bill

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Ricardo on Apr 28th, 2013 at 6:21am
Cannabinoids and Hallucinogens for Headache, by Dr. Brian McGeeney.  Friggin amazing....


A pretty painless sign up to medscape gives you access to the full article.

START PRINTPAGEMultimedia File Viewing and Clickable Links are available for Registered Members only!!  You need to Login or RegisterEND PRINTPAGE

Dr. McGeeney works for Boston University and is accepting new patients...He has been my Neuro for over a year now and I can not recommend him highly enough.  He has been in my view, nothing short of amazing. 

-Ricardo

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Jackie on Apr 28th, 2013 at 8:20am
Over three years and still going!!   :)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Melissa on Apr 28th, 2013 at 4:32pm
4+ years here!!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by chrisw on Apr 29th, 2013 at 7:51am
I know that many many of us have gotten relief from both the vitamin d,, and the mushroom therapy.  However,  I dont believe that the  mushrooms are helping us because they contain vitamin d.  If that were true,  why would some of us get good relief from LSD?  They are working in diffferent ways,  Obviously,  because those of us on the vitamin therapy need to stay on it continuously, meaning, daily,  while those of us on the mushrooms or LSD, etc,  need to only dose occasionally, not daily.  There is something else going on here that is causing the same effects for some of us.
    

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Ricardo on Apr 29th, 2013 at 9:28am
Has anybody been able to say that they have gotten 3 or 4 years remission from anything but psychedelics?

I'm not talking about taking daily meds like verapamil or Vitamin D.  I'm saying has there ever been anyone EVER who has felt like they took a drug a few times a year and ended up with years of remission?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Ricardo on Apr 29th, 2013 at 9:30am

chrisw wrote on Apr 29th, 2013 at 7:51am:
I dont believe that the  mushrooms are helping us because they contain vitamin d. 


Yeah that whole idea seemed a bit more than ridiculous.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Apr 29th, 2013 at 9:40am

Quote:
I'm not talking about taking daily meds like verapamil or Vitamin D.

You classify vitamin D as a med?

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Ricardo on Apr 29th, 2013 at 11:49am
eh...bad choice of words (although when you are talking about taking Vitamin D at the high levels that we are it might just qualify more as a "med" than as a supplement or a vitamin...)

How about    "I'm not talking about taking a daily substance like verapamil or Vitamin D"   instead...

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Brew on Apr 29th, 2013 at 2:31pm
I really don't mean to mince your words, Ricardo. I do understand what you're point is, i.e., having to take something daily to keep the beast at bay. Nothing else that I know of can hold a candle to the success rate of psychedelics in terms of required frequency of ingestion.

Personally, I feel the whole vitamin D deficiency thing started when man started moving and settling away from the equator. Central heat and air conditioning have sped that process, and now hardly any of us get enough natural vitamin D.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Guiseppi on Apr 30th, 2013 at 6:39am
It's good to keep the discussions and the research going strong in BOTH of these directions. Go to clusterbusters, or read the Vitamin D-3 thread, and we see incredible numbers of people getting their lives back again. I'm coming up on my 3rd year anniversary of pain free on D-3 I have many close friends who have similar stories about Vitamin M! I closely track the progress Bob and his tireless crew are making on the vitamin M front. I also track Batch's work and tweak my regimen every time he does. When all is said and done, the value in lives regained of these two methods of dealing with CH, is simply impossible to measure.

I tip my hat to those resposible for both paths.

Joe

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by chrisw on Apr 30th, 2013 at 7:40am
I also tip my hat to those tireslessly trying to help others with this problem.  You know they really didnt have to pass on the word when they found something that helped them.

The last cycle I had, I dosed with LSD, and I was relatively pain free for over two yrs!!  Thats six cycles avoided.  Hundreds of headaches avoided.  I didnt think the dose helped me at first because I didnt see immediate results, and I assumed when they went away shortly afterwards, they were just ending naturally.   I now think the LSD is what caused this two yr period of bliss, and I am working very hard to find some more. 
    Mushroom dosing doesnt seem to work for me as I take anti seizure meds and they seem to block the effects. 
    There should be no argument however, about which method is better, etc.  Each person needs to decide which way they want to go.  I tried the D3, I am still doing it in fact,  my levels are up to theraputic levels, but its not helping me.
     I think with more research, (which will probably never happen) we would learn that CH is caused by different reasons for different people.  Therefore different treatments may work for different people.


    It is hard, however, for a middle aged 43 yr old to hunt down some LSD  !!!!!!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Ricardo on May 7th, 2013 at 11:39am

Guiseppi wrote on Apr 30th, 2013 at 6:39am:
It's good to keep the discussions and the research going strong in BOTH of these directions.


I agree completely.  The hallucinogens and the Vitamin D protocol seem to have a much higher success rate than just about anything else.  It makes me think that there may be a common denominator...and the only thing I can find that they both do is lower Tumor Necrosis Factor levels pretty substantially...

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by coach_bill on Jun 10th, 2013 at 4:58pm
Shameless bump.

As long as im a member here this post will be on page one.

Bob, apologize to no one!! the method you have showed me has given me my life back for almost 5 years now. Yes I do take d3.. I live in ohio so that's a no brainer, I do take magnesium.. 2% of the entire universe is magnesium, again no brainer!! I do not take any RX meds! HMMMM???

but I busted and kept CH at bay for 2 years prior to the d3 and mag. For the most part to each its own, but I will keep coming on strong as ever to anyone I feel is in need of this information!

Coach Bill

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Tony Only on Jun 11th, 2013 at 12:17am
coach_bill, Thank You for bumping this !

I was episodic for 20 years. My first episode was 2 weeks. Insert exponentially growing medication here. My last episode as episodic was 8 months. Now, looking back, I think the medication did this and finally turned me into chronic.

Everything was tried to control my CH, from medications to operations, procedures and surgeries.

Even in chronic state my condition was severe, lot of hits and always high kips. I lived in 1 room for 2 years with O2 bottle.

When had lost almost all hope and had "nothing to lose" I finally found Clusterbusters and chose busting route. I have been PF ever since - over 3 years now and from my very extreme CCH condition this is nothing short of a miracle.

It was not an easy choice though, whole medical field obviously resisting it but I am very anti-drugs myself, I do not like to be intoxicated in any way, not even alcohol. Big discovery for me was that there is no "tripping" involved, hallucinations etc. And the overall big discovery was that there are actually substances in this planet that affect the mechanisms that cause our condition - liked this thought a lot. I have "hated" my condition as long as I have had it (well who hasn't) and the idea that I can do something to target the causes was just lovely. Also a main reason why I am so into liquorice root protocol for an example.

Psychedelics did what no medication and dozen of neurologists could not do.

I am eternally Grateful to Clusterbusters.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by nani on Jun 11th, 2013 at 10:03am
Month 64 of my remission.  8-) Yes...FIVE YEARS (and 4 months)!!! Thank you Bob Wold and Clusterbusters!!!

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by LasVegas on Jun 12th, 2013 at 1:43pm

wrote on Jun 12th, 2013 at 1:19pm:
Everyone stop crying bout these headaches, and go to your doctor and demand STAYDOL nasal spray and be done with these headaches, none of these other things work, if they do , its all in your head, and they never last, then you get on here read more ways to prevent then , the same cycle over and over for years, gees to cryong about what you can an cant take, get STAYDOL and be done with the pain in 2 minutes, an get off this site and back to your life  !!!



Horrible advice! >:(
Highly addictive! >:(
Very dangerous! >:(
This was posted from a Spammer! >:(
Alert moderator! ;)

-Gregg in Las Vegas

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Potter on Jun 12th, 2013 at 2:25pm

wrote on Jun 12th, 2013 at 1:19pm:
Everyone stop crying bout these headaches, and go to your doctor and demand STAYDOL nasal spray and be done with these headaches, none of these other things work, if they do , its all in your head, and they never last, then you get on here read more ways to prevent then , the same cycle over and over for years, gees to cryong about what you can an cant take, get STAYDOL and be done with the pain in 2 minutes, an get off this site and back to your life  !!!

  If'n yer gonna do a drug at least spell it right.  It's stadol.  Bad shit.

       Potter

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Melissa on Jul 20th, 2013 at 7:51pm
*BUMP*

How's everyone doing?  So far I am doing good here!  Been PF since 2009 (dosed in 2011 and skipped my cycle).  :)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Melissa on Jan 19th, 2014 at 8:27pm
bump

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by Hoppy on Jan 19th, 2014 at 9:25pm
[smiley=sayyes.gif]

Been pain free for 12mths. All thanks to the vitamin D3 regime. [smiley=shore.gif]

Hoppy.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by -johnny- on Feb 5th, 2014 at 6:42am
6 years almost to the date and I'm still PF. I busted and it worked :)

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by zanychef on Feb 14th, 2014 at 4:15am
bump
even though due to personal reasons i have stopped busting

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by coach_bill on Jul 22nd, 2014 at 11:11pm
Page 4? this should never be on page 4.

There is something to this.

Coach Bill

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by cc45713 on Jul 23rd, 2014 at 6:17am
Coach Bill.

Thank you for bumping this. I'm new to clusterheadaches.com and was just asking about busting and the D3 regimen. Did you overlap the two?

Personally, I'm sticking with the D3 regimen for the full month and if I'm pain free then I'll stick with it and skip the busting method. If I'm not totally in the clear then I'm adding busting to my list.

The two methods, busting and d3, seem to be the prevailing choices.

Title: Re: Time for the 75-80% to stand up and be counted
Post by coach_bill on Jul 24th, 2014 at 9:28pm
I did not mix the 2. I was on this method for 4 years with great results. But i ran out, and the CH returned as normal and I had none at that time. When I got restocked it was to late and I was in full blown cycle and tried time and time again to bust the cycle but it just wouldn't work. it seems for me it was great at preventing a cycle, but it didn't work for me to break the cycle.

Coach Bill

New CH.com Forum » Powered by YaBB 2.4!
YaBB © 2000-2009. All Rights Reserved.